MEW Jul 1990 # 1
p 10:
Hello and welcome.
author: Stan Bray
p 12:
Simple model from odds and ends; plate vice filing.
[Workshop]
extra info:a useful plate vice; Alan Buttolph makes a plate vice that slips into the ordinary vice jaws; how it's made.
p 14:
Easily made on a small lathe; dial test indicator angle arm.
[Measuring]
author: Loader extra info:attachments for dial test indicators; R J Loader describes attachments that will aid setting-up accuracy; making the components, the slots, the arms, the styli, a final extra.
p 18:
Interestingly different 30 45 60 and 90 Degrees; French square try square.
[Measuring]
author: Wallman extra info:try squares with a difference; R Wallman illustrates how common engineering practices can differ from country to country and describes try squares used by French craftsmen.
p 19:
Milling head for EMCO Compact 5; EMCO Compact 5 milling head.
[Mill]
author: Farrugia extra info:milling head mod for the Compact 5; Mr Farrugia describes modifications for the Emco Compact 5; degree of accuracy, parts and assembly, the guide shaft, handwheel, checking alignment, the ruler, part detailed and scaled drawings.
p 21:
Pickle for brass and copper.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jones extra info:Peter Jones describes a use for pickled onions and brass and copper.
p 22:
Saddle and cross-slide stops for Myford; saddle stop.
[Lathe]
author: Twist extra info:stop that; Pat Twist describes stops used on a Myford but adaptable for other lathes; cross slide stop, saddle stop.
p 24:
Large-scale component machining on small lathe; large component problems.
[Lathe]
author: Bamford extra info:a quart into a pint pot; C S Bamford relates his problems machining the components for a large scale traction engine on a small scale lathe and how he overcame them; traction engines, wheels, flywheels, gears, cylinder problems, splitting the castings, cleaning the castings, boring the cylinder, the cylinder flange, joining the cylinder parts, checking the fit, taking initial measurements, a special boring bar, conclusion.
p 26:
Stiff brush for scroll chucks; maintaining scroll chucks.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pillhorn extra info:plastic clothes fine as a small brush.
p 28:
Amolco milling attachment.
[Lathe]
author: Spreadborough extra info:A cradle for the Amoloco milling machine attachment; K Spreadborough tells how he coped with his on a Myford lathe; a space problem, in use.
p 30:
Wood-turning Lathe on test; Hobbymat variant.
[Lathe]
author: Jones extra info:The Hobbymat variant; Peter Jones takes a thorough and critical look at a wood lathe; a perfect fit, hidden extras.
p 32:
Small premises mighty potential; mini workshop ideas.
[Workshop]
author: May extra info:a hidden workshop; Les May describes his workshop.
p 33:
Description of soldering; irons and blowlamps simple jigs.
[Welding/Brazing/]
extra info:soft soldering; an in-depth survey of what is involved; irons, joints, applications, blowlamps, types of solder, fluxes.
p 35:
Keeping records and references; Pepper Pot Milling.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pepper extra info:recording your thoughts.
p 38:
Technology from three exhibitions; laser cutting spark erosion.
[Exhibition]
author: Bray extra info:engineering of the future; The Editor visits a trio of exhibitions.
p 40:
Quickly built from scrap material; keyway cutter.
[Lathe]
extra info:a useful keyway cutter; a compact add-on feature for your lathe; the body, pivot support, the ram, pivot arm, handle and cutter, smaller cutters.
p 43:
Three-jaw four-jaw attributes explained; work holding chucks and bell chucks.
[Lathe]
extra info:choosing a chuck; three jaw self-centring, lack of accuracy, living with the faults, four-jaw independent chuck, four-jaw self-centring chuck, drilling chucks, buying a chuck.
p 46:
Easily made on a budget; precision optics.
[Optics]
author: Bluey extra info:home made precision optics; Bluey describes his optical centre-punch and centre-finder; the optical centre punch, the support body, the insert, polishing, the centre-finder, the body, assembly, using the centre finder.
p 50:
Useful improvement for lowly vice; bench vice aids attachments.
[Workshop]
extra info:bench vice versatility; How to get the best from your vice; hammering on the vice, excessive force, removable jaws, making soft jaws, other attachments.
p 54:
Constructing a simplified alternative to a rotary table; rotary milling device.
[Mill]
author: Daish extra info:a rotary milling device; a simple device by Tony Daish; making a start, now for the table, in use.
p 58:
General drill geometry and care; use and care of drills.
[Drilling]
extra info:drill nomenclature, the business-end, gauges.
p 62:
Construct a power hacksaw.
[Sawing]
author: Brittain extra info:This one by John Brittain is made form stock materials; base construction, 'H' frame, saw frame, crank and connecting rod, motor bracket, blade fittings, wing nut, vice, lifting handle, frame prop, dashpot, stop switch.
p 70:
Construction of electronic device; setting up device acoustic edge finder.
[Electrics]
author: Powell extra info:electronic setting up device; By Edgar Powell; fuse tester, construction, manufacture of the probe, the acoustic edge finder/tester, extension piece for the probe, the pen probe attachment for the acoustic device, method of use.
p 76:
Blow holes in castings.
[Scribe a Line]
p 76:
Metric threads; screwcutting.
[Scribe a Line]
p 76:
Pitsburgh lock; security.
[Scribe a Line]
p 76:
Quenching oils; heat treatment hardening.
[Scribe a Line]
MEW Oct 1990 # 2
p 7:
On the editor's bench.
author: Stan Bray
p 8:
Simply made from fabrications; 3 wheel bandsaw.
[Sawing]
author: Wood extra info:make a three wheel bandsaw; Raymond Wood set about making a very robust machine; the mainframe, the tilting block, the pulleys, the pulley spindle, the blade tensioner, the bottom bracket, the table, the centre plug, blade guides, mounting the machine, the motor, the guards, finishing the machine, obtaining the materials.
p 16:
Construction of a variable lead-threading attachment; screw cutting simplified.
[Threading]
author: McDuffie extra info:Ted McDuffie presents a design for his Myford Super Seven 7; the threading tool, theory of operation, using the tool, construction, taper turning, conclusion.
p 21:
A simple tapping tool; tapping from tailstock.
[Threading]
author: Wallman extra info:A simple tapping device; an idea from Ron Wallman; basic but effective.
p 22:
Handy shield and feeder gadget; aid to silver soldering feeder and shield.
[Workshop]
extra info:a simple feeder/shield device.
p 24:
Cutting tools special; materials.
[Lathe]
extra info:coated tools, tungsten carbide, tool setting, replacement tips, brazing tips to parent stock.
p 26:
Electricity in the workshop; safety first and always, basic electricity.
[Electrics]
extra info:the basics are discussed for those setting-up a new workshop or contemplating a spot of rewiring; new methods, basic electricity, direct current, alternating current, voltages, three-phase electricity, connections, series, parallel, ring mains, positioning of sockets, safety cut-outs, low voltage circuits.
p 29:
Drawings and castings, useful catalogue, as vice clamp.
[Trade Counter]
p 30:
Visit to home workshop of Arthur Casebrook.
[Workshop]
p 32:
A simple trepanning tool; help for large hole cutting.
[Workshop]
p 33:
Cheap paper kitchen towels; cleaning.
[Quick Tip]
author: Wade
p 37:
Low voltage lightning; clarity with safety.
[Electrics]
author: Bluey extra info:Bluey sets about organising some low voltage lighting; the first experiment, stage two, a lamp for the lathe, the lamp cover, notes on quartz halogen lights, transformers, safety.
p 40:
Tyro time, especially for beginners; centre finder.
[Lathe]
extra info:tyro time; getting started with your first lathe; safety, work and tool holder, height gauge, wobblers and wigglers, back to height gauge, starting work, depth of cut, feed, holding the work.
p 43:
Using old fat for tapping.
[Quick Tip]
p 45:
Construction of swing clear rear toolpost.
[Lathe]
extra info:the extension, the tee slot, tee slot cutters, strengthening bar, the tool post, the tee nuts, the handle.
p 48:
Small knurling tool - caliper type; save strain on bearings.
[Lathe]
extra info:the slide plates, the arms, the pivots and spindles, the clamp, the holding bar; the slide plates, the arms, the pivots and spindles, the clamp, the holding bar.
p 51:
High temperature soldering; brazing & soldering.
[Welding/Brazing/]
extra info:tips and techniques for success; torches, the work area, thebrazing bench, the soldering operation, unsightly work, the materials, fluxes, high temperature soft solder, safety.
p 54:
Visit to Jack Sealey Ltd; Visit to Supplier.
[Visit]
p 56:
Storage from film containers; storage of small parts.
[Workshop]
extra info:small piece storage; a use for 35mm camera film cases.
p 57:
Candle soot as an alternative for engineers blue.
[Quick Tip]
p 58:
Hand milling attachment; for miniature precision work.
[Lathe]
author: May extra info:a design by Les May; the solution, other uses, the baseplate, making the dovetails, the spindle block, dovetail strips, the clamping block,the index collar, making the collar, the cutter spindle, the handle, assembly, using the tool.
p 64:
Enhance accuracy by indexing with a DTI and stops; accuracy with DTI.
[Lathe]
extra info:getting it right; this article deals with two aspects of machining, accuracy and conversion metric/imperial; dial test indicators, the method, fixings, the cross slide, the saddle, the vertical slide, the milling machine, the down feed, backlash, other uses.
p 65:
Making identical plates.
[Quick Tip]
author: MacIntosh
p 66:
Eliminating backlash; for smooth milling operations.
[Lathe]
author: Tardrew extra info:G G Tardwew tackles the problem; the original conclusion, updating the idea, construction.
p 68:
Materials.
[Scribe a Line]
p 68:
Watch screws; horology threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Simmons extra info:where to get materials, specialist screws.
p 70:
Constructing a wood turning lathe; Chipmunk Wood.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:make the Chipmunk wood-turning lathe; By Dyson Watkins no castings required; the bed, bed spacers, headstock fabrication, switch arrangement, bearing housing, the spindle, dust seals, screw collar and locknut, motor table support, headstock spindle assembly, tailstock, handrest support, stand, wiring.
MEW Jan 1991 # 3
p 7:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Stan Bray
p 8:
A gearbox for the Myford ML7.
[Lathe]
author: Buttolph extra info:an article by Alan Buttolph for the more experienced machinist; the design, the case, central bearing pillar, dismantling the leadscrew, shafts, the gears, front plate, testing, adapting the leadscrew, the information platethe design, the case, central bearing pillar, dismantling the leadscrew, shafts, the gears, front plate, testing, adapting the leadscrew, the information plate.
p 17:
Flycutters; low-cost precision tooling.
[Mill]
extra info:simple construction and ideas on how to make use of them; cutters with shanks, cutters for the faceplate, using flycutters, the cutting tool.
p 19:
A power hacksaw update; practicle advice on motors.
[Sawing]
author: Brittain extra info:John Brittain describes an easily obtainable motor unit; the Paralux motor, revised 'H' frame, checking the motor, testing, starting problems, lubrication.
p 22:
Clamping Tee bolts; safe and secure work-holding.
[Clamping]
extra info:clamp up; tips for using clamps; T-bolts.
p 24:
Reference points; marking out using reference points.
[Workshop]
extra info:guidance for inexperienced; this article explains what a datum is and how to use it; meaning of datum, the use of datums, datum marks, the datum edge, centre line datums, datum surfaces, multiple datums, machine graduations as datums.
p 25:
Quenching oil.
[Quick Tip]
author: Stirling extra info:from Mr A W Stirling on quenching oils.
p 26:
Heat treatment of metals; normalising softening and hardening.
[Materials]
extra info:softening, hardening and tempering; normalising, distortion of metal, annealing, hardening, tempering, heating the material, visual observations, case hardening.
p 28:
Small work holding clamps; clamping inexpensive tooling.
[Clamping]
author: Fletcher extra info:Bob Fletcher describes a neat clamping arrangement; how to use the clamps.
p 30:
Parting off made easy; black art revealed.
[Lathe]
author: McDuffie extra info:Ted McDuffie gives us his ideas; parting off metal, theory of cutting tools, selecting the proper tools, details of the spring tool, conclusions.
p 33:
Silver soldering.
[Quick Tip]
author: Woodward extra info:neater brazing by Malcolm Woodward.
p 34:
A visit to Machine Mart, an engineers paradise; Visit to Supplier.
[Visit]
p 36:
Finger clamp; aids to comfort and safety.
[Clamping]
extra info:simply made clamp; the body, the fork, adjusting rod, hand wheel, the finger.
p 39:
Screw jacks; for machining and marking out.
[Clamping]
extra info:screw jacks; materials, construction, extensions.
p 40:
Electric arc welding.
[Welding/Brazing/]
extra info:the equipment, oil cooled welders, air cooled welders, electrodes, safety, the arc, direction of weld, coverage, cast iron, bronze welding, conclusion.
p 44:
A home made belt sander; will be your most used machine.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Bluey extra info:Bluey describes how to set about it; the ball races, the body, the drive shaft, drive roller, bearing retainer, bearings housings, belt tensioning bracket, the lock-nuts, tensioner shaft, idle roller, belt tensioners, mounting frame, the table, assembly, fitting the motor, safety.
p 48:
A Keats angle plate; machining awkward castings.
[Clamping]
author: College Engineering Supply extra info:castings by College Engineering Supply; the large casting, marking out the slots, milling the slots.
p 52:
Pass the port; a bottle holder.
extra info:a Christmas treat; the bottle holder, the pillars, the lead screw, the nut, the lifting arm, the handle, the base, assembly, finishing.
p 56:
Adjustable height tool posts; versatile and quick to make.
[Lathe]
extra info:three simple versions.
p 58:
Mr Maycock protects the tailstock point; safety.
[Quick Tip]
author: Maycock
p 60:
Speed reduction of machine tool; making electronic motor controllers.
[Electrics]
author: Haddon-Deering extra info:a design by Ernest Haddon-Deering; use on a mill drill, other uses, operation of SC2B speed control.
p 62:
Micrometer stops; improve your accuracy.
[Lathe]
author: May extra info:ideas from Les May; adjustable length bar, the brackets, the micrometer head, the thimble, divisions, cutting the screw, numbering the divisions, further uses for the tool.
p 67:
Torque about flea power; Hero's Engine Aeolipile - a steam driven engine.
[History]
extra info:General description of Hero's Engines; A light hearted account.
p 68:
Thread measuring tip.
[Quick Tip]
p 70:
Heavy duty running centre; live centre - high centre.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:a design by Bill Morris; the bearings, making the taper, the bearing housing, the spacer, the centre, screwcutting, assembly.
p 74:
Formula for machining arcs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mackintosh
p 74:
Various; comments from readers, formula for machining arcs, assistance needed and help given, watch and screw threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harrington
p 75:
Magnetised tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Widdowson
p 75:
Watch screws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Batchelor
p 75:
A roller cutter; a taper tutning tool.
[Trade Counter]
MEW Apr 1991 # 4
p 7:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Stan Bray
p 8:
Dividing on your lathe Simple and at low cost; Simple and at low cost - dividing ring.
[Workshop]
author: McDuffie extra info:Ted McDuffie explains easy ways of dividing in the lathe; latching arm, dividing plate, drilling the plate, dividing with a tape, using dividing equipment, use in milling and drilling.
p 12:
Fitting a chuck backplate; first job for a new lathe.
[Lathe]
extra info:fitting a chuck to a backplate is not so difficult as it sounds; backplate castings, machining the casting, the screw fitting, using dividers.
p 15:
Make your own scribing block; scribing block surface gauge.
[Workshop]
extra info:a home-made scribing block, the base, the pillar, the pivot block, the pivot, the scriber, the pins, more sophistication.
p 18:
An introduction to abrasives.
[Grinding/Sanding]
extra info:some information on how to treat them and the potential dangers involved; abrasive types, mounting grinding wheels, use of grinding wheels, finishing, abrasive papers ands cloths, liquids and powders, safety.
p 19:
Toolpost grinder.
[Quick Tip]
p 20:
A machine vice; easily made without castings.
[Clamping]
author: College Eng Sup extra info:make a machine vice from stock materials; where to start, the lead screw, the screw and handle, the moving jaw.
p 23:
Boring and boring bars; description of boring bars and boring.
[Drilling]
extra info:boring in the lathe; drilling, reaming, boring bars, home-made boring bars, mounting work, machining operations, other methods, mounting work on the saddle, between centres boring bar, tool adjustments, adjustable bars.
p 28:
Marking out; everything you need to know.
[Workshop]
extra info:some tips for the beginner; marking fluids, copper sulphate, felt-tipped pens, marking brass and copper, the scriber, datums, using the scribing block, scribing angles, dot punching, dividers.
p 29:
Marking out; square and hexagon from round bar.
[Quick Tip]
extra info:calculating size of round bar to make square or hexagon; Multiply across flats by 1.37 or 1.15.
p 30:
Clinometer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Butler extra info:help wanted, improvements on designs, low voltage lighting, speed reduction of machine tools, three-phase electricity, brine for quenching.
p 30:
Various queries and improvement on earlier designs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vagg
p 31:
Low voltage lighting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lodge
p 31:
Speed reduction.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Norton
p 31:
Three phase electricity.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 32:
Brine for quenching.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tottle
p 32:
A dot punch; simply made always useful.
[Workshop]
p 34:
Simple drill grinding jigs; drill grinding jig - cost-saving and highly practicle.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Oakes extra info:two jigs designed and described by Geoff Oakes; grindstone heights, drill sizes, the base, the body, the pillar, the drill support, drill holder support, the back stop, the carrier, the large jig, indexing spindle, drill holder and back stop; other carriers extending the versatility, Slocombe drills, using the jigs, jig positioning.
p 38:
Stripped threads; dealing with stripped threads.
[Quick Tip]
p 39:
A rule holder; quickly and cheaply made.
[Workshop]
extra info:almost essential for good marking out.
p 40:
Chuck stop; getting those lengths identical.
[Lathe]
extra info:often a job calls for several pieces of identical length protruding from the chuck; use of chuck stops, rulers and depth gauges, tailstock stops, the spider, internal stop, the advanced form of stop, using the stop.
p 43:
A micrometer holder; useful 'third hand.
[Workshop]
extra info:useful and simple to make; the base, the swivel block, the holder, pivot and bolts.
p 46:
A sturdy and useful bench described; a sturdy steel bench from the Warren Machine Tools.
[Workshop]
author: Pimblehorne extra info:A Warco bench test.
p 48:
Plastic gears; a small powerful electric motor; milling for the model engineer.
[Trade Counter]
p 49:
DIY weightlifting; overcoming heavy lifting problems - a heavy moving jury rig lifting.
[Workshop]
author: Austen extra info:Mr C J Austen relates how he coped with the problem of moving heavy workshop equipment; the arrival, the lift, conclusion.
p 51:
Simple division on the small lathe construct a gear tooth locator; construct a gear tooth locator.
[Lathe]
author: McDuffie extra info:Ted McDuffie describes a simple method; the bracket, gear fixing.
p 52:
A small filing machine; for small accurate work.
[Workshop]
extra info:filing speeds, the motor, the frame, crank movement, the base, the slides, the sliding block, the crank, connecting rod, wiring the motor, the case, improvements, a gearbox, fitting an alternative motor, use of the machine, safety.
p 57:
Thin piece chuck for a small Lathe.
[Lathe]
extra info:holding very thin work; making a simple jig, the outer shell, fitting the shell, inner section, making the collet, using the chuck, chuck for larger machines.
p 60:
Geometric chuck for ornamental turning; for the advanced machinist.
[Lathe]
author: Allard extra info:much used by ornamental turners and an example by Mr Allard; a couple of handy hints, backplate boss, geometric chuck backplate, first slide bearing, fitting end blocks; and adjusting screw, turning piece, top of slide, centre bearing, centre wheel, large bearing, wheels NOP, cutting gears and making tumbler reverse gears, retaining disc, g sidepieces, steel centre bearing.
p 70:
A tool post grinder; useful tool cheaply made.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Bluey
p 73:
Annealing aluminium; use soap to indicate the correct temperature.
[Quick Tip]
p 74:
Toolmakers cabinet making a wooden Toolmakers Cabinet; making a wooden toolmakers cabinet.
[Workshop]
MEW Jun 1991 # 5
p 7:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Stan Bray
p 8:
Fixed and travelling steadies; supporting slender work.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:Harold Hall explains how he made suitable steadies from stock materials at a terrific saving in cost; a suitable design, construction, the base, the clamp, improvements, travelling steady.
p 14:
A tee slotted cross slide; Improving a far eastern Lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:Bill Morris describes how he set about making his own cross slide; milling the slots, the circular tee slot, the dovetail, the stepped hole.
p 17:
Retractable ball handle; added accessibility.
[Lathe]
author: McDuffie extra info:Ted McDuffie describes his milling attachment for his Myford Super 7; division, power for attachments, the milling head, the Super-7 top slide, making the ball handle, safety, getting started, cutting the ball handle arms, cutting the slot, cutting the splines, assembling, conclusion.
p 24:
A useful workshop storage unit; no cost drawers.
[Workshop]
author: Coe extra info:D O Coe describes such a system which is also cheap.
p 26:
Parting off on the Hobbymat; inverted tool holding.
[Lathe]
author: Maycock extra info:Maycock give details of how he copes; an inverted parting toolholder, the design, the body, the guide rails, the clampan inverted parting toolholder, the design, the body, the guide rails, the clamp.
p 28:
Lathe tool height gauge; with micrometer adjustment.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:a sophisticated gauge described here by Harold Hall; accuracy, construction, setting the tool accurately.
p 32:
Scrapers and scraping; description of scrapers and scraping techniques.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:R J Loader describes how he learnt and passes his expertise on to readers; reasons for scraping, the tools, sharpening, using the flat scraper, finishing.
p 36:
Collets for square material; making square collets.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:turning square material is a problem - here H K hall describes a way of doing so; separate jaws, fitting square to round, getting the dimensions.
p 37:
Storage space.
[Quick Tip]
p 38:
Crockodile clips.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barclay
p 38:
Electricity in the workshop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lavarack
p 38:
Halogen bulbs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Batchelor
p 38:
Keats angle plate.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Giannuzzi
p 38:
Unknown lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kirkland
p 39:
Amolco milling attachment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Anderson
p 39:
Basic physics; hose thrust.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Price
p 39:
Hero's engine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Macmillan
p 40:
MT3 milling cutter chuck; Constructing a 3 Morse Taper Milling Chuck.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:vertical mill collet chuck by Harold Hall; materials used, manufacturing procedure, making the mating taper, making the collets, using a fixed steady.
p 44:
Stop thief; electronic alarm security.
[Workshop]
author: Bluey extra info:Bluey describes how to make an electronic scare alarm; so what to do, how it works.
p 46:
A drilling machine depth gauge; for repeatable accuracy.
[Drilling]
author: Coe extra info:D O Coe shows a way of making a very accurate depth pointer that is easy to construct from stock materials; a Clarke drill.
p 48:
A cross drilling jig.
[Drilling]
author: Riley extra info:this one by L J Riley guarantees perfect accuracy; the body, the clamping plate, improvements.
p 49:
Reducing chatter when turning on the lathe.
[Quick Tip]
; photographs: reduce RPM, tool bit too rounded, postcard to provide some spring
p 50:
A parting off tool holder; simple to make sturdy in use.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:this tool designed by H K Hall is simple to make and solves many of the problems associated with this type of work.
p 52:
Welding - a safe practice; open days at Mercer; Gripfill.
[Trade Counter]
p 54:
A circular saw attachment for the Chipmunk; Developing a previous project.
[Sawing]
author: Watkins extra info:The Chipmunk wood turning lathe describe earlier by Dyson Watkins gets an attachment; upper blade guard, the table, support bracket, riving knife, riving knife bracket, spindle, under table guard, fence, tailstock nearing support.
p 59:
Three phase electricity correction to issue 4.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barlett
p 60:
A cam driven pump unit; using a car fuel pump for a coolant pump.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Taylor extra info:Brian Taylor describes a useful and cheap pump; fuel pump design, inlet and outlet, the cams and cam followers, electrics and safety, mounting the unit.
p 61:
Using WD40 to remove stuck taps.
[Quick Tip]
p 63:
Using correction fluid when brazing or silver soldering; to avoid a messy flow of spelter.
[Quick Tip]
p 64:
A clutch for the ML7; made on its own machine.
[Lathe]
author: Buttolph extra info:Alan Buttolph describes how to make one for the Myford; materials, keeping the lathe in service, the countershaft, the clutch boss, clutch material, drive pulley, fitting the clutch to the pulley, the thrust block, adjustments and assembly, modifying the guard, usage.
p 68:
Geometric chuck for ornamental turning - part 2; concluding construction.
[Lathe]
author: Allard extra info:This challenging project is the work of reader Mr Allard; wheels, support, work holder mandrel, adjusting screw, faceplate, wood base, chuck and pillar support plate, hand turner and bracket, turner spindle, main end piece, pen housing, pen holder.
MEW Aug 1991 # 6
p 7:
On the editor's bench.
author: Stan Bray
p 8:
An automatic boring and facing head; made from stock material.
[Mill]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin shows how to make an automatic boring and facing head in the simplest possible way while finishing up with an excellent highly accurate tool; The body, the slideways, feed screw block, the cutter block, feed screw assembly, the cam ring, top-retaining plate, assembly.
p 15:
Using countersink bits; preventing chatter marks when countersinking.
[Quick Tip]
p 16:
A centering device for the lathe; quickly made and invaluable.
[Lathe]
author: Fletcher extra info:Bob Fletcher shows how to make a simple indicator as an aid to setting-up.
p 20:
New products from Hemingway; cabinets from Bott; TryCut plastics.
[Trade Counter]
p 21:
Boring tool holder; Saves set-up time.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:Harold Hall describes a tool holder that solves the problem of securing the bar and height adjustment if one has a fixed height tool post.
p 22:
A 'professional' slotting tool; heavy duty version, works from the cross slide to avoid lathe bed wear.
[Lathe]
author: Robinson extra info:1 casting required (from College Engineering Supplies).
p 27:
A simple belt sander; hold it in the vice.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Lane extra info:Terry Lane gives brief details of how he made such a machine using hollow section material.
p 28:
Turning a Morse taper; with mathematical precission.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:in this article a novel idea by Harold Hall could solve many of the problems associated with taper turning.
p 30:
Threading for beginners.
[Threading]
extra info:the article offers a few hints on the subject and gives details of some equipment that can be used to improve thread making; thread forms, the core, the pitch, thread angle, taps, tapping, problems, dies, die adjustment, purchasing tap[s and dies.
p 33:
Workshop wander; timber workshop.
[Workshop]
author: Meek extra info:photographic record of Tony Meeks of the complete construction of his new workshop.
p 37:
Knurling for tyro and expert; tailstock knurling tool (caliper type), 'universal' knurling tool, improved knurling tool.
[Lathe]
authors: Bray, Unwin, Macintosh extra info:a combination of several articles giving readers the chance to make a knurling tool of their choice; good and bad knurls, the knurling process, knurling from the tailstock, the taper, the body, the arms, the pins, adjuster, a universal knurling tool, an improved knurling tool, general.
p 44:
A ball turning tool; with precision adjustments.
[Lathe]
extra info:Can be made form scrap materials; requirements, the base, body, tool adjuster, the handle, using the tool, refinements.
p 45:
Clogged files; preventing file clogging.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pillhorn
p 46:
Drilling into cross-holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Unwin
p 47:
Abrasive comments.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brown
p 47:
Level vials.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walton
p 47:
Saddle stops for a Myford.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sheppard
p 48:
Flats by formula.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thomson
p 48:
Locating punch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Luxon-Jones
p 48:
MDF worktops.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richards
p 49:
Hand turning; basic skill explained.
[Lathe]
extra info:The art of hand turning is one that is nearly forgotten however it is a useful skill well worth the effort of learning; methods, the tools, working practice, the toolrest, the rest, locking screw.
p 52:
A finger plate; how did you manage without it?.
[Clamping]
extra info:easy to make from scrap material; the base, clamp, pillar, the clamping nut, adjusting screws, using the finger plate.
p 54:
A small tilting vice; Commercial castings adapted.
[Clamping]
author: College Eng Sup extra info:Castings available from College Engineering Supplies; making the vice, the moving jaw, fixing the moving jaw, the drive screw, the jaws, the base, tilting mechanism, when things go wrong.
p 59:
Make your own milling cutters and gears - part 1; expert advice part 1.
[Mill]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin shows how to make special shaped cutters including tee slot cutters, dovetails and radiused tools; making a multi-tooth cutter, the mandrel, marking the teeth, shaping the cutter, making the teeth, heat treatment, sharpening, form relieved flycutters, cutters for clock gears, the involute form, form tools for cutter blanks, metrication.
p 64:
A Jacot tool; uprated clockmakers steady.
[Horology]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin tells how to set about making one; the holder, the steady discs, using the Jacot block.
p 66:
A simple to use dividing device; division by chords.
[Lathe]
author: Longworth extra info:Al Longworth offers a neat device which can be made from stock material or casting from Model Engineering Services; method of dividing, the principle, usage, checking for accuracy, manufacture.
p 67:
Using double sided tape to hold work.
[Quick Tip]
p 68:
Grandpa enters the computer age; geometric chucks and a computer program.
[Lathe]
author: Smith extra info:first principles, history, bare bones, the co-ordinates of the tracing point, nomenclature, the programs, the parameter tables, of further historical interest, a supplement, conclusion.
p 69:
Time-saver drill stand; a drill stand for popular sizes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Unwin
p 76:
Drill modification; mill/drill and old car steering wheel.
[Quick Tip]
author: Birchall
MEW Oct 1991 # 7
p 5:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Harold Hall
p 6:
Make a taper turning attachment; taper turning attachment on a Toyo.
[Lathe]
author: Winks extra info:Derek Winks has produced a very nice design for a taper attachment form his Toyo 210 lathe; geometry of the device, the micrometer setting device, guide bar connections, cross-slide disconnection, setting the device.
p 10:
A miniature wood turning lathe; wood turning small lathe - novel concept simple to build.
[Lathe]
author: Cutler extra info:Dr R Cutler designed this small lathe for a friend.
p 14:
Make your own milling cutters and gears - part 2; expert advice part 2.
[Mill]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin concludes his notes on home-made milling cutters and gears; ogival clock wheels cutters, proportions, small radius cutters, cutting gears, small pinions, bevel wheels, repairing gears, spiral gears.
p 18:
A collet chuck for the Emco Compact 5 milling; increases its versatility.
[Mill]
author: Lewis extra info:Gordon Lewis tells us how he made a collet chuck for the Emco Compact Five milling machine; the fixture, the body, collets,, slotting the collets.
p 22:
Using edge finders; testing for accuracy.
[Workshop]
extra info:In this article we indicate the various methods of employing the wiggler for component edge finding in the milling machine; edge finders, recommended method of use, use on a round bar, alternative methods, test method, testing for consistency, testing for accuracy, additional attachments the needle point, an alternative edge finder.
p 23:
Replacement vice jaws; extending jaws.
[Quick Tip]
author: Whiffin
p 27:
Tandy tape reamer; compact drafter; Starrett blades jigsaw; Emco's Maximat Super II.
[Trade Counter]
p 28:
Basic physics.
[Scribe a Line]
authors: Price, Hamer, Dyos
p 28:
Milling cutter chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Giannuzzi
p 29:
ML7 gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Robinson
p 29:
Wavy Washers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stephenson
p 30:
Coolant Pumps.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Webster
p 31:
ML7 clutch replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Buttolph
p 31:
ML7 clutch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Birkinshaw
p 31:
ML7 clutch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whiffin
p 32:
Small tool holder; economy and precision.
[Lathe]
p 33:
Degrease metal; typist correction fluid thinner.
[Quick Tip]
p 34:
Toolmakers clamps; Make a selection.
[Clamping]
extra info:can be made on the lathe; sizes available commercially, variety of uses, drawings, proposed sizes, the screw mechanism, manufacture, casehardening.
p 36:
Comments on various articles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 38:
A division line cutting tool; accurate and foolproof.
[Workshop]
author: Unwin
p 41:
A mini drilling machine; with novel downfeed.
[Drilling]
author: Hall extra info:the drill, the design,, base and table, head, use as a router, assembly.
p 46:
Lathe collet assembly; For repeatable accuracy.
[Clamping]
extra info:a range of collets for the Myford Super 7 and other lathes; types of collet, chosen type, the body, closing ring, an initial failure, the collets, machining jig, slotting the collets.
p 50:
Hanging storage bins.
[Quick Tip]
p 52:
Thin sheet tapping thread inserts; ideas from industry.
[Threading]
extra info:putting tapped holes in thin sheet; threaded inserts, roll taps, self-tapping screws, taptite screws, cutting lubricants.
p 53:
Mixing small amounts of resin adhesives.
[Quick Tip]
p 54:
Using drilling jigs; simple to make save castings.
[Drilling]
author: Hall extra info:drilling flat plate, drilling holes on a PCD, conclusions.
p 58:
Milling machine dials; ideas for resetability.
[Mill]
extra info:changing fixed to friction dials; original design, modified design, construction, downfeed dial.
p 60:
A simple miniature lathe; make a small lathe without castings.
[Lathe]
author: Bergin extra info:Mr J T Bergin describes a small lathe.
p 64:
Cutter clamping in boring tools; tooling tips from a master.
[Clamping]
author: Law extra info:Ivan Law gives some ideas, problems, the solution emerges.
p 66:
Precision marking out; marking out (precision) vernier calipers.
[Workshop]
author: Lammas extra info:David Lamas uses vernier callipers; suggested vernier attachments (scribing points).
p 72:
Number crunching for the home workshop; number crunching programme.
[CAD]
author: Phillips extra info:Dr Mark Philips uses his home computer; converting decimals into fractions, factors.
p 73:
DTI's prefer lubrication before use.
[Quick Tip]
p 73:
Mixing silver solder or brazing flux.
[Quick Tip]
MEW Dec 1991 # 8
p 5:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Harold Hall
p 6:
Finishing metals.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Evans
p 6:
Milling problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clarke
p 6:
Silver steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clarke
p 6:
Tee slot alternative; T-slot.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rose
p 7:
Mystery lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sinclair
p 7:
Odd Myford.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ashbury
p 7:
Parabolic mirrors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hamer
p 7:
Suds pumps.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dover
p 7:
Toolmakers clamps.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jennings
p 8:
Toolmakers clamps.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Feasey
p 8:
Two jaw chuck; 2-jaw chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gunston
p 9:
Circlips.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Salter
p 9:
Colour in workshop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Scott
p 9:
Fasteners.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 10:
Electronic production; PCB's.
[Electrics]
extra info:How to get started; faulty manufacture, poor soldering, wrong component fitted, component fitted the wrong way round, component not fitted, damaged by heat, stripboard tracks not cut correctly, integrated sockets.
p 14:
Deep boring tool; rigidity ends bell-mouthing.
[Lathe]
extra info:deep boring tool; Getting to the bottom of it; deep hole boring tool, joining the halves, the holder.
p 16:
Backfacing; machining inaccessible faces.
[Lathe]
author: Model Engineer extra info:reprint from Model Engineer 1963.
p 16:
Precision turning; top slide setting.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pillhorn extra info:top slide angle of 6 deg gives 1 thou cut for 10 thou movement.
p 18:
Guide dodge for the blind; chuck back plate? fitting suggestions.
[Lathe]
author: Taylor extra info:full-size practice can be useful in our workshop; Brian Taylor offers help and advice; relating to model engineering, the method, a good start.
p 20:
A vernier height gauge; getting more out of a vernier caliper.
[Workshop]
author: Lammas extra info:David Lamas uses his vernier caliper; description of instrument, the scriber, the clamp, using the height gauge.
p 22:
A clock depthing tool; planting aid made in home workshop.
[Horology]
author: Jennings extra info:construction, runners.
p 22:
Dividing by computer dividing using a computer plotted chart; dividing using a computer plotted chart.
[Workshop]
p 25:
Tilting table setting; setting drill table angle.
[Quick Tip]
author: Salter
p 27:
DTI carrier adds to issue 7 page 22; clarification of last issues idea.
[Workshop]
p 28:
An economic angle plate; Keats angle plate.
[Clamping]
author: Turnbull extra info:H M Turnbull makes his own Keats angle plate.
p 30:
Keeping rust at bay; rust protection.
[Workshop]
extra info:studying causes suggested cure; condensation why?, the answer, surface treatment, for the technically minded.
p 32:
Welcome to the workshop; Indoor Workshop - tips on nuisance avoidance.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:R J Loader explains all.
p 34:
Fair weather friend; weather station - build your own mini-met office.
[Mill/Drill]
extra info:a design for Christmas.
p 36:
Thin work holding using collets; chuck for thin pieces collets.
[Clamping]
extra info:solve an oft recurring problem; the design, an alternative approach, to suit larger sizes, manufacture - the one-piece type, manufacture - the removable jaw type.
p 37:
Blind hole positioning; transferring blind tapped holes.
[Quick Tip]
p 40:
Workshop wiring wisdom; electricity in workshop wiring - Chris Boucher describes the requirements of the IEEE regs.
[Electrics]
author: Boucher extra info:improve on safety understand why; safety devices, supply cable selection, workshop installation.
p 42:
To remove mill scale from black iron.
[Quick Tip]
author: Twist
p 42:
Toolmaker hammer drawing.
[Quick Tip]
p 44:
Using white paper on the lathe; see clearly tool distance, use white plastic.
[Quick Tip]
p 45:
Making an edge finder; Practical instruction for a useful tool.
[Workshop]
author: D J P extra info:construction, pressure pad, wobble bar, holding the ball, assembly.
p 48:
Make a Digital Readout DRO - part 1; a practical series for X and Y axis readouts.
[Electrics]
extra info:make your own DRO; the display solution, the pulse generator solution, the final specification, general principles, the counter requirement and facilitiesthe leadscrew encoder, pulse and direction shaping circuits, mechanical pulse switches - a warning, alternative to pulse shaping, the method employed, the power supply, the mechanics, pulse generating discs, testing, fault finding.
p 49:
Hardening and tempering small drills; flat drills.
[Quick Tip]
p 49:
Scribers; Marking out brass scribers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Calgary MES
p 60:
Extras for the Toyo ML210; alternative toolposts and a slow speed fitment.
[Lathe]
author: Winks extra info:Derek Winks describes a toolpost and auto-feed gearbox.
p 62:
Making a simple reamer; home made reamer.
[Quick Tip]
author: Whiffin
p 65:
Digital multimeter; compact turning machines; machine mart super store.
[Trade Counter]
p 69:
Economy mill table calibration rings.
[Mill]
author: Clarke extra info:Roy Clark modifies his Warco Economy mill/drill; adjustable dials are a must, positive adjustment.
p 70:
Chasing vibrations - eliminating noise and nuisance; vibration damping.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:Bill Morris cures his lathe; locating the problem, the solution.
p 72:
A four-way toolpost; fabricated screwed and glued.
[Lathe]
extra info:construction, testing for strength, the index mechanism, the clamping components.
MEW Feb 1992 # 9
p 5:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Harold Hall
p 6:
Batch Work.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pierce
p 6:
Jacot Tool more versatility.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kirshner
p 6:
Next generation of Model Engineers; attracting recruits.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 7:
Early wiglers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Unwin
p 8:
Raglan lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 8:
Sine Bar Clinometers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thomson
p 9:
Space Saving.
[Quick Tip]
p 9:
Condensation and electronics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 9:
Odd Myford, the solution.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Batchelor
p 9:
White metalling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Johnson
p 10:
Feed lever tapping aid - overcoming return spring for gravity feed; drill press tapping.
[Threading]
author: Haynes extra info:J V Haynes ideas for neutralising the return spring on a drilling machine.
p 11:
Frost auto restoration catalogue; dividing plate.
[Trade Counter]
p 14:
A simple drill sharpening jig for very small drills.
[Drilling]
author: Unwin extra info:Mr D J Unwin's idea.
p 16:
A computer simulation of geometric chuck ornamental turning.
[Lathe]
author: Lenge extra info:Mr R W Lenge has a program for Mr Smiths pattern generator; general descriptions, parameters, combining the movements, notes on the computer program.
p 17:
Free spring wire from umbrella frames; for making heavy duty springs.
[Quick Tip]
p 18:
Reader's survey - a report.
p 20:
Glass surface plate.
[Quick Tip]
p 20:
Filing rests; two versions to suit your machines.
[Workshop]
author: Bray
p 24:
Cross drilling jig; methods for all occasions.
[Drilling]
author: Harries extra info:universal jig, a collar drilling jig, precision.
p 26:
A tailstock die holder; quick to make, invaluable in use.
[Threading]
author: Watkins extra info:By Dyson Watkins; description, making, dieholders, use.
p 27:
Brush and spray enamelling; painting.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jennings
p 28:
An oilsink cutte; designed for horologists useful in any workshop.
[Horology]
author: Jennings extra info:John Jennings spherical version.
p 28:
MEW index.
[Index]
p 29:
Protect that slide; easy protection for those slideways.
[Mill/Drill]
extra info:keeping your mill/drill lower slides clean; the material.
p 30:
A small chip guard; multi -position for user convenience.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:By F J Loader.
p 33:
Vertical toggle clamps - part 1; how did you ever manage without them.
[Clamping]
extra info:principal of operation, limitations, the designs, manufacture.
p 37:
Lathe mounted band saw - part 1; plus full size drawings.
[Sawing]
author: Gray extra info:Mr GT Gray's ML7 design; materials and construction, the blade, setting up.
p 39:
Stub drills.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jennings
p 41:
Inter City Machine Tools - machine users treasure house; A visit to Inter City Machine Tools.
[Visit]
p 43:
Low speed countershaft Toyo ML210; easily removed useful addition.
[Lathe]
author: Winks extra info:D P Winks makes one for his Toyo ML20 lathe; odds and ends, cross-slide stops, micrometer feed dial, mandrel handles, carries.
p 46:
3 phase in the workshop.
[Electrics]
author: Boucher extra info:Mr Boucher tackles old motors in surplus machines; why three phase, how to achieve a three phase supply, three phase converters in operation, three phase wiring and safety.
p 49:
Low voltage DC; Variacs transformers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jennings
p 51:
Make a Digital Readout DRO - concluding article.
[Electrics]
extra info:the power supply, the DC power supply tag board, packaging the electronics, testing the completed display unitthe pulse wheel mechanism, the table pulse wheel enclosure, extending the leadscrew, the lower pulse wheel enclosure, pulse unit internal construction, pulse disc carriers, pulse wheels, the final installation, adding pulse generators to the machinethe pulse wheel mechanism, the table pulse wheel enclosure, extending the positioning the display unit, retaining the technical information, a final thought, postscript.
p 58:
Bench Tops - use kitchen worktops.
[Quick Tip]
p 60:
Aligning a lathe; advice from the antipodes.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:Bill Morris takes us through it; a bit of history, wood and loads, stresses and strains, making a start, turning test, final check.
p 63:
Storing small items; 35mm film cassette storage.
[Quick Tip]
p 64:
Taper turning attachment for the Myford 7 series lathes.
[Lathe]
author: Editor/reader co-operation extra info:It incorporates precision setting the angle; topslide method, taper turning from the tailstock, taper attachment, the design, manufacture, the mathematical principal.
p 70:
Cutting racks; instructions from an expert.
[Mill]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin provides the answers.
p 73:
MEW Index.
[Index]
MEW Apr 1992 # 10
p 5:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Harold Hall
p 6:
Digital Read Out design; DRO.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lee extra info:digital readouts, long term models and hams, wiring safety, 3 phase electrics, clear lacquer and calorific values, clinometers, odd drills, program improvements, cross hole drilling, gears and gearcutting, Don Unwin replies, aids for the disabled, lathes, workshop safety.
p 7:
3 Phase electric's.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Riley
p 7:
Clear lacquer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richards
p 7:
Clinometers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tovill
p 7:
Computer programme improvements; for the geometric chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lenge
p 7:
Odd drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sterland
p 7:
Wiring safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ray
p 8:
Cross hole drilling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hatfull
p 8:
Gears and gearcutting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 8:
Gears and gearcutting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Unwin
p 8:
Mystery chuck - a photo.
[Scribe a Line]
author: -
p 9:
Workshop safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morris
p 11:
Engraving attachment; add versatility to your milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin updates his article printed in ME 1980.
p 18:
Tailstock tip; tailstock locking habit.
[Quick Tip]
author: Twist
p 21:
Slot drills.
[Quick Tip]
author: Twist
p 22:
A lathe back stop; lengthy repeatability.
[Lathe]
extra info:a useful accessory; their design, manufacture, in use.
p 23:
Marking out by colouring steel by heating; more permanent marking.
[Quick Tip]
author: Loader
p 24:
A vice positioning device; For additional accuracy.
[Clamping]
extra info:help speed up the process; the problem, the answer, manufacture, checking and calibration.
p 26:
Tailstock lever feed for the Emco Compact 5.
[Lathe]
author: Jennings extra info:John Jennings makes a lever tailstock; construction, pivot block, operating lever, ball handle, two-part using Emco quill, one part quill, machining the tailstock casting, odd bits, assembly, depth stop.
p 29:
Using old chucks (from discarded power tools) in the vice.
[Quick Tip]
p 31:
A six-station saddle stop; For correct tool advancement.
[Lathe]
author: Vickery extra info:By C J Vickery; the index plate, the turret, the body, the main shaft, threaded stops, saddle stops, saddle stop holder, assembly, using the stop.
p 34:
Starters and motors for machine tools; advice from an expert.
[Electrics]
author: Boucher extra info:By Chris Boucher; single phase, types of motor, three phase.
p 38:
A engineer's level; For precision leveling.
[Workshop]
extra info:make your own; the base, the vial carrier, accuracy, spacers, assembly, calibration, storage box, greater precision.
p 41:
Reamers & short holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Bartlett
p 43:
How to set the gear train and control the backlash.
[Quick Tip]
author: Loader
p 44:
Workshop mathematics - useful calculations; remember all those drowsy afternoons.
[Workshop]
extra info:the circle, the triangle, lever for toggle clamp, divisions on a pitch circle diameter, geometry.
p 47:
plastic shims; catalogues; sources of supply.
[Trade Counter]
p 48:
Model engineer exhibition 1992.
[Exhibition]
author: Editor's overview
p 54:
Horizontal toggle clamps - part 2; make awkward workholding simpler.
[Clamping]
extra info:manufacture, material list, heat shrink.
p 56:
Assessing quality and machinability of (scrap) steel; materials.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jennings
p 58:
Screw cutting on the Toyo ML210; how one man achieved it.
[Threading]
author: Winks extra info:assess your material.
p 63:
Milling for beginners - part 1.
[Mill]
extra info:types of machine, size of machine, speed range, using the machine, safety, ancillary equipment, the vice, studs and nuts, clamps, clamp bar packing, the angle plate, other accessories.
p 69:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brice
p 69:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dover
p 69:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lord
p 69:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lord
p 69:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Reavenhall
p 70:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Renwick
p 70:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 70:
Keeping rust at bay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thomson
p 70:
A tapping fixture; quick to make and so useful.
[Threading]
author: McQueen extra info:Mr P D McQueen modifies his B&D drill stand; design, construction, assembly, in use.
p 72:
Spanner-making the easy way; for standard and odd sized nuts.
[Workshop]
author: Lane extra info:Terry Lane makes a set of box spanners.
p 74:
Further comments on belt sanders; industrial application useful to you?.
[Readers Letters]
author: Taylor
MEW Jun 1992 # 11
p 5:
On the editor's bench.
author: Harold Hall extra info:metrication, material wants, electrical safety, the history of machines, this month's request for articles.
p 7:
Holding thin work.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cambridge
p 7:
Holtzapffel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walshaw
p 7:
Regal Lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sawyer
p 7:
Workshop Safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Reeve
p 8:
3 Phase Connections.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 8:
Down Feed problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Edwards
p 8:
Down Feed problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pritchard
p 8:
Metric Micrometer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 9:
Field Clinometers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke
p 9:
Phase Conversion.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jerrard
p 9:
Plate Glass availability.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bradbury
p 9:
Surplus Motors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Watson
p 13:
Making LH dies.
[Quick Tip]
author: Whatmore
p 13:
Workshop geometry.
[Workshop]
p 14:
Drills and drilling; Guide to how why and getting best out of m.
[Drilling]
author: Loader extra info:R J Loader fills in some gaps in readers' knowledge; construction, angles, reducing the rake, thinning the web, countersinking, drilling oversize, drilling undersize, flat bottoming, materials, long series drills, stub drillsflat or spade drills, ways and means, drilling in the lathe, drilling from the tailstock, other drilling methods, speeds, sharpening.
p 18:
Adapting Dore Westbury draw bar for the Arrand holder.
[Quick Tip]
author: White
p 20:
Milling for beginners part 2.
[Mill]
extra info:Cutters: types of cutter, fly cutters, end mills, disc type cutters, slitting saws, milling cutter holding, end mill chucks, holder, long taper collet plain shank, threaded collet, conclusions re end mill holding.
p 22:
Roller filing rest.
[Quick Tip]
author: Whatmore
p 23:
Coolant delivery on the cheap; gravity fed suds.
[Workshop]
author: Brooks extra info:Derek Brooks comes up with a cheap form of suds pump - gravity.
p 24:
A medium duty fret saw; Useful tool to make and own.
[Sawing]
extra info:The prototype used second-hand sewing machine motor and assorted scraps; the motor, the size, the materials, the design, manufacture.
p 31:
Use broken drills for deburring holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Taylor
p 32:
Making a small four jaw chuck; Built for Unimat but useful on any small Lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:Mr Loader makes a 3 1/4in chuck for his Unimat 3; backplate, drilling methods, preliminary drilling, front plate, body machining, jaw screws, screw retainers, centre bearing, finishing the jaws.
p 36:
Lathe packing from cans.
[Quick Tip]
p 39:
A visit to Millhill Supplies.
[Visit]
author: Ford
p 41:
Hand Cleaner.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jennings
p 41:
Chris Ford's 4 x 4 feet workshop.
[Visit]
author: Ford
p 44:
An elegant ball turning tool; An advance on any design we have yet seen.
[Lathe]
author: Swallow extra info:Mr G W H Swallows serious attempt to improve on other designs; construction, setting and use.
p 47:
A centre square; For large or small diameters.
[Workshop]
extra info:This simple device intended for finding the centre of circles can also take the place of a normal square in some circumstances; making the centre square.
p 50:
Improved chuck boards; Go easy on your back muscles.
[Lathe]
extra info:A simple device to ease the process of fitting and removing large chucks from the lathe mandrel.
p 53:
Museums of interes; Antique machinery worth seeing.
[Visit]
p 57:
Mechanical variable speed drive.
[Workshop]
author: Longworth extra info:A design by Mr A Longworth; infinitely variable speed controllers, design parameters, notes, two belt cone pulley assembly.
p 62:
Vertical alignment device, anti condensation heaters, sources of supply, some new requirements, catalogue from Flapstock Ltd, electric motors, the Modeltoy milling chuck; continued expansion at Machine Mart, Contect duck oil and Tufagena hand cleaner.
[Trade Counter]
p 64:
Slitting saw carrier; Useful in many applications.
[Sawing]
extra info:Reduce the need for a hacksaw; saw sizes, the holders, construction.
p 67:
Milling machine downfeed modification; Far Eastern Miller/Drillers Downfeed Modified.
[Mill]
author: Corps extra info:Downfeed stop and universal holder by Mr Corps.
p 69:
Setting up sqaure material in a four jaw chuck.
[Quick Tip]
author: Langham
p 72:
Backlash.
[Workshop]
author: Readers Views
MEW Aug 1992 # 12
p 5:
On the editor's bench.
author: Harold Hall extra info:safety, 14 1/2 deg pressure angle gearing, students, MIG welding, mill/drill down feed modifications, raw materials.
p 7:
Clinometers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Towll
p 7:
Encouraging Young.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Crowley
p 7:
Jaw lift in vices.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cambridge
p 7:
Rohm Chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Van Der Herten
p 8:
Square Shank Drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Several Writers
p 8:
White metalling of bearings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Slade
p 9:
Attracting Recruits.
[Scribe a Line]
p 9:
Grayson Lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bennett
p 9:
Kerry Lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ellis
p 9:
Spanner collection.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Siddall
p 12:
A heavy duty fret saw/filing machine; a stand-alone machine.
[Sawing]
author: Gray
p 13:
Colour coding drills.
[Quick Tip]
author: Taylor
p 14:
Oasis temporary drill stand.
[Quick Tip]
author: Wilson
p 15:
History of technology revealed; Museums with Machinery.
[Visit]
extra info:More museums of interest.
p 17:
Jack the ribber; W Brian Taylor recounts making a hydraulic press - a ribbing press.
[Workshop]
author: Taylor extra info:a foray in to the scrapyard, SWL 3 tons, gripping thin wall tubing, back to the press, work on jack, trials and tribulations.
p 23:
A wheel engine from scrap; Wheel cutting on a budget.
[Horology]
author: LeMarchant extra info:M LeMarchant has made this excellent little wheel engine largely from scrap.
p 24:
Turning ball handle; How to finish off ball handles.
[Lathe]
author: Swallow extra info:Mr Swallow continues making handles; armchair tuition (for some), achieving the finish, removing the bulk, the fixtures, taper attachment or top slide, making the flat, material, ball handles.
p 26:
Heating Loctite for removal.
[Quick Tip]
author: Langham
p 28:
Attachments for the Hobbymat; Improved versatility for a smaller machine.
[Lathe]
author: Ford extra info:Chris Ford suggests these simple attachments for the Hobbymat MD65 lathe; tailstock pusher, swarf guards for compound slide, steel base.
p 30:
Stack of pennies or repair washers for height adjustments.
[Quick Tip]
p 30:
Mach '92; Brief look at an exhibition of interest.
[Exhibition]
extra info:Brief report of international exhibition of machine tools and manufacturing technology.
p 31:
Universal bender; Its limitations are those you care to invent.
[Workshop]
extra info:Tool from C Z Scientific is capable for a wide variety of shapes.
p 33:
A milling machine stand; try your MIG welding on this beauty.
[Mill]
author: Cartwright extra info:John Cartwright provides this simple but effective design.
p 34:
Back to College; Advantage of attending evening classes.
[Visit]
extra info:Expand your workshop's capabilities.
p 38:
Milling for beginners - part 3.
[Mill]
extra info:Having dealt with the equipment side of milling in the past two issues actual milling operations are now being discussed; choice of cutter, large surfaces, small surfaces steps and slots, methods of workholding, positioning the workholding devicefix cutter in the machine, choosing the correct speed width and depth of cut, conclusions, milling in the lathe.
p 43:
A garden gate; Chance to try your welding skills.
author: Reid extra info:In this garden gate we have a novel project provided by Sid Reid; an oven baked recipe, fittings.
p 44:
Bolt and set screw preparation.
[Quick Tip]
author: Loader
p 45:
Small Storage; Plastic Draws Boxes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jennings
p 46:
new small 3 phase converter, permanent magnetic positioners, local suppliers of raw materials, Frost Auto Restoration Techniques, Machine Mart ltd, square silver steel, new items for the Hobbymat and universal bender, E951 magnetic variable clamp, 920 magnetic adjustable clamp, E952 magnetic variable clamp, sources of supply, some new requirements.
[Trade Counter]
p 49:
Improving a milling vice; An indifferent tool converted to high precision.
[Clamping]
extra info:This article aims at improving a poor example to acceptable standards; making a true sliding surface, bore a hole in the base, bore hole in vice, machine base upright side faces, machine lower face of vice, machine top face of slide ways and fixed jaw face, machine keep plate slide waysmachine the moving jaw's sliding surfaces, keep plate and assembly, machine the moving jaw face, machine first side, machine second side, make hinge pin and washers, assemble and measure slope, the base sides, the jaw top surface, jaw lift a final thought.
p 58:
MIG and elctric arc welding - introduction to two useful forms of welding; M.I.G. welding.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: McClean extra info:specification, equipment, safety, welding principles, reinforcing, a corner joint, lap joint, butt joint, fillet jointsmulti-layer welds, spot welding, bar welding, positional welds, distortion and control, machining, aluminium weldsstainless welds, copper welds, shielding gasses, video, conclusion, electric arc welding.
p 60:
Useful source of steel balls; Bearings.
[Quick Tip]
author: Langham
p 62:
Use a nut to shorten threads.
[Quick Tip]
author: Taylor
p 64:
Making a larger four jaw chuck; We've done little now large.
[Clamping]
author: Morris extra info:methods of jaw adjustment, jaws first, the chuck body, a diversion a Tee slot cutter, finishing the body, the feed screw arragement.
p 72:
Drills from flatstock; Tips to get you out of trouble.
[Drilling]
author: Jones
MEW Oct 1992 # 13
p 5:
On the Editor's Bench; sources of supply, comparative testing, answer this question, this month's request for articles.
author: Hall
p 7:
Electric furnaces.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pitcher
p 7:
Filing in lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Knee
p 7:
Screwcutting wisdom.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wootten
p 7:
Tailstock die holders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harris
p 7:
Why don't they?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Chambers extra info:all kind of questions why things are made as they are made.
p 8:
Ball handles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hussey
p 8:
Food for thought; bearings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Otley
p 9:
Linear encoders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hardwick
p 10:
Drilling from the tailstock.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pooler
p 10:
Plate vs float flats.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Forder
p 10:
White metalling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fettler
p 10:
Wind generators.
[Scribe a Line]
author: various
p 11:
A Raglan query.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bennett
p 11:
Hole crunching.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dubos
p 11:
Nippy vice?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tyler
p 12:
Turning hardened steel; Hardening annealing.
[Lathe]
author: Rayssiguier extra info:This interesting article on the use of cobalt-titanium tips for turning is provided by Yves Rayssigiur.
p 13:
MIG welding; Argon/CO2 shielding cylinder sizes.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: McClean extra info:Bill McClean has added some further thoughts.
p 14:
A modified live centre; tailstock die holder dummy spindle.
[Lathe]
author: Bartlett extra info:G K Bartlett suggest some interesting modifications to a live centre which increase the range of tasks it can performgetting started, dummy spindle, tailstock die holder, in conclusion.
p 15:
Heat Treatment; Muffle Furnace.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves extra info:Reducing scaling in a muffle furnace.
p 16:
Hobbymat MD65 modifications.
[Lathe]
author: Shepherd extra info:Mr Shepherd offers some simple modifications; belt tension, tailstock handles, tailstock pointer, index scale.
p 18:
Renovating a compressor; Cleaning and external inspection, dismantling and internal inspection.
[Workshop]
author: Lammas extra info:In this article Dave Lammas describes his experiences in renovating an old compressor; the first step, cleaning and external inspection, dismantling and internal inspection, operations, making new parts, assembly, motorising, testing.
p 19:
Centre punching stainless steel.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeaves
p 21:
Too small to saw; Roughly cut, reducing filing work.
[Quick Tip]
author: Loader
p 26:
Drill Wobble; Drilling in Lathe.
[Quick Tip]
author: MacE
p 26:
Wandering hacksaw.
[Quick Tip]
author: MacE
p 26:
Tapping square; Keeping Tap square, small size taps.
[Threading]
author: Gray extra info:Geoff Gray offers a suggestion for a simple device to aid hand tapping.
p 28:
Drill stand for small drills; Expanding its Capacity.
[Lathe]
extra info:Using a Emco Unimat PC; Machining on the Unimat, using a drilling jig, marking the drill sizes, expanding its accuracy.
p 32:
Five Quickies; Dial Test Indicator.
[Lathe]
author: Langam
p 32:
Five Quickies; Hex Tee Bar.
[Lathe]
author: Langam
p 32:
Five Quickies; Slide Hammer.
[Lathe]
author: Langam
p 32:
Five Quickies; Stud Setters.
[Lathe]
author: Langam
p 32:
Five Quickies; Lockwire Drilling Jigs.
[Drilling]
author: Langam
p 34:
Parallels.
[Mill]
extra info:How to make a set; the sizes, manufacture, edge machining fixture, end machining, lapping to size, storage.
p 38:
Bearing remetalling; This detailed article is offered by Fettler who has a long association with the bearing remetalling industry.
author: Fettler extra info:why whitemetal, so you want to try your hand, equipment and consumables, working environment and safety, making a start - jigs, workpiece preparationrunning-out, tinning, preparing for pouring, pouring the melt, examination, further considerations, last words.
p 43:
Check for Swarf; Lathe Tailstock.
[Quick Tip]
author: Whiffin extra info:Make a plug for your tailstock.
p 45:
Woodworkers vice, electric sharpeners, low cost digital readout, machine mart ltd, project lathe kit.
[Trade Counter]
p 48:
A Jeclanide handwheel.
[Workshop]
author: Taylor
p 50:
The Unimat PC assessed; The Editor gets to grips with Emco's popular Unimat.
[Lathe]
author: Hall
p 52:
Alternative face plate.
[Quick Tip]
author: MacE
p 52:
Screw blueing tools.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Jennings extra info:John Jennings provides these simple devices to assist in satisfactory blueing; Blueing trays, blueing plate.
p 53:
Tapping formula - tapping size.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeaves extra info:Metric tapping drill size formula is dia of screw minus pitch (10 - 1.5 = 8.5mm drill).
p 54:
Lathe form tools; In this article by the editor the question of using form tools is considered.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the external radius tool, the chamfer tool, the slot cutting tool, the internal radius tool, making the combined radius ands chamfer tool, making the combined facing and chamfer tool.
p 56:
Universal milling attachment for the lathe; This excellent lathe-mounted milling attachment is provided by A Longworth.
[Mill]
author: Longworth
p 66:
Reamers and reaming; Mr Loader describes why reamers are better than drills.
[Drilling]
author: Loader extra info:tapered, adjustable, shell, chucking, home-made reamers, making 'D' bits, whistle reamers, ways and means.
p 69:
Dividing attachment for the Unimat 3; D J Scoggins made this attachment on his Unimat 3 lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Scoggins extra info:the mandrel, screwcutting, making a start, the body, the dividing plate, the detent bracket, the simple dividing fixture in use.
MEW Dec 1992 # 14
p 6:
On the editor's bench.
author: Hall extra info:62nd International model engineer and modelling exhibition, CAD, correspondence, history of machines and materials, Stan is back, drilling square holes, availability of materials, copy turning request for an article.
p 7:
An ML7 modification; lathe headstock alignment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hickson
p 7:
Filtering suds oil.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 7:
Unimat Ideas.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vella
p 8:
Drummond Lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swingler
p 8:
Hardened steel another turning solution; using Amborite.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 8:
Limiting vice jaw lift.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tobin
p 8:
MEW aids in boat building; lathe metal spinning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hutchings
p 8:
Videos as learning aids.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 9:
Breaking blades on a bandsaw.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hodgson
p 9:
Cheap benches.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sykes
p 9:
Dropping chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ives
p 9:
Using enamelling kilns as electric furnaces; making castings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Drake
p 10:
Arkansas and India stones.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barker
p 10:
Nameplates.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Welborn
p 10:
Spinning on the lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeffery
p 11:
Blast from the past; drilling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lord
p 11:
Book Wanted; Engineering Books.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Murphy
p 14:
Drilling square holes.
[Drilling]
author: Winks extra info:Derek Winks explains how this seemingly impossible job can be done quite simply; construction, drill guide, method of use, polygon hole drilling, uses, equipment, quality.
p 15:
Locking screws; brass inserts.
[Quick Tip]
author: Gurr extra info:locking screw anti-burr brass insert.
p 16:
Vice soft jaws.
[Quick Tip]
author: Gurr
p 18:
An indexing chuck; George Eveniss describes the manufacture of an indexing chuck which allows the cutting of multi-start threads on any screwcutting lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Eveniss extra info:terms and definitions, accepted methods of cutting muti-start threads, a request and a solution, construction, graduation of the tool.
p 19:
Copper sheet from tube.
[Quick Tip]
p 20:
Threading rod; circular die.
[Quick Tip]
author: Cooper extra info:chamfering rod before cutting thread.
p 22:
Steel, heat and crystals; Bill Morris discusses the theoretical and practical aspects of modern day steels.
[Materials]
author: Morris extra info:hardening & tempering; equilibrium diagrams, mild steel, bright mild steel, case hardening.
p 26:
A small variable speed drive controller; David Machin describes the controller he designed for use on his milling machine table feed.
[Electrics]
author: Machin extra info:the motor, the controller.
p 29:
The Warco 220 lathe; Stan Bray tries out a new Warco.
[Lathe]
author: Bray
p 31:
A fabricated drawing board.
[Workshop]
author: Vagg
p 34:
Dial test indicator accessories - part 1.
[Measuring]
extra info:the basic design, fine adjustment attachment, the milling machine attachment, the lathe attachment, the universal clamp, making the parts, arms, arm clamps, milling machine arm holder, right angle arm, dial test indicator arm, fine adjustment unit.
p 39:
Making labels with a photocopier; sticky-backed plastic.
[Quick Tip]
p 41:
A sharpening jig for slot drills and end mills; A Longworth describes a method of sharpening the end faces of end mills and slot drills.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Longworth extra info:vee blocks, cutter chucks, the smaller components, putting the jig to use, setting the angles, the sharpening operation, wheels for tool grinders.
p 46:
Marking gauge; This simple marking gauge has been provided by Mr Langham and is made on the Emco Unimat lathe.
[Workshop]
author: Langham extra info:the shaft, slider, the scriber.
p 48:
Using stub mandrels; This article discusses the advantages and disadvantages of the various types.
[Lathe]
extra info:concentricity, irregular components, parallel faces, two step mandrel, the internal mandrel, construction, the parallel mandrel, the tapered mandrel, a split mandrel, limitations and care in use, solid type - parallel, split type, long componentsconcentricity, irregular components, parallel faces, two step mandrel, the internal mandrel, construction, the parallel mandrel, the tapered mandrel, a split mandrel, limitations and care in use, solid type - parallel, split type, long components.
p 51:
A vertical shaping facility; In this article Howard Moor describes an interesting approach to vertical shaping.
[Shaping]
author: Moor extra info:the shaping tool, mounting the workpiece, using the shaping tool.
p 54:
Iron and steel the bare bones and teeth of the m/c tool - part 1; Don Unwin discusses some early stages in the development of iron and steel.
[History]
author: Unwin extra info:in the beginning, the blast furnace is developed, the iron is rolled into bars, a need for better spring steel, into the 20th century, early machine tools.
p 57:
It's not all about models; A visit to the Model Engineer Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 58:
Workshop equipment on a budget; making workshop equipment.
[Workshop]
author: Davies extra info:A T Davies suggests a source of equipment on the cheap.
p 61:
A power traverse for a small milling machine - part 1; David Machin provides this excellent design of a power feed for a Westbury milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Machin extra info:the design, manufacture the feedscrew, the worms, the worm assembly.
p 63:
Drill and Tapping Stand.
[Quick Tip]
author: Boucher
MEW Feb 1993 # 15
p 5:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:electric motors, readers workshop activities, new readers, quick tips, request for an article, final request.
p 6:
Compressors and conversions.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Campbell
p 6:
Drilling square holes; including photo's.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whiteway
p 6:
Metric and imperial screwcutting on the lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
p 6:
Motor cycle model.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tindell
p 6:
Why; lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Knee
p 7:
Oiling Myford lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ross
p 7:
Oiling Myford lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
p 7:
Safety and students.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Reeve
p 8:
Barker lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stageman
p 8:
Hobbymat lathe handle.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fair
p 8:
Modified belt sander.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Webster
p 8:
Speeds and feeds; machine tool speeds.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Amos
p 8:
Spinning on the lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 8:
White metalling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ellis
p 9:
Letter/number stamping; stamp backwards.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 9:
Electric ovens.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Deville
p 10:
Dial test indicator accessories - part 2.
[Measuring]
extra info:G clamp with arm, general purpose arm holder, base, other uses, a heavy duty helping hand, magnifier stand, machining shroud, drawing carrier, dial test indicator inside adaptor.
p 17:
Electric motors - AC - part 1; AC induction motors.
[Electrics]
extra info:on the subject of electric motors and their speed control. We consider single and three phase induction motors; the basic motor, the induction motor, single phase induction motors, motor speed, other single phase motors, reversing induction motors, three phase motors star-delta connections, commutator motors.
p 21:
Sheet brass annealing.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 21:
Half round brass.
[Trade Counter]
author: Smith
p 21:
New store; Machine Mart.
[Trade Counter]
p 21:
Portable band saw; C Z Scientific.
[Trade Counter]
p 21:
Sources of Supply.
[Trade Counter]
p 21:
Wood turning; Craft Supplies.
[Trade Counter]
p 21:
castings and materials.
[Trade Counter]
extra info:portable band saw, machine mart in the south west, source of supply, half round brass, suppliers of materials, craft supplies, Miniturn 200 lathe from C2 Scientific.
p 23:
Cross vice to vertical slide; A design by Mr E G Hartwell.
[Mill]
extra info:back to basics, general description, modification of the castings, refitting the slides, the mounting arrangement; the long tailed Acme nut, feed screw bearing housing and graduated dial, the work mounting plate, the work holding facility, some thoughts on safety, safety guards.
p 26:
Using oil stone and cleaning.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vella
p 27:
Aluminium trays for small lathes; from the kitchen utensils of Makro.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vella
p 30:
A foot switch for a drilling machine; Mr D O Coe design.
[Drilling]
author: Coe extra info:the danger, some improvements, connecting up, in use, materials.
p 31:
Tool gauge; packing gauge for setting tool height.
[Quick Tip]
author: Plummer
p 32:
Workshop visit Albert Wallis; motor cycles.
[Visit]
author: Wallis
p 38:
Metal spinning on the lathe; Alan Jeeves provides this interesting article.
[Workshop]
author: Jeeves extra info:the tool rest, the spinning centre, formers, the tools, making the tools, oddballs and annealing.
p 44:
Making a box angle plate from cast iron.
[Workshop]
author: Bernhardt extra info:As well as the box angle plate Ron Bernhardt explains the requirements for making patterns from which castings can then be made; grey cast iron, white or chilled iron, special process cast iron, spheroidal graphite/nodular/ductile cast iron, malleable iron, back to the box angle plate.
p 47:
Plasticard to keep drawings clean in the workshop.
[Quick Tip]
author: Scoggins
p 48:
Building a garden workshop; M Hudson is full of good common sense ideas.
[Workshop]
author: Hudson extra info:design requirements, position, the concrete base, the timber structure, fitting out, thermal efficiency and condensation, cost breakdown.
p 55:
Twiddle stick; to simplify the operation of the top slide of smaller lathes.
[Lathe]
author: Jennings
p 56:
Hole gauges.
[Measuring]
extra info:achieving the required accuracy, smaller and larger sizes, storage.
p 57:
Using melamine as a reflective splash back.
[Quick Tip]
p 58:
Evolution of the lathe - part 1; Don Unwin provides a fascinating insight into the early days of the lathe.
[History]
author: Unwin extra info:screw cutting, slide rests, Henry Maudsley, Alexander Masmyth, Charles Holtzapffel, Joseph Whitworth, Eli Witney, the first capstan lathe.
p 64:
A power traverse for a small milling machine - part 2; David Machin continues with his explanation for manufacture of the Westbury milling machine power feed.
[Mill]
author: Machin extra info:final items, a few variations on a theme.
p 68:
Worn out chuck keys.
[Quick Tip]
p 69:
MEW Index.
[Index]
MEW Apr 1993 # 16
p 5:
On the editor's bench.
author: Hall extra info:made to show standards, made to be displayed to be used, DC motors, book from there past, magazines of the past, phone numbers, this issue's request for an article.
p 6:
Milling cavities; swarf obstruction.
[Quick Tip]
author: Langridge
p 6:
Bending quality brass rod.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gommo
p 6:
Electric furnaces.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Paul
p 6:
Elliott machine (mini-borer) - help needed.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lagdon
p 6:
Metric threads on an imperial lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fuller
p 7:
Early issues required.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hotinger
p 7:
Literary sources - workshop technology.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Conway
p 7:
Shifting heavy weights and other ideas; cranes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 7:
Some electro mechanical thoughts; capacitors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Slater
p 8:
A plea to our suppliers; using credit cards and exporting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cottrell
p 8:
A timely warning on the use of videos.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Greenbaum
p 8:
Craft videos.
[Scribe a Line]
p 8:
Drummond lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mander
p 8:
Footnote to drilling square holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Yule
p 9:
Little John lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jerrard
p 9:
Zyto lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richardson
p 10:
Drilling machines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bolton
p 10:
Fitting tip.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 10:
More Drummond lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kennedy
p 11:
Comments on motorcycles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 11:
Electric motors AC; three phase motors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox
p 12:
A drilling machine mounted dividing unit; The design for this simple and effective device has been provided by Kevin Young.
[Drilling]
author: Young extra info:the socket, the mandrel, the dividing disc, to use.
p 15:
Unimat 3 top slide; This little top slide by D Scroggins uses a novel approach to making the dovetail slides.
[Lathe]
author: Scroggins extra info:sharp tools, making a start with the base, the lower slideway, the leadscrew support, the toolholder, the upper slideways, toolholder assembly, gib strip, the bush, leadscrew, modified M6 cap head screws, the handwheel, finishing, handle.
p 17:
Drilling and tapping a machined surface.
[Quick Tip]
author: Stevenson
p 19:
Cross drilling shafts using a vee block.
[Quick Tip]
author: Porter
p 20:
A universal jig / machine vice; this small jig cum machine vice is another interesting item by John Jennings for his Emco Compact Five.
[Clamping]
author: Jennings extra info:the base unit, the rear vice jaws, the front jaws, clamping fingers, T-nuts.
p 24:
Metal polishing & buffing machines.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Jeeves extra info:equipment, mops, speeds, polishes, polishing, buffing, notes on the selection of pulleys.
p 28:
Sharpening spring joint dividers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 29:
Cleaning clogged ("pinned") files with aluminium rod.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 29:
Handy trays - tin lids.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 29:
Camden books, workshop videos, change of address JA Crew and Co, female live centre, sources of supply and services, tool grinding, non ferrous castings, a useful book.
[Trade Counter]
p 30:
Myford ML7 tailstock lever feed.
[Lathe]
author: Coe extra info:This quick made accessory by Mr Coe; fixed clamp, moving clamp, remaining parts, assembly.
p 32:
Dial test indicator accessories - part 3; DTI - concluding part.
[Measuring]
extra info:accuracy, manufacture, straight arm, right angle arm, small parts.
p 35:
Visit to Derek Brooks' workshop.
[Visit]
p 40:
Seen at the ME Exhibition 1993; the 1993 International model engineer and modelling exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 43:
A power traverse for small milling machine - part 3; David Machine suggests ways of adapting this design for the Westbury mill to be fitted to other makes.
[Mill]
author: Machine
p 44:
Heating soldering iron with gas.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 45:
Milling machine table stop; Made in an hour or two.
[Mill]
extra info:the problem, the solution, in use.
p 46:
Evolution of the lathe - part 2.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 50:
Files and filing; how files are made.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Loader extra info:Mr R J Loader provides another article; using files, ways and means, the shape for the job, special files, keep them clean, some more things which aren't in the books, safety, re-cycling.
p 54:
Making polishing sticks for bores using chamois leather.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 57:
The Clarke band saw reviewed; Clarke CBS45MC 4 1/2 in.
[Sawing]
p 60:
A tool and cutter grinder - part 1.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Brooks extra info:method, rotating head, engraving, protection for the ways, powering the tool, assembly.
p 66:
Electric motors DC - part 2.
extra info:DC/DC commutator motors, power, motor power, the basic theory - tongue, the basic theory - speed, shunt wound motor, speed control, intentional speed variation; unintentional speed variations, shunt field speed control, combined armature and speed control, motor cooling fans, reversing, permanent magnet motors, smaller motors, series connected motors, speed control; intentional speed variations, high output torque, reversing, split series motors, in simpler terms, shunt motors, series motor, AC commutator motors.
p 74:
A boring bar block; Mr S T Clark makes a block for his Taiwanese 10BS lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Clark
p 74:
Protection from welding spatter.
[Quick Tip]
MEW Jun 1993 # 17
p 7:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:no cheap route, DC motor speed controller, Bough Superior motor cycles, club newsletter, correspondence received, material specifications, mark it, though provoking, reads survey.
p 8:
Denham lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sorkin
p 8:
Making a box angle plate - ageing castings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bernhardt
p 8:
Peatol lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeffree
p 9:
A thinking curve.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ball
p 9:
Drilling square and polygon holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Oxley
p 9:
Esoteric materials.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 9:
Stainless steel in boat building.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 9:
Stainless steels.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dartnell
p 10:
A bumper bundle.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Redbond
p 10:
Boxford lathe information sought.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stone
p 10:
Lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: DM
p 10:
Weather vanes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kelly
p 11:
Balzar or Belzer?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Oliver
p 11:
Dodges for threading.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 11:
Garden workshops.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hatfull
p 11:
Going metric.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Beausang
p 11:
Hobbymat lathe modification.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 11:
Oiling Myford lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Crampton
p 11:
Ready made timber buildings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Limb
p 14:
Milling & drilling spindle for the lathe; Tony Skinner discusses the design for a small milling/drilling spindle.
[Mill/Drill]
extra info:outline, motor, drive system, spindle and mounting block, footnote creep of bearing racers, modes of use, sources of supply.
p 17:
Cross drilling using a Vee block.
[Quick Tip]
author: Porter
p 21:
The Worshipful Company of Turners annual awards.
extra info:Bronze medal goes to an amateur engineer.
p 21:
Imperial fractions; cheap Casio fraction calculators.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fair
p 22:
Using the tool and cutter grinder - part 2; Derek Brooks gives some details on the various wheels which he employs.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Brooks extra info:dressing the wheel, tool sharpening, grinding reamers, using a cup wheel, using a disc wheel, suggested further reading.
p 25:
No marking out - cheap marking out with a drawing.
[Quick Tip]
author: Porter
p 27:
A wood planer; Terry Gould provides this design for a wood planer.
[Shaping]
author: Gould extra info:recycling, the first planer, the spindle, the main frame, table tops, the blades, setting the blades, the bearings, the drive.
p 32:
Taiwanese mill/drills draw bar.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 36:
A Tee slot cutter; Perhaps cutting tee slots is not a daunting task as we imagine.
[Mill]
extra info:the problem, a possible solution, manufacture, the cutter bit, in use.
p 39:
Our Reader Survey.
p 41:
A drill sharpening jig; Mr C M MacEke provides a novel design.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: MacEke extra info:drill chuck holder, slide item, winding gear and base plate, motor and pulley plate, dowel, guard, to use the tool.
p 44:
Clogged files - chalk.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 44:
Letter & number stamps - identifying stamp orientation.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 44:
recycle broken centre drill.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 45:
Sharpening wood planer blades; Geoff Gray suggests an easy way.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Gray
p 45:
use the lathe steady for marking graduated thimbles.
[Quick Tip]
author: Service
p 46:
A "screwy" history; screw fastenings.
[History]
author: Unwin extra info:Don Unwin turns his attention to the endeavours of making to make screw fastenings; the earliest example, the first standard threads.
p 50:
Dial test indicator (DTI) base; making a dial test indicator base.
[Mill]
extra info:a heavy duty industrial base, experience in machining tee slots, clamping securely, machining cast iron, inadequate table lock, supplier details.
p 54:
Machine Mart expanding, an interesting catalogue, motorcycle fuel tank repair kit, the Faster Blaster, the Hart; a super CAD system, soft iron, new mini soldering irons from Weller, diamond tool holder from D&P burke, clip on magnifier from asset optics.
[Trade Counter]
p 55:
Hardening & quenching odd shaped items; improving; reducing splitting risks.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 56:
We visit - Geoff Walker's workshop.
[Visit]
extra info:first lathmaking some accessories, a novel idea, college attendance, an Adept No 2 hand shaper, stationary steam engines.
p 59:
The Rishton Promill-35 milling machine by Precision Engineers ltd; Machine Review.
[Mill]
extra info:AC variable speed controls, how delivered, specification, the machine in detail, using the drilling facility, conclusion.
p 63:
Making a Dore Westbury milling machine; Derek Brooks built his machine in two weeks.
[Mill]
author: Brooks extra info:the alternatives available, starting work, a variety of parts, a wooden steady for the lathe, minor problems, assembly, useful photographs.
p 66:
Sharpening spring joint dividers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 68:
Speed control of AC motors - part 3; Chris Boucher explores what is commercially available.
[Electrics]
author: Boucher extra info:types of single phase motors, series wound motor, repulsion motor, induction motor, three phase, principles of an inverter, points to watch, prices, postscript by the editor.
p 71:
Spinning on the lathe - use a ball race.
[Quick Tip]
author: Smith
MEW Aug 1993 # 18
p 7:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:safety equipment, lady readers, reader survey, articles this month's request, a word of thanks.
p 7:
Parallel storage cases.
[Quick Tip]
author: Smith
p 8:
Drummond lathe saga.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whittaker
p 8:
Nasmyths tumbler reverse in error.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Humphreys
p 8:
Reaming - a matter arising.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brenner
p 8:
Stainless machine tools - surely not?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walton
p 9:
A reader comments.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parsons
p 9:
An easy intercom unit.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Twist
p 9:
Foot switches.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Adams
p 9:
Uses for a shaping machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 10:
Foot switches.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kefford
p 10:
Topslide for a Unimat lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkins
p 11:
Copying attachment for Hardinge lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
p 11:
Don't fall foul of the law.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 11:
Dovetails and Unimat lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cowie
p 11:
Resolving bandsaw problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Drayton
p 11:
Resolving bandsaw problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Killingback
p 11:
Resolving bandsaw problems.
[Scribe a Line]
p 12:
An nnswer to the Editor's problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dew
p 12:
Mystery lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Yallop
p 12:
Poem - re metrication.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wallis
p 12:
Scrap boxes and their contents.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bryan
p 12:
Specifications.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 12:
Three foot rule.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wallis
p 12:
Tooling identified.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swallow
p 13:
File storage.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Refson
p 13:
White metalling in industry.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Welsh
p 14:
Workshop basics for beginners; Louis Parke offers some sound advice.
[Workshop]
author: Parke extra info:marking out, the tools, imperial/metric conversion, acknowledgement.
p 16:
Redthane belting, engineering fastenings, Edding 850 marker, metal finishing in small quantities, new manuals, new catalogue.
[Trade Counter]
p 18:
A lathe mounted fretsaw; Bob Fletcher made this lathe mounted fretsaw.
[Sawing]
author: Fletcher extra info:the design, construction notes, the crankshaft, the crankshaft bearing housing, frame support, the saw frame, saw blade clamps, tension rod, top guide brackets, lower arm guide, roller keep plate.
p 20:
Fit a tube over the cross slide handles to get a smoother finish.
[Quick Tip]
author: Riley
p 20:
make a fine scriber from a sewing needle.
[Quick Tip]
author: Riley
p 24:
Uses for typist correction fluid - marking out castings; avoid tear drop when brazing.
[Quick Tip]
p 25:
All that glitters; W Brian Taylor gives details of oversize models.
author: Taylor
p 25:
Usie absorbent kitchen paper rolls.
[Quick Tip]
p 26:
A simple oil can.
[Workshop]
p 27:
A micrometer boring adaptor; Al Longworth suggest replacing one of the chuck jaws which is fitted with micrometer adjustment.
[Lathe]
author: Longworth extra info:the replacement jaw, in use.
p 28:
Blackboard.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 29:
A height gauge using an inside micrometer; N Smith suggests a simple height gauge to achieve high precision.
[Measuring]
author: Smith
p 31:
Mating gears.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jones
p 32:
Instrument makers vice; putting the Promill-35 to work.
[Mill]
extra info:the design, some design changes, machining the casting, the remaining parts, masking the vice, the Promill-35.
p 36:
35mm film cassette holders for storage.
[Quick Tip]
p 38:
Bandsaw vice improvements; for cutting short pieces.
[Sawing]
extra info:the problem, an additional fixed jaw, moving the fixed jaw, improved jaw fixing, conclusions.
p 41:
A metal bender; Terry Gould constructs a metal bending machine.
[Workshop]
author: Gould extra info:the main base, clamping bar, hinge.
p 44:
Hole aligning clamps; Dave Clegg provides us with a simple device.
[Clamping]
author: Clegg
p 45:
Marking out.
[Quick Tip]
p 45:
Polishing block.
[Quick Tip]
p 45:
Worm and wormwheel; speed reduction.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jones
p 46:
A swivel base; made by Terry Gould.
[Workshop]
author: Gould
p 49:
Uses for off-cuts of sheet metal.
[Quick Tip]
p 49:
We visit - Harold Newman.
[Visit]
author: Newman extra info:a novice, recent expansion, modelling his main interest, small geared motor, a universal grinding rest, recent equipment projects.
p 53:
Shapes and types of lathe tools; Mr Loader concentrates on lathe tools, their shapes and applications.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:standard shapes, the choice of tooling, boring tools, parting tools, cranked tools, special tools, carbide tooling.
p 56:
Horological threads.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jones extra info:screw threads of progress system, grub screw slot.
p 56:
Slots for small grub screws.
[Quick Tip]
author: Cambridge
p 57:
A visit to Tilgear; trade visit.
[Visit]
author: Tilgear
p 59:
Backlash - a selection of letters received.
[Readers Letters]
p 63:
A tool post grinder - part 1; Gordon Cordell has designed an excellent toolpost grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Cornell extra info:external grinding, face grinding, internal grinding, the dynamic design, accessories, finishing assembly and operations, problem resolution.
p 66:
Clogged files - and chalk.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 68:
DC motor speed control methods - part 4.
[Electrics]
extra info:the drive block diagram, power supply, control equipment, the motor, transmission, load, drive system requirements; effect of control equipment, effect of power supply, possible systems, voltage dropper, stepped voltages; chopper drives, thyristor control, precision control, regeneration, AC versus DC, high versus low voltage, make versus buy, postscript.
MEW Oct 1993 # 19
p 7:
On the Editor's Bench; change of publication date, DC speed controllers, MEW authors, safety specs, early home workshop machines, the flywheel effect, articles.
author: Hall
p 8:
Imported machine tools - good value?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stallard
p 8:
Insulation - heat and electricity.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rix
p 8:
No more lost parts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ginn
p 8:
Reluctant tapers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Heier
p 8:
Warco 220 lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gommo
p 8:
Word of caution; concerning the wood planer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gerrard
p 9:
Bandsaw blade breakages.
[Scribe a Line]
p 9:
Bandsaw blade breakage.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Billinge
p 9:
Bandsaw modifications.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilton
p 9:
DC Motors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 9:
Readers viewpoint.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richardson
p 9:
Would this help?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kratt
p 10:
Bandsaw blade repairs.
[Scribe a Line]
p 10:
Computers in home workshop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dauben
p 10:
Knurling wheels.
[Scribe a Line]
p 11:
Black holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hennessy
p 11:
Reader identity and square holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dyer
p 11:
South Bend lathe information sought.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Reynolds
p 11:
Timely tip.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 12:
Identifying stock materials.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 12:
Lathe chuck square.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Browne
p 12:
Southbend lathes - another request.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 12:
Tool design - and lessons learnt.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fletcher
p 14:
A micrometer adjustable boring adaptor for 3 jaw chucks; Al Longworth adapts a set of soft jaws for a three jaw chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Longworth extra info:an easy to make alternative, modifying the soft jaws, using alternative diameter boring tools.
p 18:
Bending strip material; Mr R Harries offers some useful suggestions regarding bending strip materials using the minimum of specialised equipment.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Harries
p 20:
A double design drill; drilling machine.
[Drilling]
author: Neave extra info:This small drilling machine has been provided by J Neave; base board, base plate, adjustable stop, assembly, both systems, weight return system only.
p 23:
Tapping brass.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 27:
Using steel wool for finishing.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 28:
Adding a flywheel to a mill/drill; Philip Amos proves that it really does improve it's operation.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Amos extra info:drill mill modifications, spindle slog, brake, centre pulley mount, bolt length adjustment, belt cover, quill to spindle block, milling vice.
p 31:
Backlash; reader views regarding the effectivity of a mill/drill flywheel.
[Readers Letters]
p 32:
Micrometers with a difference; variations on micrometers.
[Measuring]
extra info:height measurement, back face measurement, tube wall thickness measurement, other special micrometers, wider range micrometers, Mitutoyo micrometers.
p 35:
We visit home and workshop machinery.
[Visit]
p 38:
The planer, slotter and shaper - part 1; Don Unwin describes how there was a special need.
[Shaping]
author: Unwin
p 41:
Machine Mart move into Scotland, the Trihone from Chronos, catalogues received, Record's first combined catalogue, Whistons, erratum.
[Trade Counter]
p 42:
Making a lathe filing rest; Bob Fletcher incorporates a calibrated adjustment and is therefore capable of accurate work.
[Workshop]
author: Fletcher extra info:pull out plan - construction, assembly.
p 45:
Dividing computer program; H M Turnbull provides us with a simple program.
author: Turnbull
p 45:
Taps and dies - avoid duplication.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 46:
Using a bench press - part 1.
[Workshop]
extra info:types of press, hydraulic press, toggle press, lever press, fly press, accessories, operations performed, hole punching, larger holes, required tonnage, strippers, hole positioning, nibbing, batch production.
p 51:
62nd Model Engineer Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Hall
p 54:
Holding countersunk screws; Don Unwin explains how to carry out machining operations.
[Clamping]
author: Unwin
p 58:
Off hand grinding attachment for the Unimat 3 lathe; R J Loader explains how he saved space.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Colinridge extra info:mandrel, short cover plate, riveting the clips, assembling, abrasive types, grinding wheel features, the grit, the bond, grinding technique and safety, grinding wheel problems, out of round, glazing, loading.
p 61:
Scratch brushes - renew.
[Quick Tip]
author: Farmer
p 64:
A tool post grinder - part 2; Details for making Gordon Cornells excellent tool post grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Cornells extra info:machining procedure.
p 65:
Remove burrs with a slip stone - gives sharp edges.
[Quick Tip]
author: Atkins
p 69:
Centre height checker.
[Quick Tip]
author: Taylor/Smith
MEW Nov 1993 # 20
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:model engineer exhibition MEW display, tailstock turrets, CAD, the reader survey, MEW index, articles received, telephone numbers, back issues.
p 12:
CAD systems - part 1; computer assisted draughting.
[CAD]
extra info:instantly useable, for the beginner, why CAD?, for those without computer experience, computer operating methods, the menus, grid and snap, final comments.
p 13:
locking end mills in a collet with a grub screw.
[Quick Tip]
author: Twist
p 19:
Chronos new catalogue, Minicraft, new DIY welding videos from BOC, Craft Supplies, Planet manufacturing.
[Trade Counter]
p 21:
Building a rotating centre for the lathe; by Dyson Watkins.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:the body, boring for the thrust race, internal screwcutting, a reminiscence, spindle silver steel, hardening and tempering, retaining collar, shim washers, assembly, bearings required.
p 21:
Use MEW plastic covers to keep drawings clean.
[Quick Tip]
author: Walters
p 23:
BA screw threads increase in size by 13%.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 23:
Make a hand cleanser.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dickerson
p 23:
An inexpensive suds pump; C W plummer uses car spares.
[Workshop]
author: Plummer
p 24:
Faceplate angleplate clamps.
[Workshop]
extra info:a shortage of hands, one thickness limitation, a range of sizes, a compact clamping system, useful jacks, thread size, manufacture, conclusions.
p 26:
Easier ring release of Clarkson Autolock system.
[Quick Tip]
author: Hudson
p 28:
Use a triangular file for de-burring before parting off.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 28:
We visit Alan Cambridge in his home workshop.
[Visit]
p 31:
Interchanging BS brass threads with BS cycle threads.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 31:
from the ME postbag; E.W. lathes - further info.
[Readers Letters]
p 32:
The plain man's guide to materials - part 1; mr R J loader.
[Materials]
author: Loader extra info:cast iron, high carbon steel, medium carbon steel, low carbon steel, case hardening, pack hardening, high speed steel, stainless steel, stellite, carbides, heat treatment, hardening, softening, tempering, normalising.
p 34:
Obo nails as centre punch.
[Quick Tip]
author: Johnson
p 36:
Make small knifes from hacksaw blades.
[Quick Tip]
author: Langan
p 37:
Using a bench press - part 2; metal bending explained.
[Materials]
extra info:bending strip and plate, bending thicker materials, other uses.
p 39:
Holding and aligning small washers with a magnet.
[Quick Tip]
author: Service
p 40:
A differential screw micrometer head.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:the mathematics, barrel, guide, plunger, spot grinding.
p 46:
Building a small compressor for compressed air.
[Workshop]
author: Howell
p 53:
Socket cap screw; cap head screw depth == thread diameter.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 54:
Cutting left hand threads on emco compact 5; Joe Briffa overcomes the problem on his emco compact 5 lathe.
[Threading]
author: Briffa
p 56:
The Yortek award.
p 56:
Surplus taps and dies similarities.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 57:
We test the Pencut sheet metal cutter attachment for a hand drill.
[Workshop]
p 58:
Cake tins for sorting.
[Quick Tip]
author: Fettler
p 59:
Shapers and slotters - part 2; Don Unwin describes the slotter and shaper early days.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 62:
Readers survey report.
p 63:
Do not cool HS drills in water after grinding.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 64:
Using a surplus motor, the Zanussi Z900 motor; further info and connection schematics.
[Electrics]
author: Rix
p 65:
Aluminium alloys.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 65:
Left hand threads Warco 918 lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Guntrip
p 65:
Locknuts a myth refuted and other matters.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Luscon Jones
p 66:
An anonymous ML10 gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
p 66:
Another old magazine sought.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cary
p 66:
Mystery resolved.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dunnico
p 66:
Older magazines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lee
p 66:
Re cycling old containers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rowe
p 66:
Simple but effective.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hinds
p 66:
Timely idea.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sacre
p 67:
Bandsaw mod.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Drayton
p 67:
Compressor from IC engine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walker
p 68:
Calling Scotland.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tait
p 68:
Footswitches and safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dussel
p 68:
Safety hints.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dyer
p 69:
Drummond lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Holmes
p 69:
Little John lathes and auto punches.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jerrard
p 69:
Pyrometer pencils.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parsons
p 69:
Reaming.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loader
p 69:
Twist drill geometry.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walton
p 69:
Welding safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lour
MEW Jan 1994 # 21
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:link up, model engineers' workshop data book, CAD, quick tip error, corrected quick tip milling formulae, the 64th model engineer and modelling exhibition.
p 12:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 14:
South Bend lathe accessories, South Bend spares, detach yourself with Loctite, a new milling head from Hobbymat, act immediately, new catalogue, changes at Myford.
[Trade Counter]
p 16:
Tailstock tapping device.
[Threading]
author: Mckenzie extra info:R. McKenzie has made this rather nice tapping attachment for use in the lathe tailstock drill press adaptor.
p 18:
British standards for amateur engineers.
[Measuring]
author: Jeeves extra info:Alan Jeeves gives us an insight into the very history of british standards and concludes with a very useful list of present day standards that have some relevance to the activities of the amateur engineer; history of the institute, the B.S.I comes into being, the first of many, past standards, real standards, what constitutes a british standard, the use of standards, standards of other countries, standards today, conclusion.
p 21:
Small tool and material storage.
[Workshop]
author: Pooler extra info:we present two ideas by John Pooler which go a long way to solving this problem; a tool storage cabinet, a storage trolley for strip and bar stock.
p 22:
A magnetic post.
[Lathe]
author: Frost extra info:J. H. Frost suggests an easy and economical approach to obtaining small magnets and offers a design using one of these in a magnetic base scriber block cum rule holder; construction, a mandrel stop, use of the stop, first revision of the original plan, the post, fixing the magnet, scriber holder, the rule holder, final note.
p 23:
Memory aid for drawings.
[Quick Tip]
author: Hunt
p 23:
Plastic bottle quenching for cleaning swarf.
[Quick Tip]
author: Hunt
p 25:
Black board drawings.
[Quick Tip]
author: Hunt
p 26:
Considerations before purchasing a computer for CAD; computer aided drawing.
[CAD]
author: Oppenheim extra info:Michael Oppenheim sets out to describe the ideal computer for use with CAD; CAD, computer specifications, some basic definitions, hardware, software, media, backing up, operating system; the three worlds of personal computers, computer memory, the ROM, the hard disk, the RAM, units of memory, computer speeds, computer types within the IBM compatible world, 8086/8088, 286, 386, 486, portable computers, co-processors, the mouse, colour monitors, printers and plotters, printers, compatibility, plotters, final words, organising the hard disk, DOS activities, windows, utility programs, backing up, training, learning CAD, prices and sources of information, postscript by the editor.
p 31:
Workshop visit Gordon Barber.
[Visit]
author: Barber extra info:a Grayson lathe, a tidy workshop, a twin cylinder oscillating engine.
p 36:
CAD systems - part 2.
[CAD]
p 38:
We visit Chronos ltd.
[Visit]
author: Chronos
p 39:
Paint storage.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vella
p 40:
A lathe milling attachment.
[Mill]
author: Neave extra info:this horizontal milling attachment designed by J. Neave for fitting to a centre lathe overcomes the limitation of lack of adjustment whilst giving an additional 1 1/2in of working height above the cross slide; added advantage, height adjustment, machining sequences, safety hints.
p 43:
Swarf removal in Tee slots.
[Quick Tip]
p 44:
Sharpening small drills.
[Quick Tip]
p 46:
the Hart multi purpose grinding rest - part 1.
[Grinding/Sanding]
extra info:machining slotted arm, the base, the table, vee blocks, finishing the castings, other parts.
p 48:
Tapping blind holes.
[Quick Tip]
p 52:
Tungsten carbide tipped sawblades.
[Quick Tip]
author: Bowes
p 53:
Plain mans guide to materials - part 2; non ferrous.
[Materials]
author: Loader extra info:Mr Loader continues his plain man's guide with some valuable information on non ferrous metals; copper, free-cutting brass, an apprentice memory, cartridge brass, bronzes, casting bronze, wrought bronze, gun metal, aluminium, cast aluminium alloys, wrought aluminium alloys, duralumin, tin, lead, zinc.
p 57:
A dividing head for the Peatol lathe - part 1.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:gearcutting set-up, design considerations, dividing head theory, choice of drive ratio, main components, constructing the main frame and register plate, constructing the output shaft, the brake assembly, the worm carrier assembly.
p 63:
Using a bench press - part 3; punches and dies.
extra info:in the final part of the series the author's methods of operating are explained; operating a fly press, setting up for hole punching, setting up for bending, punches and dies, unhardened punches and dies; using a pilot, considerably increased use, specially shaped holes, bending thicker materials, conclusions, hole punching tonnage.
p 68:
Another new reader.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Reay
p 68:
How to run a lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cook
p 68:
Satisfactory replacement.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hockley
p 68:
Similar micrometers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thompson
p 68:
Similarity with Boxford.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooper
p 68:
South Bend lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
p 68:
Suppliers of accessories.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Knowles
p 68:
The Address.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hotinger
p 69:
Adjustable die stocks.
[Scribe a Line]
p 69:
Chipmasters.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dew
p 69:
History.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 69:
One size only.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Claridge
p 69:
Sober thread.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hatfull
p 70:
Comments on CAD.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Chandler
p 70:
Machine tool quality.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 70:
Methods of past.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Read
p 70:
Morse tapers and parcel tape.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ashmore
p 70:
Praise where praise is due.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lancaster
p 71:
Saves files; phonograph.
[Quick Tip]
author: Hine
p 71:
Editorial preference.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Biggs
p 71:
Method.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Carter
p 71:
Models without a machine shop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Westcott
p 71:
Select a bandsaw brazing machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richardson
p 71:
Similar device and simpler device.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clark
p 71:
Some further design changes.
[Scribe a Line]
p 71:
Tempering by colour.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Booth
MEW Mar 1994 # 22
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the 63rd model engineer and modelling exhibition, scribe a line, link up, steam correspondence circle, attending college, index.
author: Hall
p 12:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 13:
Thread cutting attachment for the Unimat 3 lathe; J.H. Frost has made an attachment which avoids the requirement to use the gear train.
[Threading]
author: Frost extra info:construction, the drive rod, the saddle clamp, the drive link, the handwheel, the guide block and general alignment, using the accessory, final version, the improved device in use.
p 18:
Check clearance for irregular workpieces.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dumble
p 20:
A bench mounted support for the lathe; Derek Walters offers his solution for mounting a medium size lathe on an angle iron frame and wooden topped bench.
[Lathe]
author: Walters
p 21:
Turn large diameter on a horizontal mill.
[Quick Tip]
author: Mothersole
p 22:
The Hart multi purpose grinding rest - part 2; final thoughts about the kit, putting the rest to use, supplier details.
[Grinding/Sanding]
p 25:
Telt tip pen for marking out.
[Quick Tip]
author: Mothersole
p 26:
Dismantling Jacobs drill chucks; Doug Cooper lets us into the secret.
[Drilling]
author: Cooper
p 27:
A dividing head for the Peatol lathe - part 2.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:indexing arm & detent assembly, division plates & plate carrier, cutting hole circles in the plate, adaptor plate, sector arms.
p 30:
Low voltage lighting; J.M. Service has made a low volt system.
[Electrics]
author: Service extra info:suppliers addresses.
p 32:
Driving dog for large turning between centres.
[Quick Tip]
author: Devlin
p 33:
A three way tailstock turret; this tailstock is made entirely from stock materials.
[Lathe]
extra info:manufacture, body, three way turret, taper, minor parts, boring the turret, finalising the turret, final assembly, chuck adaptors, four or six way turret.
p 35:
Drain screen to keep swarf out.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dumble
p 39:
Turning eccentric diameters.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dumble
p 40:
First strokes with a shaper - part 1; Bill Morris provides this series of three articles on the machine.
[Shaping]
author: Morris extra info:shaper construction, the drive, the stroke mechanism, checking it's accuracy.
p 43:
Chuck alignment.
[Quick Tip]
author: Wilton
p 44:
True up a disc in the chuck.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dumble
p 44:
aluminium and steel storage; watch out for electrolytic corrosion.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 47:
Dividing funny numbers; Geoff Gray had the need for dividing of 113 and 73 divisions.
[Workshop]
author: Gray
p 48:
Plug gauges.
[Quick Tip]
author: Mothersole
p 50:
63rd international Model Engineer and Modelling Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 53:
The mathematics of taper turning; quantifying the errors, the calculations, a large taper, a smaller taper, conclusions.
[Lathe]
p 55:
The Quick Step mill, Duradrive - a screwdriver with muscle, revolutionary new Pro-Bond superglue pen.
[Trade Counter]
p 57:
Test report Black-It.
[Surface Finishes]
extra info:product review; alkaline degreaser, pre-conditioner, blacking solution, dewatering oil, test pieces, method, result, corrosion resistance, safety, supplier.
p 59:
Plain man's guide to materials - part 3; Mr Loader discusses the subject of non-metallic materials.
[Materials]
author: Loader extra info:natural materials, glass, rubber, stone, synthetics, nylon, polythene, P.V.C, polystyrene, perspex, P.T.F.E, polycarbonate, thermo-setting plastics - tufnol, epoxy resins, carbon fibre.
p 60:
Annealing aluminium.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 62:
Blueing.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 64:
Quick change gearbox for the Myford M series.
[Lathe]
author: Pratt extra info:Mr G. Pratt shows how he adapted it for his myford M series lathe; general layout, notes on individual items, conclusion.
p 67:
Drummond lathes and steam aviation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lee
p 67:
Emphasis on safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rose
p 67:
Improved rotating centre.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hickman
p 67:
No expense spared.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Beausang
p 67:
Preferred correction fluid.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 68:
Another South Bend lookalike.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ruska
p 68:
Collectors item.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gunnarsson
p 68:
No need for errors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shenton
p 68:
Note of appreciation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Reynolds
p 69:
Left hand drills and broken screws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hemmings
p 69:
Profesional CAD user.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Colley
p 69:
Surface grinder maybe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Neave
p 69:
Timber frame vertical power hacksaw.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Haine
p 69:
Tools at ready.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lewis
p 69:
Tri-leva attachment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Robinson
p 70:
Satisfied CAD user.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parry
p 71:
Bandsaw problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 71:
Hand cleansers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cartwright
p 71:
Hand cleansers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hansford
p 71:
Ideal MEW index.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bevan
p 71:
One way only.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jones
MEW May 1994 # 23
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:shaping up, computers and CAD articles, the bench press, air tools, types of articles wanted, index, help needed, REMAP.
p 12:
Handy screw jacks; Alan Jeeves suggests that every machinist should have a set.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Jeeves
p 13:
Boring bar setting device; neat little device by Eddy Rebbeck.
[Lathe]
author: Rebbeck
p 16:
Drill grinding geometry; following the letter from Anthony Walton, F. Fallows produces an attachment for the Worden tool grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Walton
p 17:
Re-tang Morse taper sleeves; Alan Jeeves salvages morse taper drills and reamers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 18:
using marking out fluid.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vella
p 18:
A large tap holder; E. Powell produces an effective and very easy to construct tap holder.
[Threading]
author: Powell extra info:the problem, the solution, making the holder, alternative designs, conclusion.
p 19:
plastic envelope of brushes (at cosmetic shelves).
[Quick Tip]
author: Clarke
p 20:
Small staking tool; John Jennings suggests making a small staking tool by modifying a small embossing press.
[Horology]
author: Jennings extra info:a small staking tool, initial machining, anvil plate, punch holders, punches, finishing the anvil plate, anvil holder and anvils, number punch holder.
p 23:
The methods of professional; bending sheet metal.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Gould extra info:unhardened punches and dies, useful in the home workshop.
p 24:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
author: Hal
p 24:
Fitting drive keys.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 25:
Use an electric drill as hone driver.
[Quick Tip]
author: Mothersole
p 26:
Metal bench planes; reconditioning and construction.
author: Jones extra info:Peter Jones gives us another metal working article with woodworking connections; the 50p plane, the flexible frog, eastern promise, adjustable nose, second thoughts, old irons, sole licence, sole flattering, the bevel, 19th century technology wins, final note.
p 33:
Adding a flywheel to a mill/crill; P. Wilton modifies his mill/drill.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Wilton
p 34:
We visit Don Hedger; in this issue we visit Don Hedger in his workshop. his main interest is in the making of workshop equipment.
[Visit]
author: Hedger extra info:a brick built workshop, another happy tri-leva user, making workshop equipment, items made the MEW designs, a welcome chat, suppliers.
p 37:
Hobbing a concave knurling wheel; for those into clock making and repair this article by Ian Dermott on making concave knurling wheels will be of interest.
[Horology]
author: Dermott extra info:knurling wheel, hobbing holder, knurling wheel holder, female centre, hobbing set-up.
p 37:
A foot operated saw table.
[Sawing]
author: Broomfield
p 38:
Diestock alternative.
[Quick Tip]
author: Mothersole
p 40:
Layout fluid alternative; marking out.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 40:
tin coated drills, new catalogue, change of address, 3 phase inverters, precision gluing, lathe milling attachment - castings available.
[Trade Counter]
p 41:
We visit Maidstone Engineering Services.
[Visit]
p 43:
Laps and lapping; Alan Jeeves lets us into the secrets of this process.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Jeeves extra info:first process of lapping, choice of materials for laps, lapping compounds, flat laps, internals laps, external laps.
p 49:
Unusual Tee nuts.
[Clamping]
p 50:
From drilling to milling vice; make a useful alternative for light duty for a fraction of the cost.
[Clamping]
extra info:modifying an economy drilling vice, minimum removal of metal, the method adopted, moving jaw, keep plate, jaw plate, final machining, final fitting, two sizes of vice, fixing to the table, supplier details.
p 55:
Drill/mill downfeed stop; another simple modification.
[Mill/Drill]
p 56:
A platform for the Hart; improved approach for the Hart grinding rest.
[Grinding/Sanding]
extra info:manufacture, fixings, final assembly, conclusions.
p 60:
The history of milling machines; Don Unwin provides us with another insight into the early days of machine tool development.
[History]
author: Unwin extra info:lathe adaption's, an early universal mill, early days of milling in the home workshop.
p 64:
Ball nosed mills for radiused grooves.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 65:
CAD mastered.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Miller
p 65:
More computer considerations.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Raper
p 66:
Bearing life.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 66:
E.W. lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Odabashian
p 66:
Easy on eyes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Elffers
p 66:
Float glass, flat or not flat.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tobin
p 66:
Locknuts required?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fuller
p 67:
BSP thread outside diameters.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 67:
Another MEW gearbox variation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 67:
Not a bad buy.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morris
p 67:
REMAP worthy of our assistance.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Giannuzzi
p 67:
Tee nut manouvering.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thomson
p 68:
Editorial preferences 50:50.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Alton
p 68:
Model cranes without machines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Anderson
p 68:
Revised opinion.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hodges
p 68:
Selecta tooling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Griffin
p 68:
Spring back.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clist
p 69:
Cleaning ball bearings.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
MEW Jul 1994 # 24
p 13:
On the Editor's Bench; REMAP, photocopies of MEW articles, editorial ignorance.
author: Hall
p 14:
Studs and dowels; Mark Burgess provides this short article on designing with studs and dowels.
[Workshop]
author: Burgess extra info:the stud, dowels, dowel diameter, dowel length, dowel materials, dowel positions, fitting.
p 15:
MEW index additional information; MEW index update.
[Index]
p 16:
Making division plates; George Swallow describes how he set about making a plate for that frequently missing number 125.
[Workshop]
author: Swallow
p 18:
A simple travelling steady; Alan Jeeves suggest some simple approaches to the problem.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:an alternative idea.
p 19:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 20:
Drilling deep holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 20:
Large capacity, two piece vice; the two part vice from Alan Jeeves.
[Clamping]
author: Jeeves
p 22:
Bits and bobs for a universal bandsaw; R.W. Clarke makes suggestions for a range of modifications.
[Sawing]
author: Clarke extra info:new on-off switch, G cramp clamping plate, indicator for blade jammed or stopped.
p 23:
Recycling reamers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 25:
Use electrical flex as elastic beading.
[Quick Tip]
author: Barker
p 26:
Graduated saddle stop; in this article Peter McQueen provides the design for a saddle stop for the Emcomat-7 lathe.
[Lathe]
author: McQueen extra info:construction, assembly, in use, a word about accuracy.
p 27:
Reaming allowance.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 29:
Throw-away cutter holder; derek walters offers a design for a throw away cutter holder for the Hobbymat MFE65 drill/mill it will also fit the nose of the MD65.
[Lathe]
author: Walters
p 30:
a completely new cyanoacrylate system from Tufloc, compressed air in the home workshop, special offers on books.
[Trade Counter]
p 31:
A small height gauge; Alan Jeeves provides us with a little project with a useful end product.
[Workshop]
author: Jeeves
p 32:
Safe thinking; workshop safety.
[Workshop]
author: Ginn extra info:Joe Ginn in this article prompts us to give more thought to the subject; the lathe, milling machines, drilling machines, grinding machines, fitting grinding wheels, hand tools, screwdrivers, files, hammers, chisels and punches, spanners, electricity, fire, asphyxiation, head injuries, eye protection, foot injuries, falls.
p 34:
Emery cloth alternative; scotchbrite.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 35:
Floating reamer chuck; Alan Jeeves explains the need for precise alignment of hole and reamer; he then offers a design for a floating reamer.
[Drilling]
author: Jeeves extra info:starting work, the floating head, drive keys, retaining plate and assembly, using the chuck.
p 36:
Removing broken drill and taps.
[Quick Tip]
author: Gibson
p 38:
Softerning chuck jaws.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 39:
Drilling machine safety; John Steele suggests a professional approach to one aspect of safety.
[Drilling]
author: Steele extra info:no volt release, limited overload setting range, obtaining a foot switch, connecting up, earthling integrity essential, worth every penny, supplier details, editor's postscript.
p 42:
Measuring and marking out angles; here we consider the options for carrying out this task.
[Measuring]
extra info:requirements for precise angles, methods available, the combination set, universal bevel protractor, sine bar, in use, thoughts on a home made sine bar, an extract from mr tomson's letter.
p 45:
Coolant application; squeezy bottle.
[Quick Tip]
author: Smith
p 47:
Source of supply for brasive lapping material.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 48:
John Steele's new workshop; builidnig a new workshop from scratch.
[Workshop]
author: Steele extra info:the deciding factor, a difficult site, the workshop, shelving, drawing storage, the electrics, unit of measure; the lathe and milling machine, other machines, hand tools, measuring, cutting tools, small tolls, purchase of smaller items, a final comment.
p 54:
A simpler graduating tool; R.W. Buck suggest a design.
[Workshop]
author: Buck
p 55:
Systematic storage; colour code.
[Quick Tip]
author: McLaughlin
p 56:
Hardening tip.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 58:
More strokes with a shaper - part 2; Bill Morris continues his series.
[Shaping]
author: Morris extra info:larger task, the correct speed and safety factors, moving on, checking for parallelism, security problems, shaping the tee slots, a need for concentration.
p 64:
Hobbymat to Myford adaptor; Derek Walters suggests making an adaptor for fitting chucks used on a BFE65 mill onto a Myford series 7.
[Lathe]
author: Walters
p 66:
Balancing woodplaner.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 66:
Domestic premises and storage of gas.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Burgess
p 66:
Domestic premises and storage of gas.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 66:
Domestic premises and storage of gas.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gurr
p 66:
Staying on course.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Freed
p 67:
Beginner.
[Scribe a Line]
p 67:
Buyer beware.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Edney
p 67:
Case of lateral thinking.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Skinner
p 67:
Metric threads.
[Scribe a Line]
p 67:
Successful beginner one of many.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Annely
p 68:
Anglo-Swiss mandrel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Burns
p 68:
Anglo-Swiss mandrel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Chase
p 68:
Anglo-Swiss mandrel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Naish
p 68:
Peatol article appreciation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Middleton
p 69:
Countersinking diameters.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 69:
Covers for workshop equipment (from garden furniture).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Humphrey
p 69:
Drummond lathe manuals.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noonan
p 69:
Gearbox for a Chipmaster.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Blake
p 69:
Link up working.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Haywood
p 70:
Furnace temperature.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 70:
Material hazards; PTFE.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Siddall
p 70:
Material hazards.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jolley
p 70:
Thin piece accessory vice.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cambridge
MEW Sep 1994 # 25
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Hall extra info:early machine data, model engineer and modelling exhibition, inflation plus, toolmakers clamps, data book, tailstock turret, TIR error, end of term.
p 12:
Taper turning attachment for Myford 254 lathe; B.J. Cursor provides owners of the Myford 254 lathe with a design.
[Lathe]
author: Curson extra info:introduction, construction - basic attachment, mounting, calibration, operation, footnotes.
p 20:
Accurate angles; David Lammas suggests making an accessory.
[Measuring]
author: Lammas extra info:a precise angle device, description, construction, the pivot holes.
p 24:
The construction of a simple optical centre punch; Ted Hartwell provides us with a simple design for an optical centre punch.
[Workshop]
author: Hartwell extra info:actual manufacture, safety notes, the centre punch, using the centre punch.
p 26:
A brass oil dribler; Alan Jeeves provides this elegant and attractive solution to the problem.
[Workshop]
author: Jeeves extra info:with the needle, how to make it.
p 27:
Final strokes with a shaper - part 3; Bill Morris concludes his series.
[Shaping]
author: Morris
p 29:
File storage; John Steele describes his method.
[Workshop]
author: Steele
p 30:
Sharpening end mills and slot drills; Tony Skinner details his own endeavours in this direction.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Skinner
p 32:
A Vernier conversion; this vernier calliper to height gauge conversion by R J Loader benefits by it's simplicity.
[Measuring]
author: Loader extra info:the base, the packing piece, the scriber and clamp.
p 32:
Drilling stainless.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 35:
Visit to Guy Keen's workshop.
[Visit]
extra info:tank locomotive Tich first model, degree in mechanical engineering, suppliers.
p 37:
Toolmakers clamps; John Steele start to put his new workshop to use.
[Workshop]
author: Steele extra info:an idea from scribe a line, avoiding knurling, the pros and cons, next project.
p 39:
Slot drills preferred.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 39:
Tapping stainless steel.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 40:
Chain drilling to make lerge holes; Pat Twist suggests a methodical approach.
[Drilling]
author: Twist
p 41:
A four way carriage stop; Bill Morris suggests one such aid.
[Lathe]
author: Morris
p 43:
A fabricated face plate for Unimat; Bob Loader provides another of his excellent articles.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:the base, quadrants(1), lining up the parts, marking out, the quadrants, assembly and machining, special tee nuts.
p 48:
Looking at stainless steels; Alan Jeeves shares his knowledge on the subject.
[Materials]
author: Jeeves extra info:what are stainless steels, austenitic steels, ferric and martensitic steels, identification of grades; alloying elements, precipitation hardening steels, some of the grades in common use and their applications; austenitic grades, ferric grades, martensitic grades (all hardenable and magnetic), working with stainless steel, milling stainless steel, drilling, grinding, forming threads, storage, additional notes for mariners.
p 55:
The birth of large machine tools; Don Unwin continues his occasional series.
[History]
author: Unwin extra info:vertical boring mills, a need for large bore cylinders, a slow process.
p 60:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 61:
Vertical belt grinder; this design for a vertical belt sander is by Malcolm Leafe.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Leafe extra info:roller assembly, main frame, bearing housing and mountings, bearing mounts, assembly of bearing mounts to the main frame, plattens and work table, top roll guard, motor/drive.
p 66:
new catalogue, keeping rust at bay, K.J.C horizontal milling attachment for the lathe, workshop electrics, digital readout, black alloy cutting tools.
[Trade Counter]
p 67:
Pilot drill sizes for stainless steel.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 67:
Toolmakers clamps and milling operations.
[Workshop]
p 68:
Clean start - shortening threads.
[Quick Tip]
author: Washington
p 68:
Recycling Allen keys.
[Quick Tip]
author: Washington
p 68:
Simple slotting - hacksaw.
[Quick Tip]
author: Loader
p 69:
Automobile gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cocksedge
p 69:
Milling safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ford
p 69:
Novel dividing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McIntosh
p 69:
Safety first.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Holben
p 69:
Shaping tee slots.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Silvester
p 69:
Shaping tee slots.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Young
p 70:
Bi-metallic corrosion.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 70:
Clock lubrication.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 70:
Stainless steel in marine applications.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 70:
Welding rods.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 70:
CAD warning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hart
p 70:
Dividing high prime numbers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dew
p 70:
Radiused bottom grooves.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Trendall
p 70:
TiN titanium nitride.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hough
p 71:
Indexing device.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 71:
Machining stainless steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sheppard
p 71:
Tapholder simplified.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 71:
Tee slots in mild steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bowes
p 72:
Easy starting - cutting guide.
[Quick Tip]
author: Loader
MEW Nov 1994 # 26
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; tumblers, smaller articles, link up, telephone numbers, shaper article, MEW index.
author: Hall
p 12:
Tailstock taper turning attachment; Dennis Major suggests a simple method of making one.
[Lathe]
author: Major extra info:a revised design, in use.
p 13:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 14:
A 4-way toolpost for Peatol lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Gray
p 15:
Quick change tool holder.
[Lathe]
author: Bowness extra info:toolholders, parting tool holder, toolpost, clamp spindle, checking and testing before hardening, working experience.
p 15:
Angle grinding precaution - cover the vicinity.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 17:
Tap restoring.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 18:
A fabricated vice; a Bob Loader design.
[Clamping]
author: Loader extra info:a milling operation, the base, the guide bars, the screw, finishing the jaws, retainer, final fitting.
p 22:
new catalogues, ornamental turning, saupe SD400 Powerturn lathe, further Hobbymat accessories, baby record.
[Trade Counter]
p 23:
Reader survey.
p 23:
Self holding taper sockets; some facts and figures provided by Alan Jeeves.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:sockets in use, step down sockets, special sockets, care of sockets, brown and sharpe tapers, jarno tapers, socket reamers.
p 27:
Making the most of the four jaw chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Hartwell extra info:brief history, selection and purchase, punting the chuck, safety and general precautions, workpiece holding and protection, holding castings, machining rectangular sections, additional notes on accurate workholding; indexing in the four jaw chuck, care and repair of the four jaw chuck, worn external jaw surfaces, broken jaw screws, screw retaining bearings, chuck keys, other uses for the four jaw chuck, safety notes.
p 34:
The rumbling tumbler; Terry Gould carries out some experiments.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Gould extra info:cleaning up using a rotating drum and sand; an industrial process, easily available drums, RPM or metres per minute, extracting the dust generated, more experimentation needed, two drums beneficial, readers experiences requested.
p 38:
Making a precision angle plate; John Steele takes us through the process.
[Mill]
author: Steele extra info:the problem, the solution, a final thought.
p 41:
A universal milling/dividing attachment for the lathe; Gordon Cornell describes his unique lathe attachment.
[Lathe]
author: Cornell extra info:comments on the final design, making the attachment, manufacture, calibration, assembly and finishing.
p 49:
Introduction to broaching; keyways.
[Shaping]
author: Jeeves extra info:Alan Jeeves gives consideration for future projects; typical uses, the construction of broaches, broaching blind holes, how to use broaches.
p 52:
A ball turning tool; spherical turning.
[Lathe]
author: Thomas extra info:Phil Thomas' well thought out design; requirement for a ball turning tool, development of the tool, the micrometer adjustment, construction of the tool, standard turning, conclusion.
p 58:
Quest for Mr Henri Morse; tapers.
[History]
author: Loader extra info:Bob Loader goes in search of a story.
p 60:
Saddle stop and index arm; Geoff Gray incorporates a simple indexing system.
[Lathe]
author: Gray
p 61:
Stepper motors; CNC.
[Electrics]
author: Stuart extra info:Ray Stuart provides us with a short article; stepper motor characteristics, motor construction, how a stepper motor works, bifilar windings and unipolar drives, other drive sequences, steeper motor applications.
p 63:
Ajax Machine Tool Ltd still in business; drilling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 63:
Cutting metric threads; true pitch threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Grey
p 63:
Drilling machine control; electronics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thompson
p 63:
Higher furnace temperature; heat treatment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bach
p 63:
Long term owner of Drummond lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Owen
p 64:
Accurate angles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walton
p 64:
Shaping tee slots easy way.
[Scribe a Line]
author: D M
p 65:
Ear defenders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: White
p 65:
Earth lead security; materials safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Helliwell
p 65:
Safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hogberg
p 65:
Swing clear tool holder for the lathe (Martin Cleeve).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lacy
MEW Jan 1995 # 27
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the model engineer exhibition, disappointing response, reader survey, a confessional, index, payment for articles etc., encouraging signs, telephone number update.
author: Hall
p 12:
A wheel dressing jig; S J Curtis decribes his jig encouraging frequent dressing.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Curtis extra info:construction, assembly.
p 14:
Winding small springs; R Harries on the subject of winding springs.
[Workshop]
author: Harries extra info:tension springs, compression springs, springs for drive belts, volute springs.
p 15:
Tapping compound alternative.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 17:
Griptru chuck - Pratt Burnerd; Allan Jeeves discloses the secrets of the Griptru chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves
p 18:
A computer controlled X-Y table.
[CNC]
author: Stuart extra info:the stepper motor drive system, power supply, motor drive circuit, limit switches, printed circuit board, assembly; testing, test software, table mechanics, CAD systems, CAD package set-up, the software package, adapting the system to existing equipment.
p 27:
A boring head; C M MacEke provides a design that will cover very small up to 200mm.
[Mill]
author: MacEke extra info:construction, body, tool carrier, pivot pin, retaining washers, worm retainer.
p 30:
A drilling method from the past; Bob Loader proposes a method for adding a little more accuracy to your drilling.
[Drilling]
author: Loader
p 32:
Light duty drilling/milling spindle; Geoff Gray provides us with a design for a simple light duty spindle.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Gray
p 34:
Visit Simon Trendall; a younger reader.
[Visit]
author: Trendall
p 36:
Low cost vertical slide; M D Pengelly converts an economy cross vice into a vertical slide for use on his lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Pengelly extra info:mounting position, adapting the cross slide vice unit, mounting bracket and double tee bit, double tee bolt, mounting bracket, working with the unit, conclusions.
p 37:
Hardness comparison, using a punch for distinguishing silver steel from mild steel.
[Quick Tip]
author: Green
p 39:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 40:
Two ways to pull a fast one; W B Taylor solutions to a couple of problems.
[Workshop]
author: Taylor
p 41:
Truing drill chucks; have you a drill chuck which has lost it's precision, Yves Rayssigiur suggests a method of achieving a new lease of life.
[Drilling]
author: Rayssiguier extra info:tools required, possible methods.
p 43:
A boring head for the Hobbymat BFE 65 lathe; John Steele makes one.
[Lathe]
author: Steele extra info:simple design intended, manufacture, the body part, the tool carrier, the body and carrier assembly, the minor parts, assembly.
p 44:
Lathe tools and centre height.
[Quick Tip]
author: Higgs
p 47:
Shimstock source; 0.125mm shim stock source.
[Quick Tip]
author: Lilly
p 48:
Adding a fine feed to a digital vernier; Bob Loader set about adding his own.
[Measuring]
author: Loader extra info:a little design work, the clamp body, fitting the clamp, milling the clamping pad socket, drilling the clamp body, the cover, final fitting, clamp screw and adjusting nut.
p 50:
Cutting compound and corrosion.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 51:
Tangential skiving tool; a method for machining no 2 Morse taper shanks.
[Lathe]
author: Bentley
p 51:
Parting off.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 52:
Screw jacks.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 53:
Grinding wheel cushions; blotting paper.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 53:
Grinding wheel dresser.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 55:
An 'easyset' tailstock die holder for threading; Clive Washington comes up with a simple method.
[Threading]
author: Washington
p 56:
Three way tool post; Dave Lammas describes how.
[Lathe]
author: Lammas extra info:construction, facing, machining the sides flat, milling the tool slots, tool clamping screws, indexing stop, the tools.
p 59:
A low range torque wrench; a design by Geoff Oakes.
[Workshop]
author: Oakes extra info:calibration.
p 61:
Quick change tool holder; correcting an error in issue 26.
[Lathe]
p 61:
Dexion storage system, Panavice vice, Machine Mart drill press.
[Trade Counter]
p 62:
Uses for Emco 3 mill/drill head; Derek Walters adds one to his lathe.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Walters extra info:uses, limitations, similar small mill/drill head units, bonus for us older folks, important dimensions, parts to purchase; boring head, manufacture of motor mount assembly, used as a stand alone high speed drill, used as a tapping aid; safety postscript.
p 68:
Alan Jeeves comments on his discovery.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 68:
Beginner seeks help.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Commerford
p 68:
Gearbox origin.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Galer
p 68:
Gearbox origin.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Machin
p 68:
Screw cutting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stott
p 68:
Small world.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jackson
MEW Mar 1995 # 28
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; some things don't change, some things do.
author: Hall
p 12:
The sweeper - a lathe tool grinding fixture; John Scoggins suggests a simple fixture for the sharpening of lathe tools on the off hand grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Scoggins extra info:manufacture, assembly, the sweeper at work.
p 16:
Cutter frame; Geoff Gray provides a design for a simple gear cutter frame.
[Lathe]
author: Gray
p 18:
Hand punches explained; Bob Boader explains that there is more to punches than we may first envisage.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:centre punches, other variations, pin punches, recycling, chisel steel, special punches, an ambitious project, accuracy when punching.
p 19:
Holding small drills.
[Quick Tip]
author: Harries
p 20:
Circle to internal square ratio.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vaughans
p 21:
Accurate division with simple tools; H S Harvey suggests a method for making division plates.
[Workshop]
author: Harvey
p 22:
A drawer for a lathe cabinet; Sid Reid adds a draw to his Myford cabinet in a position which is otherwise wasted space.
[Lathe]
author: Reid
p 23:
Could you help disabled photographers.
p 24:
Change wheels and screwcutting; this article explains the principle of using change wheels and methods for overcoming the problem of missing wheels.
[Threading]
extra info:idlers and left hand threads, formula, setting up change wheels, thread indicator, easy to achieve gear changes.
p 28:
Gears and gearwheels; Don Unwin describes the development of gearing.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 32:
Internal thread chasers; Alan Jeeves recycles old taps to make internal chasers.
[Threading]
author: Jeeves
p 33:
Useful brushes, converter runs 3 phase on single, Black-It review update.
[Trade Counter]
p 34:
Dividing attachment for a Boxford lathe; A W Shirras makes this simple indexing device for his Boxford 4 1/2in lathe from castings.
[Lathe]
author: Shirras extra info:machining, assembly, faceplate.
p 37:
Making a hand shear for sheet metal cutting.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Gould extra info:the main frame.
p 40:
Useful containers from drink cans.
[Quick Tip]
author: Reeve
p 41:
Two approaches to "C" spanners; designs from Derek Walters and John Noakes.
[Workshop]
author: Walters
p 42:
A toolmaker's vice; John Steel concludes his series.
[Clamping]
author: Steel extra info:design changes, machining the main casting, a start on the moving plate, using the boring head, the turned parts, assembly.
p 45:
Cross slide bracket for an electric pistol drill; Derek Brooks makes a number of useful items.
[Lathe]
author: Brooks extra info:Tee bolts, clamps, boring bar, indexing, using the device.
p 48:
A fretsaw attachment for lathe; Terry Gould makes an attachment.
[Sawing]
author: Gould extra info:construction, the frame, saw arm assembly, crank assembly, blade clamps, saw table, an improvement.
p 50:
Wood plane on metal edges.
[Quick Tip]
author: Beattie
p 51:
GT85 (WD40 alternative).
[Quick Tip]
author: Beattie
p 53:
Machining white metal bearings; article by Ted Hartwell.
[Workshop]
author: Hartwell extra info:essential workshop facilities, types of white metal bearings, lubrication systems, action prior to re-metalling; bearing preparation, rough boring and oil grooving, refitting shells, shims, rebuilding, the nipping-up process; direct metalled mains and big ends, bush bearings, in line boring of main bearings, suggested clearances, boring connecting rods, connecting rod alignment, final assembly.
p 59:
Tailstock turret.
[Lathe]
author: Jackson
p 59:
Clear stamped characters.
[Quick Tip]
author: Brooks
p 60:
Holding external threads.
[Quick Tip]
author: Walters
p 60:
Setting screw cutting tool.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vaughans
p 61:
Gear cutting without complex cutters; Barry Holt suggests an alternative.
[Gears]
author: Holt extra info:worm wheel, an unusual moulding technique, the cutter spindle, proof of the pudding, spur gear.
p 64:
Circle to internal square ratio.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vaughans
p 64:
A simple press tool for punching holes.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Amos
p 66:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 66:
Cannon borer on display.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ross
p 66:
Material specification sought (for use in motorcycles).
[Scribe a Line]
author: de Whalley
p 66:
Mike holben replies on motorcycle materials.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Holben
p 66:
Milling on a drilling machine (safety aspects).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Annely
p 66:
More tumbler information.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gould
p 66:
Obvious when you are told; a pillar with a top ball makes for easy slide on.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tobin
p 66:
Reply from Mike Price; milling on a drilling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Price
p 66:
Soft centre with certainty.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dover
p 67:
Simple depth gauge.
[Quick Tip]
author: Ginn
p 67:
Easy metric screwcutting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gibson
p 67:
Soft jaws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pettifer
p 67:
Tumbling experience.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walters
p 68:
Chain drilling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dickerson
p 68:
Machining spherical surfaces on the lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 68:
Stainless steel cleaning and polishing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barrett
MEW May 1995 # 29
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; who is Geoff Sheppard, future policy.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A centre punch guide.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:Bob lLader describes a neat tool which will soon repay the couple of hours making it by getting those centre pops where you really want them.
p 14:
Keys and keyways; in this comprehensive review Alan Jeeves surveys the systems available.
[Workshop]
author: Jeeves extra info:fitting, plain parallel keys, taper keys, woodruff keys, other types of key, key steel, cutting keyways, hand cut keyways, milling keyways, other methods, blind keyways, box square clamps.
p 16:
Using epoxy or polyester resin; methylated spirits is a useful solvent epoxy or polyester resin.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pooler
p 19:
Epoxy or polyester resin; using epoxy or polyester resin mix in paper cup.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pooler
p 21:
Wetting agent for flux silver-soldering.
[Quick Tip]
author: Frazer
p 22:
Four-jaw chuck adjustment.
[Quick Tip]
author: Gascoyne
p 23:
Easy view drill sizes; tippex.
[Quick Tip]
author: Richards
p 24:
Drawbars; Jim Canner suggests a design.
[Workshop]
author: Canner
p 26:
A slotting attachment for mill/Drill; Alan Jeeves has devised an attachment.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Jeeves extra info:materials, starting work, the ram, the split sleeve, the lever, assembly, the slotter in use, square holes.
p 34:
Modern paint finishes; some hazards and how to avoid them.
[Surface Finishes]
p 37:
RS new catalogue, new drilling machine from Madding's, four new items from Clarke, a new approach to small part storage.
[Trade Counter]
p 38:
A small dividing head; Mr T Taylor provides a design for a small dividing head used on his Unimat.
[Lathe]
author: Taylor extra info:main assembly, the worm and dividing plate assembly, lazy man's hint, direct dividing facility, drilling the division plates, a few calculations, drilling the plates.
p 41:
source of 'O' rings.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dawkins
p 43:
Protecting leadscrews.
[Quick Tip]
author: McNair
p 44:
A pair of flycutters; small fly cutter, large fly cutter, cutters.
[Mill]
author: Hall
p 47:
Swan necked turning tool holder.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins
p 48:
Reader survey.
author: Sheppard
p 49:
The 64th international model engineer and modelling exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 52:
Drills and drilling - the evolution of drilling and drills; Don Unwin continues his series.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 59:
Chester machine tools; we visit Chester UK ltd.
[Visit]
author: Sheppard
p 60:
Getting more out of your rotary table; Pihilip Amos describes how he has extended the versatility of his table.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:attachment to drill/mill, holding work, working at angles, use on lathe, material handling.
p 66:
Soldering aluminium; Gordon Read questions a long standing myth and finds that the solution has been around for almost as long as the problem.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Read extra info:soft soldering can be done, hard soldering (welding?).
p 67:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 67:
Protecting leadscrews.
[Quick Tip]
author: McNair
p 67:
Tool packing.
[Quick Tip]
author: Knight
p 67:
Wetting agent for flux.
[Quick Tip]
author: Frazer
p 68:
A releasable mandrel handle.
[Lathe]
author: Bray
p 69:
Marking through holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Baker
p 69:
Set square test.
[Quick Tip]
author: Ginn
p 70:
Drilling brass.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Denton
p 70:
Far eastern combined mill/Lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hartwell
p 70:
Martin Cleeve toolholders and E.W. lathe modifications.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 70:
Quest for mr Morse.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loader
p 70:
Sentinal type 58 universal milling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noble
p 71:
Clean hands.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Denton
p 71:
E.W. lathe data.
[Scribe a Line]
p 71:
ME index; index.
[Scribe a Line]
p 71:
Protected ears.
[Scribe a Line]
author: West
p 72:
Clean data.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wragg
p 72:
Eliminating backlash safely.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 72:
Grinding safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Margolis
p 72:
How to suppress radio interference.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilkinson
p 72:
Low melting point alloys.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Balch
p 72:
Vice from past.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ward
MEW Jul 1995 # 30
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; model engineering summer school.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Hand turning; Gordon Read introduces a technique which will allow expression of our artistic abilities.
[Lathe]
author: Read extra info:tool making, holding the tool, practice cutes, fancy turning, graver tool round nose tool.
p 17:
Crankshaft reconditioning techniques; Ted Hartwell describes the refurbishment.
[Workshop]
author: Hartwell extra info:preparation, crack detection, checking for bow, journal wear/condition, the regrinding process, the throw block machine, the orbital machine, tolerances and special requirements, other aspects of reconditioning; balancing, static crankshaft balance, basic crankshaft dynamic balance, full crankshaft dynamic balance, combined crankshaft and engine balance; suggested action for the rebalancing of a reconditioned crankshaft, crankshaft failure/fracture, undersize or malformed radii, aggressive journal grinding, fatigue failure.
p 18:
Scribing block fine adjustment.
[Quick Tip]
author: Rial
p 19:
Cleaning Tee slots using a magnet.
[Quick Tip]
author: Elffers
p 22:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 23:
First steps - useful tools.
[Workshop]
author: Scott
p 24:
Coils for a novel application; Edward T Haas needed some unusual copper coils.
[Workshop]
author: Haas
p 26:
Concentric Morse taper spindles; David Dew describes the method he used to create the taper in SPAM a versatile milling, drilling and grinding spindle.
[Workshop]
author: Dew extra info:the gauge, the internal taper, the taper mandrel.
p 29:
Sorting small parts made easy.
[Quick Tip]
author: Vincent
p 29:
Mill/Drill modifications; Hobbymat BFE65.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Steele extra info:the need to conserve space, essential dimensions, a worthwhile modification, D J Lindford.
p 30:
Cross drilling jig; Plans available.
[Quick Tip]
author: Bourne
p 31:
Plans service.
[Quick Tip]
author: Nexus
p 32:
An introduction to enamelling metals; Alan Jeeves gives an insight in process and materials used.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Jeeves extra info:base metals, enamels, preparations, metallics oxides, kiln, firing & safety, first aid, fire hazards, colours, finishing off.
p 36:
Inching towards metrication.
[Quick Tip]
p 38:
An electronics engineer who favours mechanical drives; Jim Canner is at home in two worlds.
[Visit]
author: Canner
p 40:
Drawbars - no holds barred; Jim Canner develops draw bars.
[Workshop]
author: Canner extra info:the spider, and it's draw bar.
p 41:
Alternative storage.
[Quick Tip]
author: Walters
p 41:
End mills and lathe chucks, alternative storage.
[Quick Tip]
author: Sprayson
p 43:
a 5-7/8in. dia. geared rotary table; Mark figes gives us detailed instructions on the manufacture, includes a modification to the geo H thomas design.
[Mill]
author: Figes extra info:preliminaries, base, wormbox, assembly, finals.
p 53:
More angles on the sine bar; Bill Morris describes the characteristics of the instruments required to get high accuracy angles.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:morse taper angles, angle gauge values, sine bar characteristics, making the sine bar, adjustable parallels.
p 55:
Stainless steel wire.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dawkins
p 56:
Millimeters to inches.
[Quick Tip]
author: Elffers
p 57:
Using epoxy or polyester resins.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pooler
p 61:
New plans handbook.
[Books]
author: Nexus
p 62:
A slotting device for Myford S7 lathe; Pat Twist provides a design for a simple to make slotting attachment for a series seven lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Twist
p 66:
Die holders from Tracy Tools; product review.
author: Shesto
p 66:
Olfa plastic cutter P450; product review.
author: Shesto
p 66:
Vernier height gauge from Chester UK; product review.
author: Chester
p 67:
Castell Engineering Supplies.
p 67:
From the new Chronos catalogue.
p 68:
Co-ordinate measurement on the cheap; J Freed offers an economic solution.
[Measuring]
author: Freed extra info:manufacture, microscope, illuminator, brackets, uses, a caution.
p 72:
David Wilkinson's radio interferance problem - readers respond.
[Scribe a Line]
p 72:
Side grinding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jerrard
p 72:
Source of treasure - photocopiers motors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Grogan
p 72:
X-Y table query response.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stuart
p 73:
Accurate division with simple tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pearce
p 73:
Counter productive adverts?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swallow
p 73:
More on Lammas toolpost.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke
MEW Sep 1995 # 31
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; ISO standards steel stock and now for the not so good news (increasing the price).
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Modified grinding attachment for Unimat 3; Bob Loader took a look at the tool grinding attachment which he described in an earlier issue and decided that a rework would improve things.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:wheel arbor, toolrest bracket, wheel cover, riveting, eye shield assembly, the attachment in use.
p 19:
A tilting table; Mark Figes set about fabricating a tilting table.
[Mill]
author: Figes extra info:the body, the table, milling the slots, Tee slots, finishing.
p 24:
Sheet metal forming rollers for the workshop; Alan Jeeves describes the differences between the two types of roller and describes a set of pinch rolls.
[Sheet Metal]
extra info:design options, gearing, starting work, the rollers, the end frames and base plate, fixed and sliding bushes, sundry parts, using the rolls, conclusion.
p 31:
Marking out angles; Harold Hall has been giving some thought to the subject of getting them accurate.
[Measuring]
author: Hall extra info:90deg, 45deg, 60deg, 30deg, dividing an angle, accuracy, other angles, centre square.
p 33:
Maximising workshop space; David Machin gives some advice.
[Workshop]
author: Machin extra info:lathe, drill, bench grinder, mill, shaper, power hacksaw, bandsaw, planning the layout, foundry extension.
p 40:
The other guy's shop; Peter D. McQueen, Henry J. Kratt.
[Visit]
p 42:
Workshop security.
[Workshop]
author: Canner
p 44:
Making most of home workshop; Philip Amos describes his.
[Workshop]
author: Amos
p 51:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 51:
Extra convenient vice mounting.
[Quick Tip]
author: Gray
p 52:
Tailstock for a small lathe; Alan Bourne was faced with a missing tailstock and made a replacement.
[Lathe]
authors: Bourne, Read extra info:motorising the lathe, the casting, making it fit, boring on centre, the works.
p 58:
Big collets for Myford super seven lathe; Jim Canner moves on to holding devices.
[Lathe]
author: Canner extra info:an unusual means of location, machining the collets, boring, slitting, even larger collets.
p 61:
Metal from Mindon, Scope soldering irons, high quality inspection equipment, clean hands, Kirjeng catalogue.
[Trade Counter]
p 62:
My way to a workshop; John Rockey describes how he achieved his ambition.
[Workshop]
author: Rockey
p 65:
A backwards look at gear cutting - part 3; Don Unwin surveys the methods used up to the mid 19th century.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 69:
Interference from ACS200.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilkinson
p 69:
Whitemetalling bearings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hartwell
p 70:
Coils for a novel application.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Davies
p 71:
Accurate centres.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilkinson
p 71:
Breech mechanism.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Young
p 71:
Hard soldering aluminium.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 71:
More on hand turning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dixon
p 71:
X-Y table supplies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stuart
MEW Nov 1995 # 32
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Adjustable stop bar for a milling machine; Brian Cocksedge brings us a simple attachment which will help in milling operations and suggests some alternative arrangements.
[Mill]
author: Cocksedge
p 12:
Reducing bolt lengths.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pilkington
p 13:
Tapping blind holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Cossley
p 14:
The 65th Nodel Engineer Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Jeeves
p 15:
Marking through holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 15:
Tapping through holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Crossley
p 17:
Another quorn a score or more years on; do you have a set of castings tucked away? here Theo Gooden provides some tips as to how to complete the machine.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Gooden
p 19:
Tapping.
[Quick Tip]
author: Pillhorn
p 21:
Modifications to a machine vice; John Brittain describes how he added a swivel base to the vice fitted to his shaper and adds some tips on chain drilling.
[Workshop]
author: Brittain extra info:chain drilling the easy way, another way around the problem, securing bolts, graduate or drop-out.
p 25:
A suggested modification to the Myford slotter; Pat Twist has come up with a modification which will increase the capability of the unit.
author: Twist extra info:casting availability.
p 25:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 26:
Taper turning using gears; Alan Jeeves describes a method for turning tapers in which he uses the change wheels to set-up the taper.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:compound gear trains.
p 30:
Buying and renovating a second-hand lathe; David Machin describes his experiences and gives some tips to those who may be setting out along the same path.
[Lathe]
author: Machin extra info:getting it home, cleaning and inspection, reconditioning, headstock assembly, other mandrel bearings, sliding surfaces, the drive motor.
p 38:
How do you get it home ?; transport.
author: Titus
p 38:
Now how do I get it home ?; Don Titus tells us some of his experiences of moving heavy machinery and gives advice about the best way to go about it.
[Workshop]
author: Titus
p 40:
Hand shapers and Vee blocks; a recent revival of interest in the hand shaper encouraged Harold Hall to acquire a secondhand example and to assess it's capabilities by machining a pair of vee blocks.
[Shaping]
author: Hall extra info:the cutting tools,the design, the machining operations, final machining, the clamp, hand shaper a viable proposition, casting supplier.
p 45:
Lathe inspection; Bill Morris shows us how to inspect a lathe to professional standards and gives us some dimensional tolerances against which we can judge a secondhand machine.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:general inspection, the bed, the headstock, the tailstock, the saddle, the leadscrew, formal inspection, alignment, the bed, the spindle, the tailstock, the leadscrew, turning test, correctable errors.
p 52:
A raising block for Unimat 3; Bob Loader sets about increasing the capacity of his unimat.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:some design considerations, templates, case-hardening, block, end plates, centre plate, a little milling, fitting the end plates, finishing the vees and flats, upper vee, fitting the upper vee, upper flat, a small difficulty.
p 60:
A two jaw chuck; Mark Figes has devised this 5 inch diameter unit which will accept a variety of jaws.
[Lathe]
author: Figes extra info:does your faceplate run true, preliminaries, lathe method, mill method, jaws, fitting jaws to body, finishing the body, jaw screw glands, hardening and tempering, final assembly.
p 63:
Preventing scale in hardening.
[Quick Tip]
author: Dawkins
p 64:
Painting castings.
[Quick Tip]
author: Washington
p 68:
Sumitome insert lathe tools, tool catalogue from Germany, an Australian boring tool, a wood cleaning solution, new engineering epoxy resins, heavy duty angle grinder.
[Trade Counter]
p 69:
Biography of F J Camm.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rix
p 69:
Extending the technology.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Procter
p 69:
More on electrical interference.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 69:
Readers get toger.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Plummer
p 69:
Workshop security.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Watt
p 70:
Material supply problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hayward
p 70:
Thought on going metric.
[Scribe a Line]
author: White
p 71:
Griptru chuck instructions - a correction.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeeves
p 71:
Metric screwcutting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cook
MEW Jan 1996 # 33
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; George Howard's tool evenings, the Olympia exhibition, women in model engineering, MEW index.
author: Geoff Sheppard
p 12:
A poor man's mill; Mike Delaney set about understanding the limitations of using a drill press.
[Mill]
author: Delaney extra info:cross vice modifications, control of head movement, safety.
p 15:
X-Y table - update; Ray Stuart put together an number of matters arising.
[CNC]
author: Stuart extra info:pen raising and lowering, software enhancements, HPGL without a cad systems, conclusion.
p 18:
Cross drilling jig for lathe; Dyson Watkins describes a simple jig which will take the pain out of this operation.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:taper shank, body, swing clamp, vee.
p 22:
A backwards look at gear cutting - part 2; Don Unwin looks at the generating and grinding of the tooth form.
[Workshop]
author: Unwin extra info:the search for greater accuracy, cutting bevel gears, gear grinding.
p 24:
chuck key safety.
[Quick Tip]
author: Crossley
p 25:
new items from minicraft, low temperature casing alloy, Reord Tools winter promotion, hands free wrench from Frost Auto Restoration Techniques; co-axial hand tapper from Arrand, boxed sets of M.E. taps and dies from the Tap and Die Co, digital caliper offer from KPL, insure workshop and models, new collet chuck from Chester, 'A' clamps from powergrip, tapinline from Easilock products.
[Trade Counter]
p 27:
Playing with spirits; Bill Morris tells us how to make the vial for a sensitive spirit level.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:estimating sensitivity, increasing sensitivity, thinking spherical, tubing, lap-making, lapping the vial, graduations, closing the ends.
p 30:
Surface plate.
[Quick Tip]
author: Brooker
p 31:
Stub drills.
[Quick Tip]
author: Crossley
p 32:
A simple indexing dividing device; Colin MacEke found a very simple unit which proved easy to set up.
[Workshop]
author: MacEke extra info:construction, back and front plates, detent ring, base plate, detent plate and pin.
p 35:
Punching holes with an arbor press; Harold Hall relates how he evaluated an arbour press to see if it could be used as a punch.
[Workshop]
author: Hall extra info:test results, increased tonnage, modifying the press, bolster and stripper plate, supplier of arbor presses.
p 39:
Tools at Northern Models and Midlands Exhibitions.
[Exhibition]
p 41:
Index for issues 9 to 20 of MEW.
[Index]
p 44:
Tube bending.
[Workshop]
author: Figes
p 46:
Chip breaker.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 49:
Workshop visit Colin MacEke.
[Visit]
p 52:
Advanced enamelling; Alan Jeeves surveys the more expensive process.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Jeeves extra info:cloisonné work, filigree work, champlevé, basse taille, en ronde bosse, plique-a-jour, painted enamel work, lustres, other methods of applying a design, suppliers.
p 57:
Mini-Jenny; Malcolm Leafe devised this simply constructed sheet metal forming machine.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Leafe
p 58:
Lifting and shifting - 1.
[Quick Tip]
author: Ellis
p 58:
Lifting and shifting - 2.
[Quick Tip]
author: Ellis
p 60:
Lathe tool height setting.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jeeves
p 61:
Caliper dodge.
[Quick Tip]
author: Brumwell
p 62:
Linked Up.
[Books]
p 63:
Fireside reading; Workshop Electrics by Alex Weiss, Workshop Construction by Jim Forrest and Peter Jennings, Designing and Building a Metal Cutting Bandsaw by Vincent R Gingery.
[Books]
p 64:
A tailstock work support for the Unimat 3; Bob Loader describes some simple accessories which will assist.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:a bit of trigonometry, body, mandrel, the male centres, the split bush, female centre, pressure pad, further thoughts, problems with centres, centre, nut.
p 69:
Clamping collars; Philip Amos offers some suggestions on how to make clamping collars fit effectively.
[Workshop]
author: Amos
p 70:
A class at Harlow.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox
p 70:
Centre drill angles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Procter and others
p 70:
Metrification, contents of MEW and other matters.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Elsey
p 71:
Transatlantic nomenclature.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Machin
MEW Mar 1996 # 34
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; finish on workshop equipment, Tom Walshaw on metrication.
p 12:
A motorised milling head - part 1; when Mark Figes decided that he needed a turret milling head for his Senior M1 mill he concluded that he would make one.
[Mill]
author: Figes extra info:the drive system, the power requirement, tooling tapers, bearings, building the MMH, Dore-Westbury parts, mounting plate group, gibs, swivel plate assembly, tee bolts, mounting flange, spindle pulley group.
p 22:
A very simple angle table; Michael Jacot describes an angle table to suit his Proxxon milling machine.
[Workshop]
author: Jacot
p 24:
Making your own Morse tapers; Gordon Read takes us through the steps required for the manufacture of morse taper shanks and sockets.
[Lathe]
author: Read extra info:topslide settings, materials, machining a taper shank, the crucial test, adaptor threads and drawbars, taper sockets, preparing the hole.
p 27:
Simple filing rest; Ian Magowan tells how he came by the design and shares it with readers.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Magowan
p 29:
How it was - part 1; Bob Loader takes time out of the workshop to reminisce and to ponder the current state of affairs.
[History]
author: Loader extra info:first things, training workshops files and clapped machines, the drawing office, down to business, turning and the biro business; tricks not of the trade, drums along the benches, 100% inspection, extra things, characters, post war plunder, final thoughts.
p 31:
More drawers for a Myford cabinet; Sid Reid adds a couple more.
[Workshop]
author: Reid extra info:the drawer, fitting the brackets, observations.
p 33:
Tools and workshop appliances at 65th Model Engineer Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 36:
PCB manufacture for model engineer; Ray Stuart introduces us to a technique which has a number of uses within the engineering field.
[Electrics]
author: Stuart extra info:why the PCB evolved, manufacturing sequence, exposure, safety aspects, brass etching, cleaning, finishing and some alternative applications.
p 41:
Index for issues 21 to 32 of MEW.
[Index]
author: Cheater
p 45:
a digital position read-out from the Channel Islands, Arrand introduce a standardised range of indexable tip carbide tools; fractional HP motors from Sheffield, Sandboss - a pneumatic sander attachment, wetstone grinder from clarke power products.
[Trade Counter]
p 46:
Demountable DTI.
[Quick Tip]
author: Condor
p 47:
Quick clamp; D O Coe describes the conversion of a cheap grip wrench into a table lamp.
[Drilling]
author: Coe
p 48:
Chip removing when tapping blind holes.
[Quick Tip]
author: Scott
p 48:
Coolant control.
[Quick Tip]
author: McNair
p 49:
Lathe steadies; Alan Jeeves explains the principles behind the fixed and travelling steady.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:location and setting, other methods of setting, travelling steadies, the roller box, friction, capacities.
p 51:
Slip gauge substitute.
[Quick Tip]
author: Martin
p 54:
A large capacity steady for lathe; Alan Jeeves demonstrates how to make one of these accessories.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:the basic design, main frame, spacers and blocks, the cartridges, using the steady.
p 58:
Loctite Worldwide Design Handbook; Modern Metal Cutting.
[Fireside Reading]
p 59:
Link UP.
[Link Up]
p 60:
Making a bench micrometer.
[Measuring]
author: Morris
p 67:
A simple indexing setup for the Unimat; a few simple attachments enhance the capabilities of Bob Loaders small lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:the index plate, link, plunger, nut, setting up, another use, making index plates from scratch, a method using a jig.
p 71:
The metric debate - a younger person's view.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Curl
p 71:
Use of 3 phase equipment on single phase.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bolt
p 72:
Drilling from a new angle.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Elsay
p 72:
More machine information sought - Atlas.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lord
p 73:
An advantage of Numerical Control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fairey
p 73:
Dewhurst switch replacement.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stark
p 73:
Tution in model engineering.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Evans
p 74:
Expanding mandrel.
[Quick Tip]
author: Martin
p 74:
Grinding wheel guard.
[Quick Tip]
author: Proctor
p 74:
Trammel micro-adjustment; chain drilling jig.
[Workshop]
author: Bartlett
MEW May 1996 # 35
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A milling/drilling table for Myford ML10 cross-slide; although designed for the ML10 Len Walker points out that it can be adapted to almost any lathe which has a tee-slotted slide.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Walker
p 14:
The story of the grindstone and grinding machine - part 1.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 18:
Simple inspection equipment; Alan Jeeves describes the manufacture of two pieces of equipment which will aid the checking of other work.
[Measuring]
author: Jeeves extra info:precision bench centres, materials, the bed, the dowel, the clamp bar, assembly, using the centres, fabricating the body, machining, scraping, how it used to be done.
p 23:
Modified MD65 faceplate; the hobbymat MD65 lathe faceplate only has three slot,s Harold Hall shows how this can be overcome.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:three slot faceplate, method, making the spigot, making the slots, tailstock adaptor, final comments.
p 26:
New half nuts for old; Gordon Read shows us that home made replacements are not difficult to machine.
[Lathe]
author: Read extra info:the cutting tool, half nut blanks, thread cutting, slitting and fitting.
p 28:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 29:
A postscript on the rotary table; Philip Amos adds a postscript to his recent article showing an ingenious method of cutting a wormwheel segment.
[Mill]
author: Amos
p 30:
A fiducial indicator for bench micrometer; Bill Morris describes how a highly sensitive piece of instrumentation can be made by simple machining techniques.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:principles, instrument making, trial assembly, cover, final assembly.
p 35:
Drill grinding - a quiet way to use a handy sharpener; Alan Bourne takes a commercially available attachment for an electric drill and adds a number of features which make is more user friendly.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Bourne extra info:the self-contained unit, spindle alignment, electrical safety.
p 38:
Pat Twist's workshop.
[Visit]
p 40:
A motorised milling head - part 2; for the Senior M1 mill.
[Mill]
author: Figes extra info:belt box group, assembly, belt guards, jackshaft pulley group, pulleys, sheave grooving, motor pulley group, assembly, head quill and spindle group.
p 49:
It need not be complicated to produce a good result; Pete Glenister joggling jig for making spring hangers.
[Workshop]
author: Glenister
p 50:
Mandrels, pegs and split bushes; Bob Loader discusses a range of useful workholding devices.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:mandrels, collared mandrel, threaded mandrel, tapered mandrels, split pegs, split bushes.
p 54:
Machining model crankshafts - materials tooling and methods; Ted Hartwell surveys some of the materials and processes available to those wishing to produce crankshafts for their model projects.
[Workshop]
author: Hartwell extra info:back to basics, crankshaft materials, forms of crankshaft materials, source of a suitable material for crankshafts; model crankshaft proportions, cutting tools, the machining of model crankshaft from various forms of steel or cast iron, suggested methods for fabricated crankshafts, oil hole drilling, balancing, hardening/heat treatment.
p 65:
Lathe braking.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawes
p 65:
Home foundry supplies, tools for small scale work, air tools and a table saw from Clarke, tooling catalogue from J&L, prototyping system offer.
[Trade Counter]
p 66:
CNC supplies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Coleman
p 66:
In praise of Bob Loader.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Quigg
p 66:
Mill/Drill modification.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vickers
p 66:
Oil in small quantities.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jerrard
MEW Jul 1996 # 36
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; an appeal from Crofton.
author: Geoff Sheppard
p 12:
Screw threads; John Robey looks at threads ancient and modern and provides useful data for restoration.
[Threading]
author: Robey
p 17:
An adjustable test bar; another essential aid to accurate lathe alignment is described by Bill Morris.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:general arrangement, spindle, discs and carriers, assembly, bed alignment, centres alignment.
p 20:
Tools and materials suppliers - Wessex.
[Workshop]
author: Hartwell
p 22:
The story of the grindstone and grinding machine - part 2; Don Unwin continues with the story of the development of the grinding stone.
[History]
author: Unwin
p 25:
We visit Pat Twist - part 2.
[Visit]
p 28:
Screwcutting on the Unimat 3; in this article Bob Loader recounts the trials and tribulations of making parts for a telescope.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:making the parts, making the adapter.
p 34:
A very sensitive level; Peter Peters takes a different approach to making a sensitive vial.
[Measuring]
author: Peters extra info:the need, invention, structural design, design of the adjustment, design of the vial, making the instrument, assembly and zeroing, back to the beginning.
p 41:
Brighton and Harrogate shows.
[Exhibition]
p 44:
Motorised milling head - part 3; Mark Figes concludes this series with the final items.
[Mill]
author: Figes extra info:depth stop assembly, Dore-Westbury parts, set-up.
p 48:
New range of Taiwanese power tools, Hemingway on the internet, new catalogue from Working Precision Models, Camden booklist, Power Capacitors introduce a new motor speed control system; abrasives galore, Hobbymat lathes and the universal metal bender, waterborne polyurethane acrylic coatings, steam heritage museums and rally guide, indices for Acorn and RiscPC machines.
[Trade Counter]
p 50:
We visit Ron Page.
[Visit]
p 52:
A bore comparator tool; Alan Cambridge was concerned about double jeopardy arising when checking bores using caliper and micrometer methods. here he sets out a very effective way of overcoming this problem.
[Measuring]
author: Cambridge
p 55:
A bore comparator toolLink Up.
[Link Up]
p 56:
Beginner's guide to the lathe - part 1; Harold Hall has put together a series of articles which will take them through the basic steps.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the lathe, choosing a lathe, what to buy, capacity, basic turning, turning tapers, speed control and range, screw cutting, fine feeds, electrics, accessories, metric or imperial, buying secondhand, milling on the lathe, making the choice.
p 60:
Slip gauges, comparators and the Wykes gauge; Alan Jeeves take a look at some aids to precise measurement.
[Measuring]
author: Jeeves extra info:slip gauges, the blocks, the use of blocks, metric slip gauges, comparators, improvised comparators, comparing internal dimensions, the wykes gauge.
p 64:
Preparing iron castings for machining.
[Quick Tip]
author: Twist
p 65:
More on lathe alignment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Peters
p 65:
PCB design.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 66:
Atlas milling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lord
p 66:
Drill table ML10.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stark
p 66:
James & Barnes lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Porter
p 66:
More on the Martek drill sharpening.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Daniels
p 66:
Oil in small quantities.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jerrard
p 67:
A Danish lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kammeyer-Andersen
p 67:
Centre drill angles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fribbins
p 67:
Metrication - from Austrlalia.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stewart
p 68:
Harness new technology (CNC).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Figes
p 68:
Praise for a supplier - Crawford Collets.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lancaster
MEW Sep 1996 # 37
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; more the theory behind the practice, an extra issue of MEW, exhibition time again, red face department.
author: Geoff Sheppard
p 12:
Reconditioning a Thiel Die filing and sawing machine; our contributor 'Ballaarat' came across a Poduro 111 unit in need of a little TLC so set about reconditioning it.
[Sawing]
author: Ballaarat
p 16:
Methods of using an industrial Rotabroach - a multi toothed trepanning cutter; Peter Rawlinson has used it professionally and in his own workshop and describes it's characteristics and method of use.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:principles of use, standard uses, sizes available, cutting speed, savings/economy, arbors and mandrels, accuracy, costs, swarf, general uses, lathe use, uses in the milling machine, sharpening.
p 20:
The story of the grind stone and grinding machine - part 3; Don Unwin concludes the story of the development of the grinding machine.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Unwin extra info:surface grinders, workholding, special tooling.
p 25:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 26:
A stripped chuck.
[Clamping]
p 27:
Button boring - a proven method of positioning holes accurately; a well proven method of setting hole centres is described by Bob Loader.
[Drilling]
author: Loader extra info:old fashioned methods, button boring, the buttons, making buttons, keeper plate, using the buttons, measuring the distances; setting the buttons from the datum, alternative setting methods, other ways of making datums, check before machining, boring the holes.
p 32:
End mill sharpening from Devon, RS catalogue on CD-ROM, Warco on the move, safety equipment from Seton.
[Trade Counter]
p 33:
Lathe coolants and systems; Paul Boothby discusses the nature of coolant fluids and describes a tray and pipework system which although designed for the myford could be adapted to other machines.
[Lathe]
author: Boothby extra info:why do we need coolants, what is cutting oil, what is suds, suds or oil, equipment and hardware needed, suds tray; raising blocks, installing the tray, plumbing, suds pumps, suitability of alternative pumps, power for the pump, mounting the pump, sump/drain, tube/pipe work.
p 39:
Construction of a trephining tool for cutting holes; Dyson Watkins investigates surgical terminology before describing a hole cutter which has a more familiar name.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:body, cutter bar, tool bits, safety.
p 42:
we visit Pat Twist - part 3; Look at how one engineer adapts items in his workshop.
[Visit]
p 44:
How square is my square?; Using a cylindrical grinding machine to make a bottle square.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:Bill Morris describes how he persuaded a friend to join him in making more of those useful pieces of test equipment; tickling a grinder, grinding in the lathe, construction, testing.
p 48:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 2; Harold Hall continues this introduction to lathe work by exploring some of the types of chuck which will be encountered.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:types of chuck, which type, the three jaw, maximum workholding, normal usage, the four jaw, make you own, methods of mounting, safety, maintenance, buying secondhand.
p 55:
An adjustable lathe stop for under $15 - DTI included; Don Titus sends us detailed instructions for making this accessory for a South Bend lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Titus extra info:preparation, stop body, clamp, bushing, finishing touches, footnotes.
p 59:
Construction of pinion mill for cutting clock pinions.
[Horology]
author: Penney
p 65:
How it was - part 2; Bob Loader, the journeyman moves on and begins to acquire new skills.
[History]
author: Loader extra info:An account of working on small items for use in hearing aids.
p 66:
Finish and dimensions - or traps for new players; Philip Amos gives an explanation of why things don't always turn out as anticipated.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, depth of cut, feed rates, control of cut depth, tool materials, cutting speeds, conversions, limits and fits, conclusion.
p 68:
Useful containers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Towll
p 68:
More theory please.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Galer
p 68:
Size of PCB track for certain uses.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lee
p 68:
Transatlantic nomenclature.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rouse
MEW Nov 1996 # 38
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Metal spinning for the beginner; Philip Amos decided to learn the techniques of metal spinning.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Amos extra info:safety, equipment, tool rest, tools, formers mandrels and chucks, pressure pad follow block follower, theory, blank size, material thickness, annealing, lubrication, technique, trimming, problems, conclusion.
p 22:
A light toggle press; readers who have studied earlier articles by Alan Jeeves have asked for more details of this toggle press.
[Clamping]
author: Jeeves extra info:the toggle joint, the links, calculating the efficiency, the main frame, the ram and link assembly, the anvil, assembly, using the press.
p 28:
A friction screw driving nut; Ted Hartwell set about designing and making this ingenious attachment for his hand-held a half inch variable speed electric drill.
[Workshop]
author: Hartwell extra info:design parameters, basic calculations, principle of operation, method of manufacture, assembly, the initial trial, final outcome.
p 31:
A set of super soft jaws; holding soft and delicate work securely without damage.
[Clamping]
author: Neave
p 34:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 3; using headstock and tailstock centres, Harold Hall reviews and under used but inherently accurate method of supporting the workpiece.
[Lathe]
author: Hall
p 38:
We visit Will Mowll - master craftsman; esign philosophy in building large scale ship models and his workshop.
[Visit]
p 40:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 44:
A unique dividing head; Pat Twist describes a dividing head which incorporates a novel feature.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Twist extra info:base and uprights, nut, clutch register, disc adaptor, mandrel, detent bar, brake arm, assembly.
p 52:
A thread dial indicator for a Boxford 5in lathe; Mark Figes describes the manufacture of one for the popular boxford lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Figes extra info:gear, body, dial, spindle, mount, finishing the body, setting up on the lathe.
p 54:
A cluster of sash clamps; David Machin describes the manufacture of a tool which may prove to be of use on those larger jobs.
[Clamping]
author: Machin extra info:especially for woodwork; construction, first aid, internal screwcutting, the easy way out, dealing with the castings, alternatives using a milling machine.
p 67:
Eye protection; better than safety goggles get safety glasses.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
p 67:
Gas-air blowtorch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noble
p 67:
Successful drive and use of Martek drill sharpener.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cohon
p 68:
Reading accuracy of micrometer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ilsley
p 68:
Would it be feasible to have a smaller set of slip gauges.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Karavis
MEW Dec 1996 # 39
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; more MEW per year, the 66th Model Engineer Exhibition, Loctite 601 a query, serendipity.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Two sheet metal folders; as the results from his first attempt didn't satisfy T Gould he made a second, larger version.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Gould extra info:the larger folder, eccentric clamping bar, optional items, operation.
p 22:
Christmas gifts ideas.
p 25:
Quick release backstops; Alan Cambridge describes some quick release work stops which are simple to make and fix.
[Mill]
author: Cambridge
p 26:
Universal bandsaw modifications; eight ideas to improve asian made bandsaws power switch and mobility.
[Sawing]
author: Roberts
p 26:
Universal bandsaw modifications; improved safety by making an additional bandsaw blade guard.
[Sawing]
author: Vickers
p 26:
Universal bandsaw modifications; sawing guides for a bandsaw.
[Sawing]
author: Cocksedge
p 32:
Response to questions ... and other meanderings; Some terms that cause confusion between USA and UK engineers.
author: Titus extra info:Don Titus replies to some queries arising from an earlier article; roll back car carriers, lathe moving, other misnomers, on the net.
p 34:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 34:
Storage for dies.
[Quick Tip]
author: Richards
p 34:
Storage for flux.
[Quick Tip]
author: Chrisp
p 35:
Processing by induction heating; industrial process of induction heating for hardening of metal.
[Workshop]
author: Watkins extra info:Dyson Watkins draws on his industrial experience to explain a modern production process, hard and soft soldering, applications of induction heating.
p 40:
Six position locking clamp arm for a variety of purposes; Tony Skinner describes an ingenious method of overcoming some accessibility problems and suggests that accuracy and finish of turned components could benefit too.
[Clamping]
author: Skinner extra info:features of the tooling, manufacture, types of locking arm, specific applications, DTI back lug clamp nut; Myford M cross slide and vertical slide, ML7 cross slide, suggestion for Super 7 cross slide, saddle lock for Myford M; machine vice, clamping nut for quorn wheel-head collar.
p 44:
A small Vee angle plate; details of a small vee angle plate ideal for use on 3 1/2 inch lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Sheppard
p 48:
Beginner's guide to the lathe - part 4; harold hall on choosing and using workholding chucks and collets.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:manufacturers specification, morse taper collets, draw bar operation, other operating methods, advantages, disadvantages, uses, peripheral uses, non-round collets, collets in use, milling cutter chucks.
p 52:
More Christmas gifts ideas.
p 54:
The Unimat 3 small but useful; Unimat 3 description of capabilities accessories and tips on its use.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:Bob Loader takes a wider view of the lathe and it's capabilities; a convenient machine, a versatile machine, turning, make it easier for the lathe, turning tools, use the centres,; a useful boring bar, turning short angles, holding large diameters, four jawed chuck work, drilling, milling, other applications, indexing, a nice little mover.
p 62:
Metric pitches on an english lathe; David Dew describes how it's done and has prepared workshop tables which will help to reduce set-up times.
[Threading]
author: Dew extra info:the pukka way, a cheaper way, nothing to buy, BA - metric screws for modellers, pays your money - takes your choice.
p 65:
A centre drilling attachment for the Myford ML10 topslide; Len Walker describes making his.
[Drilling]
author: Walker
p 68:
Discussion on PCB track current rating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 68:
Experience on using a Pratt Burnerd Griptru chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkins
p 68:
Martek drill sharpener - the next step.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bourne
p 68:
Martek drill sharpener; drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bourne
p 68:
PCB track current rating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
MEW Jan 1997 # 40
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; In memoriam Ted Hartwell, a new Unimat lathe.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A milling table indicator; Milling table travel limit indicator using LEDs.
[Mill]
author: Sims extra info:Bob Sims devised this accessory for his Dore Westbury but can be adapted for use on any similar machine.
p 16:
Lathe upgrade on a budget - part 1; renovation of a Myford M type lathe starting with headstock.
[Lathe]
author: Shrubsole extra info:John Shrubsole renovated his and added some new facilities; the aims, working practices, the headstock, now to the real work, cleaning and clear work space, removing the chuck; mandrel tail-end nearing thrust ring nut, the main bearing ring nuts, withdraw the mandrel, cleaning and inspection, trial assembly, final reassembly.
p 20:
Modifications to a very low cost drilling machine; Modification to improve a low cost drilling machine of far east origin.
[Drilling]
author: Bartlett extra info:Geoff Bartlett couldn't resist a bargain and found that with a few hours work he had a very useful machine; caution, operations on the quill, assembly, a motor puzzle.
p 23:
A simple cleansing tank using readily available plastic items; D O Coe shows how one of the many plastic items now available can be transformed into a handy piece of workshop equipment.
[Workshop]
author: Coe extra info:; d O coe shows how one of the many plastic items now available can be transformed into a handy piece of workshop equipment.
p 24:
An electric shooting board using a woodwork router; Mike Delaney added some accessories to his router.
[Mill]
author: Delaney
p 27:
Saddle borin on the Unimat; accessories and tackling jobs which seem to be beyond the capability.
[Lathe]
author: Loader
p 36:
Cylindrical grinding in the lathe; Philip Amos researched extensively and reports results.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Anos
p 38:
A lubricator for the lathe steady; Alan Jeeves brings added refinement.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:acquiring a lubricator, mounting the lubricator, using the lubricator.
p 40:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 5; work holding and faceplate.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:types, accuracy, using, balance, some further comments, secondary mounting, use on the tailstock, use elsewhere, safety.
p 45:
The 66th Model Engineer Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 46:
We visit Paisley Machine Tools and engineers Emporium.
[Visit]
author: Sheppard
p 48:
Sandviks new coromill 245 facemill at half price, room temperature metal blacking compounds, machine tool catalogue from Rotagrip; Phoenix precision paints, Fein sander/saw special offer, low cost bench drill from Rexon, Maxicraft 230 volt tools available in the UK, motorised milling head construction manual, new multimeter from Clarke.
[Trade Counter]
p 51:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 52:
Enhancing the Hobbymat lathe; E J Mackenzie has developed a number of modifications and attachments.
[Lathe]
author: Mackenzie extra info:tyro days, LH tap requirement, screw cutting range, moving the motor, the smaller threads, other trains, LH device parameters, replacing the apron, design philosophy, apron redesign features, accessories, use friendly mod, conclusion, notes.
p 65:
DC braking of a lathemotor.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawes
p 65:
MEW data book and abbreviation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 65:
Problem of retaining grinding wheel when run in reverse.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richards
p 66:
Advice on way of using a gas air blowtorch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harbron
p 66:
Advice on way of using a gas air blowtorch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Robinson
p 66:
Recipe for electroless plating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hughes
p 67:
How to make a morse taper stick tight in a socket.
[Quick Tip]
author: Curl
p 67:
Removing broken centre drill.
[Quick Tip]
author: Curl
p 67:
Removing broken centre drill.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jolliffe
p 67:
Tapping in the lathe.
[Quick Tip]
author: Crozier
p 67:
Design information on a basic gas air blowtorch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jefferson
p 68:
Engineering giants of past E M Eden, F H Rolt and A J C Brookes; Derek Pearce looks back at the achievements of three stalwarts of metrology.
[History]
author: Pearce
MEW Mar 1997 # 41
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
[CNC]
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Computer control for practical engineers - part 1.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett
p 21:
Not collets again; method of making collets for Quorn tool and cutter grinder.
[Clamping]
author: Amos
p 24:
Construction of a bandsaw blade butt welder also spot welder.
[Sawing]
author: Rawlinson
p 37:
Bob Loader tries the new Unimat 4.
[Lathe]
author: Loader
p 40:
Beginner's guide to the lathe - part 6; mandrels for workholding.
[Lathe]
author: Hall
p 43:
Rear toolpost raising blocks for the Boxford lathe (and others).
[Lathe]
author: Figes
p 45:
International Model Show.
[Exhibition]
p 49:
Chronos, Tilgear.
[Trade Counter]
p 50:
Guides for tapping in lathe or drilling machine; tapping.
[Threading]
author: Skinner
p 50:
Simple tapping fixture for more accuracy.
[Threading]
author: Delaney
p 51:
Heavy duty ratchet tapping attachment.
[Threading]
author: Young
p 52:
Making gear cutters for involute and ogival forms - an update.
[Gears]
author: Unwin
p 56:
Turret mounted undercutting tools for thread runout.
[Threading]
author: Oxley
p 58:
A motorised drive for a lathe drilling spindle; Bill Stubs needed extra speed when drilling small holes.
[Drilling]
author: Stubbs
p 60:
We visit to Jack Norburn's workshop on Isle of Man.
[Visit]
p 62:
Miniature adjustable square.
[Workshop]
author: Walker
p 63:
Getting the wobble out to get a washer or thin disk true in lathe.
[Quick Tip]
author: Jolliffe
p 64:
Micrometer accuracy.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morris
p 64:
PCB current track rating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lee
p 64:
PCB current track rating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Read
p 65:
Grinding wheel retention.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bradfield
p 65:
Metrication in North America.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
MEW May 1997 # 42
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
An external hone; Brian Payn describes the construction of an aid to precision finishing from a kit produced by Bruce Engineering.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Payn
p 16:
Balancing act; improving the balance of grinding wheels on a surface grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Morris
p 21:
Plasti Dip - will find many uses in a workshop; a review.
author: Hall
p 22:
A grieveous loss; designs and construction of tap wrenches.
[Threading]
author: Loader
p 26:
A clock stand for setting lathe tool height.
[Lathe]
author: Woolard
p 28:
A power downfeed for the mill/drill.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Sykes
p 34:
Spot welding attachment for bandsaw butt welder; a postscript to his article in #41.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Rawlinson
p 41:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 41:
Electroless nickel plating.
[Trade Counter]
p 42:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 7; toolholders for the cutting tool.
[Lathe]
author: Hall
p 46:
Introduction to CNC for practical engineers - part 2; how to write a program and some ideas on hardware.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett
p 53:
Lathe upgrade on a budget - part 2; renovation of a Myford M type lathe, continuing with improved lubricators for the headstock.
[Lathe]
author: Shrubsole
p 56:
A homemade wheeling machine; for shaping panels.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Fisk
p 64:
Chemicals for nickel plating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Higgs
p 64:
Comments on the electric shooting board.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lohe
p 64:
Cutting metric and BA threads with a myford gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walford
p 64:
Electric braking of an AC motor.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Siddall
p 64:
Source of chemicals for nickel plating.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Higgs
p 65:
Comment on CNC computer numeric control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swallow
p 66:
Vibrations in machines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sterland
p 67:
Gas turbine manufacturing techniques.
author: Murphy
MEW Jul 1997 # 43
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; In memoriam Ken Whiston.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Tungsten carbide tooling doesn't have to be expensive; suitable toolholders can still be very expensive, Bob Loader set out to makes his own.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:early misgivings, a very useful item, making the holders, single ended holder, double-ended small holder, 10mm double-ended holder, tipped boring bar.
p 17:
Computer control for practical engineers - part 3; Richard Bartlett describes how to drive the system from files created in a simple computer aided drawing package.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:recap after parts 1&2, this is CNC machining, part 3: use of computer aided drawing (CAD) programs, pie in the sky, meanwhile back in the shed, in conclusion.
p 22:
A simple number and letter punch jig; Paul Boothby describes the manufacture of a device which will make the task easy.
[Workshop]
author: Boothby extra info:introduction, principle, dimensions and units of measure, tolerances, equipment and materials required, construction, performance and observations.
p 28:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 8; Harold Hall discusses drilling reaming and boring.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:drilling: the methods, workpiece rotation, deep holes, accurate hole size, reamers, D bits, boring holes, large hole small lathe; lever feed tailstock, drill rotating, using the top slide, using the cross slide, using the tailstock, drill types, speeds/feeds, lubrication.
p 33:
Backyard foundry workshop practice series 25; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Aspin
p 33:
Clock repairer's manual; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Watters
p 33:
Electric motors in home workshop; workshop practice series 24.
[Books]
author: Cox
p 34:
Driving and guarding the Quorn grinder; Philip Amos describes a number of modifications which he has made in order to increase the versatility of his example.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:motor, motor mounting, motor covers, pulleys, belt, belt guard, wheel guard, conclusion.
p 41:
Myford taper turning attachment improvements; solving a handling problem led David Dew to develop a simple setting up device.
[Lathe]
author: Dew extra info:a weighty problem, setting the angle, a simpler solution, manufacture, test results.
p 44:
Precision bending bars; Len Walker describes some very simple tooling which continues to give him job satisfaction.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Walker
p 45:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 46:
Surface finish on metals; Alan Jeeves presents an overview of the subject and makes some suggestions on how to obtain the desired finish.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Jeeves extra info:tribology, cosmetic finishes, specified surfaces, valleys and peaks, symbols, gauging the finish, other finishes, lathework, lathe tools; carbon steel tools, improved lathework finishes, milling cutters, grinding, filing, scraping, lapping, polishing, maintenance of polished surfaces.
p 54:
Improvements to a small power hacksaw; the improvements David Machin made to his Blackgates power hacksaw will have a much wider application in particular those he made to the machine vice.
[Sawing]
author: Machin extra info:improvements to the vice, speeding the cut, better connecting rod bearings, steadying the bow, securing the drive sprocket, an auto-stop, a suitable switch, mounting the switch, circuitry, improved gib strips, non-ferrous slide paths.
p 64:
A Taylor and Fenn milling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tescher
p 64:
Changewheel information for a lathe with 8 TPI leadscrew.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hennessy
p 64:
Disposal of chemical waste sulphuric acid.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stephen
p 65:
Request for a cutting speed spreadsheet.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 65:
South Bend lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kyle
MEW Aug 1997 # 44
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A calibrated filing rest; a reader spotted this useful attachment on display at an exhibition and suggested that it would be a good subject for an article; the builder, Eric Ball has supplied the following details.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Ball extra info:base, locating plate, clamp plate, vertical support, side clamps, adjusting plate, rollers, roller spindles, support rod, adjustment screw, dust excluder, adjustment support, disc.
p 15:
model motors direct, catalogue from E.K.P Supplies, Liberty recreational trailers, catalogue from Frost Auto Restoration Techniques ltd; new sanding and blade catalogue from CSM Just Abrasives, release 2000 lubrication for the new millennium.
[Trade Counter]
p 16:
Y-axis stop attachment for senior 'E' mill; Shelly Curtis sets out to add the same facility to the cross slide of his 'E' mill and suggests that it can be adapted for other makes of machine.
[Mill]
author: Curtis extra info:use of stock material, clamp base, end plate, gib, sliding stop, stop housing, rail, rail support, spacer, base plate, stop, tee nut, stud for tee nut, fitting attachment to the machine.
p 20:
A 'stock-nut' solution to thread locking locknut design; many attempts have been made to devise the ideal locking system - Alan Jeeves describes a device which may provide a solution in some situations.
[Workshop]
author: Jeeves
p 22:
From the plans service - a high speed sensitive drilling machine; High speed sensitive drilling machine by Edgar T Westbury.
[Drilling]
extra info:construction notes, casting supplier.
p 24:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 9 steadies; Harold Hall continues the series by describing the use of these essential accessories.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:using lathe steadies, purpose, fixed steady, setting the easy method, setting the not so easy method, precision; a production problem, hinged top, economy of material, travelling steady, cutter following, cutter leading, very long parts, screw cutting, lubrication and adjustment, jacot tool, temporary steadies, make your own.
p 29:
Easy release mandrel handwheel; Tom's tips.
[Workshop]
author: Bartlett
p 29:
Refurbishing electric motor comutators; Tom's tips.
[Workshop]
author: Bartlett
p 30:
CNC for practical engineers - part 4; Richard Bartlett amplifies the information on stepper motors then goes on to describe some practical machining tests he has carried out using an advanced version of the software.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:actually cutting it, terminology, general notes on steppers, do use proper switches, power supplies, screwcutting under CNC, putting it all together, adapting existing machines to CNC, programming for screwcutting.
p 36:
Far reach vice square; also angle setting plus comparator stand.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:there are many jobs encountered in the workshop for which it would be convenient to have three hands - Peter Rawlinson describes a handy tool which makes one of these tasks much easier; construction.
p 39:
A bed stop for the Unimat 3 and an improved tailstock clamp; Bob Loader continues his favourite small lathe with these two simple items.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:stop body, making by filing, clamp, clamping, stop pin, a tailstock clamp.
p 42:
Sharpening end milling cutters; and Quorn accessories to facilitate task.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:Philip Amos presents a detailed description of the sharpening of an end milling cutter and describes some accessories for the quorn tool and cutter grinder which will facilitate the task; background, introduction, shape of an end milling cutter, practice, sequence of operations, ancillaries, sharpening procedure, conclusion.
p 51:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 51:
Home workshop hints and tips; workshop practice series 26.
[Books]
p 51:
Spindles designs of auxiliary spindles; workshop practice series 27.
[Books]
p 52:
Ball shapes on the end of you name it - turning ball shapes; many items of workshop equipment require ball handles. Ted Wale of porters lake describes a method of producing these to a level of accuracy which will suit most purposes.
[Lathe]
author: Wale extra info:how it works, set the zeros, fist cut, subsequent cuts, last cuts, right hand side, shaping the ball, finishing, conclusion, references.
p 56:
Dimensional measurement for model engineers; the science of dimensional measurement is often ignores in the home workshop, but in this survey, David Boote explains the background and points out that it impinges on our suppliers.
[Measuring]
author: Boote extra info:standards of measurement, basis of length measurement, translation from standards, traceability, calibration; accuracy, error, uncertainty, repeatability, angle measurement, other measurement, calibration laboratories; measurement and the model engineer, conclusions, choice of measuring equipment, general, british imperial standard yard vs. american standard yard, calibrating a micrometer, recent changes in standards.
p 61:
Lathe upgrade on a budget - part 2; John Shrubsole continues this occasional series by describing two modifications which have improved the operation of the power feed on his early Myford lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Shrubsole extra info:power feed speed reduction modification.
p 64:
Disposal of sulphuric acid.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mills
p 64:
Grinding wheel retention an answer posed in MEW 40.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pickett
p 64:
More on changewheel information for a lathe with 8 TPI leadscrew; such as the Logan lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Logan
p 65:
Control of DC motor speed answers to question in MEW 43.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Read
p 65:
Using carbide tips a few extra tips to Bob Loader's article MEW 43.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parkinson
MEW Oct 1997 # 45
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in memoriam Jim Canner.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A 'swing' surface grinder - part 1; swing surface grinder making use of an inexpensive off-hand grinder - Alan Jeeves has constructed a neat unit.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Jeeves extra info:the base, the column, the turntable, the bearing, wheelhead mounting block, the collars, the pinch screws.
p 21:
Machining large radii; Derek Brown describes a lathe attachment which facilitates the turning of larger radii.
[Lathe]
author: Brown extra info:the main anchor block, the follower, radius templates, using the tool.
p 24:
The Holbrook 'C' lathe in miniature; Dennis Major describes the building of Bob Mellows lathe.
[Workshop]
author: Major
p 26:
A clock dial engraving tool an attachment for mill/Drill; seeking a controlled method of engraving clock dials Doug Ball devised this attachment for the mill/drill.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Ball
p 28:
Sharpening slitting saws with the Quorn; Phillip Amos continues his short series of the sharpening of cutting tools.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:background, introduction, precautions, design, construction, operation, conclusion.
p 34:
Lathe upgrade on a budget - part 3; John Shrubsole continues to improve his early myford lathe by eliminating wear on the sliding portion between saddle and bed.
[Lathe]
author: Shrubsole extra info:by changing the saddle handwheel system he provides a more natural feel to the machine; lathe bed and saddle wear, the modification, re-assembly, saddle hand wheel.
p 37:
MEW Index MEW 33-44.
[Index]
p 41:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 42:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 10; Harold Hall now discusses the cutting tools required for basic turning.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:turning tools for the job, one piece tools, two piece tools, the major problems, shape basic principals, front and side clearance; front and side relief, side and top rake, variations in published data, tool shapes, parting off tool, grooving tool, boring tools, top and side rake, sharpening tools, final comment, supplier.
p 48:
Making a 75mm square; Bob Loader recreates a piece which should be in every self respecting engineers tool cabinet.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:three different methods, restoring a worn stone, side plates, drilling, riveting techniques, take care with the hammer, version 2, stock, blade, finishing off, checking the sureness, precision checking.
p 52:
CNC for practical engineers - part 5; in this instalment Richard Bartlett extends the capability of his small lathe to be able to engrave such items as nameplates then he has a go at machining components for the telescopic drive shafts.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:building a small overhead router, to engrave a label, converting to a relative file, effects of mixed gearing, designing your own characters, a compucutters contact group, power supply problems.
p 58:
Folding handles for machine tools; Peter Rawlinson, tired of painful encounters with the handle of his milling machine, set out to improve the situation.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:machining the trunnion, the mount item, final assembly, modified lathe handles.
p 62:
From the plans service - headstock dividing attachment; designed by G thomas.
[Lathe]
author: Thomas
p 64:
Blackgates power hacksaw improvements.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Beausang
p 64:
Data book information on electric motors split phase and reversing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox
p 64:
Handy magnetic base for dial gauge.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
MEW Nov 1997 # 46
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 13:
Replacement for a Dewhurst switch; correspondence in MEW prompted Bob Stark to investigate alternative methods.
[Electrics]
author: Stark extra info:the reason for this system, operation, description of the electronic control unit, detailed description, latches, delay circuit, circuit operation, construction, detectors, electronic no-volt release.
p 18:
Adjustable parallel jacks; Terry Gould shows how to make some very simple units which he first saw in use as an aid to assembly.
[Mill]
author: Gould extra info:construction.
p 20:
A swing surface grinder - part 2; Alan Jeeves completes his description of his vertical column surface grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Jeeves extra info:wheelhead distance pieces, the leadscrew, the wheelhead, the electrics, the wheelguard, the handle, assembly, setting up, using the machine.
p 31:
Knurling tool for a compact lathe; Rex Galway designed this version of the calliper type knurling tool to fit his 58mm centre height machine.
[Lathe]
author: Galway extra info:making the pieces, assembly, using the tool, question.
p 34:
Offer from Chronos, Minicraft tools, Bob King tooling, non-metallic clamps from Carver.
[Trade Counter]
p 36:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 40:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 11; Harold Hall reviews a number of methods of producing tapers and gives some practical hints.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:methods, lathe tool setting, taper turning in practice, setting the angle, other methods.
p 43:
A centre locating tool or wobbler; we have seen many examples of the ubiquitous wobbler but A. Johnson's version is the simplest and most easily made yet.
[Lathe]
author: Johnson extra info:construction, use.
p 44:
Do you know what you're missing?; look at typical club show.
[Exhibition]
author: Sheppard extra info:club exhibitions are often the best place to pick up a bargain and Geoff Sheppard looks at a typical club show.
p 50:
From the plans service - hardness tester; design of the late Dave Lammas.
[Workshop]
author: Lammas
p 52:
Tailstock drilling attachment; Peter Rawlinson describes a self-powered attachment he has constructed for this purpose.
[Drilling]
author: Rawlinson
p 57:
Sharpening taps with the Quorn and thread grinding; Philip Amos continues his series.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:background, introduction, design, constriction, operation, thread grinding, related matters, conclusion.
p 63:
Cutting speeds produced using a spreadsheet.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Drew
p 64:
Cutting speeds in graphical form.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Galer
p 64:
Cutting speeds.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walshaw
p 66:
Another form of locknut.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ellis
p 66:
More on the electric shooting board MEW 42.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Delaney
p 66:
Sharpening end milling cutters.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Daniels
p 66:
Tungsten crabide tooling - making a boring bar.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cocksedge
MEW Dec 1997 # 47
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
p 12:
Lathe upgrade on a budget - part 4; John Shrubsole describes a major modification which he made to his early Myford lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Shrubsole extra info:the powered cross-slide, project overview, on with the work, the front half, graduation rings, assembly and operation, the electrical system, covers.
p 23:
Grinders and grinding; Alan Jeeves reviews the grinding process and looks at some of the types of machine available.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Jeeves extra info:surface grinding machines, surface grinding techniques, workholding, faults, other uses for the surface grinder; surface grinding safety, spot grinding, specialist surface grinding machines, cylindrical grinding, external grinding; internal grinding, workholding, the universal grinding machine, grinding attachments, grinding work between centres, the magnetic chuck, the conventional chuck, summary.
p 35:
A small instrument vice; Len Walker describes a neat little vice designed to be held in the larger bench vice.
[Clamping]
author: Walker
p 41:
Restoring an automatic centre punch; Dick Marks gave the treatment to this Eclipse marking out tool.
[Workshop]
author: Marks extra info:what makes it tick, the problem solved.
p 42:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 12; Harold Hall now examines some aspects of the actual turning process.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:tool positioning, rotational speed, feed and width of cut, parting off, achieving accuracy, achieving a fine finish, final; comment.
p 45:
The miniature Bridgeport milling machine; Barry Jordon tells how the project started and promises us a fuller description.
[Mill]
author: Jordan
p 47:
Internal grinding with the Quorn; Philip Amos addresses two modes of internal grinding.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, sharpening threaded dies.
p 51:
Where there's a will there's a way; vintage automobile vehicle restoration.
[Workshop]
author: Gerrish extra info:Peter Gerrish recalls a few instances where ingenuity was required.
p 52:
Mill/drill centering device; Peter Rawlinson describes an ingenious but simple device which will assist in the majority of cases.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:application, manufacture, the accessories, main block.
p 58:
From the plans service - combined vertical slide and vice; a Martin Evans design.
[Workshop]
author: Evans
p 60:
CNC for practical engineers - part 6; in this the final article Richard Bartlett expands on the engraving of characters.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:simple engraving using custom characters or virtual type, cutter principal, machining set-up, reverse engraving using custom virtual type, your qbasic program, reducing interference, system developments, what next?; engraving clock dials.
p 65:
Industrial methods at home; electronic aids, metrication.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 66:
Link Up.
[Scribe a Line]
p 66:
Magnets & hacksaw blades.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Denton
p 66:
Sable lathe information.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Eden
p 66:
Zyto lathes information request.
[Scribe a Line]
p 67:
Spike or clamp.
MEW Jan 1998 # 48
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a cautionary tale.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Understanding grinding wheels - part 1; Alan Jeeves describes the composition of grinding wheels and forms in which they are available.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Jeeves extra info:wheel adhesives, wheel bonds, the structure of wheels, wheel shapes, periphery forms, mounted points, identification of wheels.
p 19:
Adjustable feedscrew nuts for the Warco minor mill/drill; Peter Smith suggests how to restore table feedscrew assemblies.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Smith extra info:the nuts, the inserts, the feedscrews, assembly, modification for CNC.
p 22:
Dremel flexible shaft; glass enamelled badges; Warco brochure.
[Trade Counter]
p 23:
A universal parallel clamp; Bill Morris discovered an idea for an interesting piece of equipment in a russian publication and set out to design his version.
[Clamping]
author: Morris extra info:general arrangement, main body, clamp plate, large top plate, steady block, straight edges, sine bar, square, spot grinding, angle plate, sliding block, small top plate.
p 32:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 13; in this penultimate part of the series Harold Hall looks at three useful accessories.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:knurling, a method, dial test indicator holder, tailstock die holder.
p 35:
Lathe upgrade on a budget - part 5; John Shrubsole's description of reworking an early Myford lathe now reaches the point where he turned his attention to the drive arrangements.
[Lathe]
author: Shrubsole extra info:lathe speeds, a little more detail, replacing those missing parts, the toggle lever and link, caution.
p 39:
Quick release soft vice jaws; Peter Rawlinson finally lost patience with the ineffective soft vice jaws so he set out to devise a more durable system.
[Clamping]
author: Rawlinson extra info:design constraints, manufacture, facings, hole positions.
p 46:
Bob Loader's calivider; Bob shows us how to make an elegant and versatile marking and measuring tool.
[Measuring]
author: Loader extra info:materials, the tricky bits, a bit more milling, two useful gadgets, assembling, final adjustment, unimat belts.
p 53:
From the plans service - WE33 the Eureka continuous form relieving tool for gear cutters.
[Gears]
p 54:
Sharpening reamers with the Quorn; Philip Amos surveys the types of reamer and similar cutters available ands suggests how they may be sharpened.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:background, introduction, characteristics, parallel holes, tapered holes, sharpening - general considerations, technique - general, technique - detail, conclusion.
p 61:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 62:
New machinery concepts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Collins
p 62:
Spot welders - experiments with a transformer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whitney
p 62:
Tungsten carbide tooling (Error scribe line issue 46).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Flower
p 63:
Coolants, collets and welding gas.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Nichols
p 63:
DC motor speed control; power supply.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawes
p 63:
Simple indexing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Halley
p 63:
Welding cast iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pettengell
p 64:
Cutting speed tables (Error correction issue 46).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Willson
MEW Mar 1998 # 49
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Surface grinding with the Quorn; Philip Amos shows how the Quorn can be used to produce acceptable results on smaller items.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:getting even more uses from the wheelhead of this incredible versatile machine; introduction, concept, requirements, attachment, spindle lock, holding the workpiece, truing the grinding wheel, guarding, grinding dry, setting up, workpiece dimensions, technique, awkward shapes, typical jobs, conclusion.
p 17:
A beginner's guide to the lathe - part 14; Harold Hall concludes his series with a look at some useful accessories for the more advanced user.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:filing rests, dividing, batch production, ball turning attachment, mandrel handle, vertical slide, milling head, milling/drilling spindle, the lathe as a power source, tool post grinder, centre finder, coolants, a final comment.
p 20:
Understanding grinding wheels - part 2; Alan Jeeves continues his survey of abrasive wheels and their application.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Jeeves extra info:selection of wheels, mounting wheels, wheel dressing, wheels in use, notes on portable grinders, safety and grinding wheels, importance of maximum operating speed, care and storage of wheels.
p 28:
A boring head with a difference; Richard Vaughan came uo with an alternative design of slideway.
[Lathe]
author: Vaughan
p 30:
A retracting screwcutting toolpost; Victor Elsendoom decided that he needed a helping hand while cutting threads in the lathe.
[Threading]
author: Elsendoom extra info:sliding tool holder, mounting block, gib strip, crank and crankpin, finishing and assembly.
p 33:
A simple leadscrew drive for thread milling; David Machin describes how he devised a set-up for thread milling.
[Threading]
author: Machin extra info:drive motor, motor mounting, banjo hang-ups, changewheel set-ups, machining a hob, other applications.
p 37:
From the plans service - WE26 small swivelling vice.
[Lathe]
p 40:
A sine plate; Peter Dawes give us detailed instructions on the construction and use of a precision accessory.
[Measuring]
author: Dawes extra info:introduction, units, range, dimensions of the table, width, length, accuracy considerations, an adjustable parallel; surface grinding, round bars, materials and tools, tools, descaling, construction, round bars, stop buttons, tee nuts; marking out, height packing bars - the poor man's jo blocks, linishing, martin cleeve's gauge bars, using the sine plate, stack assembly, conclusion, overhang.
p 46:
Parting off; Geoff Sheppard reviews the process and introduces a couple of ideas to remove the errors.
[Lathe]
author: Sheppard extra info:the process, the 'pip', avoiding dig-in, the rear mounted parting tool, tool geometry, costs.
p 51:
Solutions for the spike and clamp in MEW 47.
p 52:
67th Model Engineer Exhibition; Myford, Bridgeport.
[Exhibition]
p 56:
P.C.D (pitch circle) marker set; Peter Rawlinson has devised this marking instrument which eliminates most of the measuring.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:how to use PCD marker mk 2, drawing a pitch circle, manufacture, the rule, the guide, vee base, assembly, 90 deg arm, 45 and 30 deg arms, final assembly and testing.
p 62:
Muffett Ltd gearboxes; high quality toolchests.
[Trade Counter]
p 63:
Welding cast iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walshaw
p 64:
Drain cocks; cleaner knurls.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 64:
Drive belting suitable for Unimat.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wood
p 64:
Welding cast iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Arnold
p 64:
Welding cast iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartram
p 65:
Techniques on show at the British Horological Institute; stan bray went along to the 1977 open weekend at Upton Hall.
[Exhibition]
author: Bray
MEW May 1998 # 50
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard extra info:relocation, change of personnel, exhibition news, the centennial celebration collection, a price increase.
p 12:
Myford super 7B lathe enhancements; Derek Oxley recalls some of the modifications he has made.
[Lathe]
author: Oxley extra info:modifications, accessories, a further modification.
p 17:
A digital adaptation of vernier height gauge; Hubert Heters describes the result of one such experiment.
[Measuring]
author: Peters extra info:and also - the removal of swarf with a vacuum cleaner.
p 18:
a Quick change tool holder system for the lathe; Harold Hall studied the design of commercial quick change lathe tool holder systems and decided that a simplified version could be made.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the design, manufacture, machining the half round slots, the more critical dimensions, body, spacer, toolholder, clamp assembly, operating piece, locking spindle, some further comments, making further toolholders, final comment, postscript.
p 26:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 27:
A lathe spindle depth stop; Raymond McMahon used 'O' rings to help retain this lathe depth stop in position.
[Lathe]
author: McMahon
p 28:
A home made 4-Jaw chuck for lathe; Alan Jeeves happened to become the proud owner of a large steel blank so he decided to turn it into a useful 4-jaw chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:first thoughts, the design, turning the body, heavy drilling and tapping, milling the jaw slots, the standard jaws, extended jaws, adjusting screws, using the chuck.
p 34:
A magnetic V block; Peter Rawlinson came up with this design.
[Clamping]
author: Rawlinson extra info:difficult times, my first attempt, the MK II version, the coil assembly, winding the coil, testing, suppliers.
p 40:
A self act for milling machine - part 1; Stan Wade found hand feeding a chore so devised a drive employing a surplus windscreen wiper motor.
[Mill]
author: Wade extra info:leadscrew extension, then plates, motor shaft extension, 45 tooth wheel and driving dog assembly, sliding dog, spacers, assembly, actuating lever assembly, power supply, speed control, top panel.
p 44:
Drills and drill sharpening; Philip Amos reviews the types of drill available and some of the possible methods of sharpening.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:background, historical, present day drill types, commercial drill grinding attachments, specialised toolroom drill sharpening machines, conclusions.
p 51:
A bandsaw damper; Shelley Curtis modified his machine by adding a damper strut.
[Sawing]
author: Curtis extra info:preparing the band saw, assembly and fitting.
p 56:
New multi vice from Minicraft, Alexander Machinery spares, Kity 417 fretsaw, Loctite super glue brushable.
[Trade Counter]
p 57:
Improving the precision of a mill/drill; many users complain that the setting of the head location is lost if it has to be raised or lowered - Yves Rayssiguier decided that the problem had to be fixed.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Rayssiguier extra info:fixing the rack, fine adjustment of the rack, to conclude.
p 61:
An introduction to Robotics; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Sandhu
p 61:
Model Engineering - a Foundation Course; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Wright
p 62:
Building Simple Model Steam Engines 2; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Cain
p 62:
The Model Locomotive from Scratch; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Aspin
p 63:
From the plans service - digital plan printing.
author: Burkinshaw
p 65:
Cautionary tale.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 65:
It all done with magnets etc.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pace
p 65:
Metric pitches with gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Peters
p 65:
Tungsten carbide tooling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loader
p 65:
Water based coolants.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hewitt
p 66:
More lathe information sought.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Neill
p 66:
Repairs to cracked cast iron - metalock.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Miller
p 66:
So you want some little nuts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ball
MEW Jul 1998 # 51
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; In memoriam T D Walshaw (aka Tubal Cain), Ivan Law writes, the editor comments, health and safety and model engineering, SMEE100 the centenary exhibition, tools for self reliance.
author: Sheppard
p 13:
A bench magnifier; Len Walker adapted the lens from an old slide viewer into a useful workshop instrumentassembly of column to base.
[Workshop]
author: Walker
p 15:
A right angle drive unit for vertical mill; Peter Rawlinson missed the facilities of his horizontal mill so he devised this right angle drive to fit his mill.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the new problem, gears and thrust bearings, arbor bearings, oil bath, oil seals, 'O' rings, woodruff keys, machining components, assembly, mounting the shaft.
p 23:
Miniature tool and cutter grinder; Barry Jordon's 1/5th scale MK I Clarkson tool and cutter grinder.
author: Jordan
p 25:
Accessories for the smaller lathe; J Neave describes some simple accessories which will allow larger end mills and morse taper shank drills to be held safely.
[Lathe]
author: Neave extra info:a simple collet fixture, morse taper fixture.
p 28:
Exploded view of the Stuart 10V engine.
author: Hall
p 29:
Jigs and fixture and the small lathe; Harold Hall shows how additional home made tooling can assist in the manufacture of components particularly where casting and forgings are involved - stuart 10V.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:jigs and fixtures, square parallel and concentric, photographs, roughing and finishing manufacturing sequence; cylinder, box bed, flywheel, crankshaft bearings, valve chest cover, valve chest, cylinder covers, connecting rod, eccentric strap, eccentric sheave, gland, drilling, remaining parts.
p 35:
An autostop for milling machine self act - part 2; Stan Wade completes the modification by adding an auto stop system.
[Mill]
author: Wade extra info:switch box, making the switch case, actuating plunger, wiring.
p 37:
Modelling by the sea; Annual model makers' festival at the Primrose Valley Holiday Village.
[Exhibition]
p 39:
The triple machine; Philip Amos gives some useful information on the adjustment and use of this combination sheet metal working machine.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Amos extra info:general description, guillotine, pressbrake, rolls, conclusion.
p 45:
More modifications to the Hobbymat lathe; E J Mackenzie describes a major revision of the cross slide and top slide feed arrangements.
[Lathe]
author: Mackenzie extra info:objectives, minor modifications, bearings, materials, adhesives, bearing housing and index collar assemblies, conclusion.
p 55:
The Harrogate exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 57:
An air compressor for the garage or workshop; John Noakes gradually collected all the items necessary to build this useful air compressor system. he describes the components and gives hints and tips on assembly and testing.
author: Noakes extra info:safety valve, one way valve, pressure switch, pressure regulator, gauges, assembly, electrics, pressure testing.
p 62:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
author: Atkins
p 62:
Picador revival, Clarke new drill, power tools from Minicraft, Camden spring catalogue, Devcon adhesives, reconditioning by Myford.
[Trade Counter]
p 63:
Classic workshop equipment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkins
p 63:
Halifax lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Monolith
p 63:
It all done with magnets etc.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fielder
p 63:
Metric pitches on Myford super 7.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swallow
p 63:
Taper turning problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Summers
p 63:
Vee blocks- what did it all cost?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mann
p 64:
Metalock repairs - another reader experience with cast iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clarke
p 64:
Poor man's Vee block.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walton
p 64:
Tools from MEW design - clamping & South Bend lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Schaller
MEW Aug 1998 # 52
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the centennial celebration collection, the Shuttleworth collection.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
The turner's cat-Head; Alan Jeeves describes another addition to the practical lathe worker's inventory.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves extra info:the bush, the tapped hole, marking out, drilling, fitting the cat-head, using the cat-head, refinements.
p 16:
Clock pinion leaf milling attachment; general purpose indexing devices can be pressed into service when cutting clock pinions but Doug Ball decided that a purpose built unit would bring better results.
[Horology]
author: Ball extra info:attributes, construction.
p 20:
Rectification and repair; Philip Amos recalls two jobs which gave a new life to defective items.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:resuscitation of a moving steady, replacement spring for calipers.
p 23:
mill/drill centring device, gears for obsolete machines, variable speed scroll saw from Rexon, international model show.
[Trade Counter]
p 24:
Keats alternative; a lathe work holding arrangement for awkwardly shaped or larger workpieces is described by Harold Hall.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the angle, the locating jug, four post alternative, easy set version.
p 26:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 27:
Workshop photography; judging by the letters we receive on the subject many readers would like to have a go at taking photos of their projects and workshop set-ups, Bob Loader agreed to tell us how he takes his pictures.
author: Loader extra info:background, camera, lenses, tripod, cable release, flash gun, film, odds and ends, the lighting saga, outside, choice of item; favourite film, influence of film speed, how close can you get?, show as much as possible, wide angle lenses, the indoor set-up, try to keep the position natural, reminders.
p 34:
A simple tapping device; George Walsh send us his idea for a tap wrench which will facilitate the use of larger taps in the mill/drill.
[Threading]
author: Wilkes extra info:using the tapping aid.
p 35:
A face geared indexing table; Bill Morris constructs an indexing table of unusual design.
[Mill]
author: Morris extra info:face gears, general arrangement, top and base gears, spindle and nut, screw and lever, base, assembly, finishing off.
p 42:
Future projects; Peter Rawlinson has been busy designing and developing a number of interesting pieces and gives a short description.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the milling machine, machine design, control system, leadscrew and nuts, main slides, plotter pen, setting the datum, the CNC dividing head, spark eroder, the dielectric, tooling, the base, dielectric pump, the control unit.
p 50:
An advance in lathe milling attachments; the editor has the opportunity to use an award wining lathe milling attachment which incorporates some ingenious features.
[Lathe]
extra info:the Quick Step mill, the Quick Step in use.
p 52:
The Quick Step mill - a milling spindle for the lathe - part1; John Payne tells us how he came to design this versatile attachment for the lathe and provides first part of a short constructional series.
[Lathe]
author: Paynes extra info:now for what it can do, so to work, the spindle body, the gearbox components, parts for vertical slide.
p 52:
Riveting, lathe chucks, chuck removal, the bench block, boring bars, home made chain sprocket; Tom's Tips.
[Workshop]
author: Bartlett
p 64:
Secrets of magnetic 'V' blocks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Park
p 64:
That fascinating toy - levitron magnet.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gozzard
p 64:
Tom Walshaw (Tubal Cain) - ornamental turning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Simmons
p 65:
Air compressors- some cautionary notes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harding
p 65:
Slender taper problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hopkins
p 65:
The George Thomas lathe tool grinding device.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hemingway
MEW Oct 1998 # 53
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; SMEE 100, the 68th Model Engineer Exhibition and the international model show, Tom Walshaw (Tubal Cain), Brooklands Museum.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Clock bushing tool; Dave Penney combined his best features of a number of designs to produce this handy aid to clock repair.
[Horology]
author: Penney extra info:reamers, column, base plate, lower column support, anvil support bush, anvil lock screw, main arm, drive rods, slide boss, clamp, support bar, lever, knob, adjusting and lock screws, guide screws, anvils, centre and bush installers, assembly.
p 17:
A simple knurling tool; Alan Jeeves suggests that this knurling tool may suffice for light work.
[Lathe]
author: Jeeves
p 18:
A 19th century copper wheel glass engraving lathe - rescued and restored; Alan Bourne was just in time to prevent a family heirloom form being lost for ever.
[History]
author: Bourne extra info:the nature of glass, history and conjecture, design and construction, setting up a workshop, the use of a leather tongue.
p 23:
Simple aluminum soldering; T S Christian has been experimenting with a readily available material which is effective at lower temperatures.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Christian extra info:background, recommended procedure, equipment required, conclusions.
p 24:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 25:
A CNC milling machine - part 1; Peter Rawlinson starts the detailed series on building a machine which employs the compucut control system by describing the X-Y table.
[CNC]
author: Rawlinson extra info:route 1, route 2, boring in the lathe, machine table, leadscrew nuts, leadscrews, assembly of table components, limit switches, drive belt and timing pulleys, stepper motors and motor boxes, conduit boxes, swarf tray.
p 35:
A four jaw chuck fixture; Keith Keen describes a simple adaptation of a lathe chuck that will find many uses.
[Clamping]
author: Keen extra info:fixture use, description, chuck size, suppliers.
p 37:
An experiment in cutter holding - an end mill or slot drill; Bob Loader has investigated some methods which will be of interest to the users of smaller machines.
[Clamping]
author: Loader extra info:the remedy, the set-up, cutter holder body, thread protector, adapter, locking screws, testing, an afterthought, testing the sleeved cutters, sources.
p 43:
A failed attempt - part 1; Harold Hall thought he would improve the look of the dials of his milling machine and ended up adding significantly to the capability of his workshop.
[Workshop]
author: Hall extra info:tolls required tools, the dividing head, the main assembly, spindle, bearings, minor items.
p 50:
Simply the best - the SMEE centenary exhibition at Brunel University.
[Exhibition]
p 52:
The Quick Step mill - a milling spindle for the lathe - part 2; in this concluding article John Payne describes the remaining components and the assembly procedures.
[Mill]
author: Payne extra info:the motorising assembly, gear box assembly, electrical wiring, accessories.
p 60:
Some boring information; Philip Amos investigates the geometry of boring and trepanning tools.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, axial, radial, accuracy, clearances, trepanning, conclusion.
p 62:
Chester UK ltd new location, catalogues on CD ROM, 4D model shop creative materials centre, S H Mullens ltd, Maplin electronics, return of the Hobbymat.
[Trade Counter]
p 63:
Cautionary tale - Vee blocks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 63:
Home built air compressors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noakes
p 63:
Looking for levitron magnets.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sadler
p 63:
Making taper reamers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kratt
p 63:
Spenborough gear hobbing machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Redhead
p 64:
Making taper reamers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Keane
p 64:
Making taper reamers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Read
MEW Nov 1998 # 54
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A steady setting device (with other uses); simple items of tooling often repay time involved in making them very rapidly - this lathe accessory from Maurice Turnbull is a good example.
[Lathe]
author: Turnbull extra info:setting a radius.
p 13:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 14:
A CNC milling machine - part 2; Peter Rawlinson continues the description of this versatile machine by giving details of the gantry assembly which supports the turret head.
[CNC]
author: Rawlinson extra info:gantry assembly, Z axis slide system (manual), clamping systems, leadscrew and drive, the jeclanide coupling, motor control, turret Y axis slide and turret rotation.
p 22:
Fixing mistakes (or correction, rescue, repair, resuscitation, rehabilitation, restoration or recovery); Philip Amos faces up to these realities and suggests that there are ways of recovery.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:background, correction, approaches, blocks, cylindrical, holes, threads, avoidance, aids to accurate work, conclusion; background, correction, approaches, blocks, cylindrical, holes, threads, avoidance, aids to accurate work, conclusion.
p 26:
The Holbrook model 'C' type lathe in 1/16th scale; Bob Mellows brings us up to date.
[Lathe]
author: Major extra info:the bed, cabinet stand, saddle, spindle, accommodation of the electrics, finishing the headstock, drilling for leadscrew and shafts, coolant pump, taper turning slide.
p 33:
Motor problems? Check your brushes; Bob Loader's Unimat is his only machine tool - when it started to misbehave he decided that action was necessary.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:signs and symptoms, first things, getting the motor off, taking out the armature, a bit of a mess, skimming commutator, cleaning up, re-assembling, three phone calls later, if in doubt go transatlantic, success.
p 35:
A failed attemptd - part 2; Harold Hall continues the sage which started when he attempted to improve te leadscrew dials.
[Workshop]
author: Hall extra info:dividing systems, index fingers, the worm, division plate carrier, minor parts, final comments, one down.
p 45:
Additions to the Quorn; David Machin designed 2 additions to facilitate the use of the Quorn.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Machin extra info:centre finder, the spiral head modification for centre dril restoration.
p 50:
Maidstone have moved, the levitron, mains voltage power from Minicraft, riveting tool frames, new catalogue from J&L Industrial Supply.
[Trade Counter]
p 51:
A slow speed drive for the Warco 918 lathe; David Berrecloth has devised a modified arrangement which removes some of the restrictions.
[Lathe]
author: Berrecloth extra info:new pulley ratios and speeds, fitting ball races, modifying the door, making additional pulleys, extension to the lathe bulkhead; the location of the X shaft, improving the bulkhead fixing, the small belt tensioner, the small belts, using an additional main belt.
p 55:
A tale of two chucks; Ted Wale needed chucks for a refurbished South Bend lathe so set about rehabilitating a couple of well used examples.
[Lathe]
author: Wale extra info:prelude, lathes need chucks, chuck no 1, jig requirements, jig making, grinder making, jaw facing, chuck no 2, screw requirements, screw production, sockets, chuck keys, conclusion.
p 63:
Metric pitches on Myford Super 7B.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Peters
p 63:
More on making taper reamers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dart
p 63:
TPI selection/Feed gear.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dew
p 64:
More on making taper reamers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hughes
p 65:
Face geared indexing table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bentley
p 65:
Face geared indexing table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Delaney
p 66:
Face geared indexing table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Edwards
p 66:
Face geared indexing table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morris
p 66:
Face geared indexing table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
MEW Dec 1998 # 55
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the 68th Model Engineer Exhibition at the International Model Show, D E (Laurie) Lawrence.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A faceplate balancing fixture; Harold Hall describes a fixture which will facilitate this task and also allow the unit to be balanced transferring it to the lathe mandrel.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the design, manufacture, remaining parts, assembly, in use, two down, postscript on the dividing head.
p 16:
An off-set micrometer; Len Walker gives step by step instructions on how to achieve accuracy.
[Measuring]
author: Walker extra info:detail, final assembly and accurate zero setting.
p 18:
A CNC milling machine - part 3; the description of Peter Rawlinson's machine covers the remaining mechanical components and their assembly.
[CNC]
author: Rawlinson extra info:spindle drive motor assembly, spindle support frame assembly, quill holder, the spindle, spindle drive assembly, z axis leadscrew and motor mounting, z axis leadscrew and drive, limit switches, assembly, alignment checking.
p 25:
Helical tube benders; Paul Boothby describes the manufacture of two tube benders which will create helical coils in stainless steel tube.
[Workshop]
author: Boothby extra info:introduction, large diameter tube bender, small diameter tube bender, using the small bender, appendix.
p 34:
Lathe cover using a window blind.
[Quick Tip]
author: Gozzard
p 35:
Turning for pleasure; John Edwards has put together these introductory notes.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards extra info:ornamental turning, Holtzapffel.
p 38:
Cutting thin discs; Charles Darley was able to solve a couple of problems with some basic lathework.
[Lathe]
author: Darley extra info:punch and die used on a Boxford ME10.
p 40:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 40:
Magnetic vice jaw protectors from Smith Francis Tools, new email address for Wren Engineering.
[Trade Counter]
p 41:
Bandsaw improvements; Philip Amos recalls some of the published modifications to the popular horizontal/vertical bandsaw and suggests further enhancements.
[Sawing]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, issues, instructions, corrections, cutting square, blade tightness and tracking, side roller guides; rear roller guides, squaring blade to base casting, squaring mitring vice jaw, trial, capacity, horizontal cutting; vertical cutting, workholding for horizontal cutting, workholding for vertical cutting, table construction, stowage, conclusion.
p 51:
Spreading the light; photographer Ivan Trobe adds to Bob Loader's hints on how to obtain better workshop photographs.
author: Trobe extra info:so what camera, light source.
p 52:
60 years with a 40in. round bed Drummond lathe; John Frazer has a round bed drummond.
[Lathe]
author: Frazer extra info:drive arrangements, back gear, slow feed for traversing the slide rest, surfacing feed attachments, indices, tool posts, cutter frame and drilling spindle; drive to cutter frame and drilling spindle, filing rest, collet chuck and collets, change wheels, dividing, cross-slide stops and dial indicator read-outs, tailstock, fixed steady, travelling steady; locking arrangement for change wheel arm, an inward stop for the carriage with micrometric adjustment, a replacement cross-slide, locking and clamping arrangements.
p 57:
A versatile clamp; Robert Newman gives detailed manufacturing instructions for an elegant clamping device which may be used on a range of machine tools.
[Clamping]
author: Newman extra info:the body, the clamping beam, the posts, clamping screw.
p 63:
Early Myford lathe ML1; myford ML1.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gale
p 63:
Home built air compressors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Butcher
p 63:
N P taper threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harding
p 63:
Quick Step mill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smalley
p 64:
A refurbished Stedall 'Mecol' No 3 horizontal milling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Boothby
p 64:
Domestic heat source for annealing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wood
p 64:
Ways and means - Keats angle plate methods.
[Scribe a Line]
author: O'Keefe
MEW Feb 1999 # 56
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A fixed steady with bushes; George Swallow revives an old idea which ensures rigidity when turning longer workpieces and which facilitate setting-up.
[Lathe]
author: Swallow extra info:construction, using the steady.
p 14:
Gear hobbing in home workshop - part 1 hobs and hobbing; Ivan Law explains the fundamentals.
[Gears]
author: Law extra info:understanding the requirement, gear tooth profile, the involute curve gear tooth size, circular pitch, diametrical pitch, module, tooth proportions, enter the hob, producing hobs in the lathe.
p 20:
Aids to marking-out; Len Walker describes two more useful items of workshop equipment which will soon repay a couple of evening's work.
[Measuring]
author: Walker extra info:a glass surface plate (boxed with lid), a marking-out centre.
p 23:
Peatol Plus lathe; Tony Jeffree describes adding a leadscrew from another small lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:introduction, attaching the drive to the spindle, the tumbler support bracket, the tumbler assembly, the dog clutch, fitting the clutch.
p 31:
Improvements & Accesories for your Lathe; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: J.A. Radford
p 31:
Workshop Techniques; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Geo. Thomas
p 32:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 32:
How to build a Pipe Bending Machine; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Gingery
p 32:
How to run a Metalworking Shaper & Drill; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: South Bend
p 33:
The 68th Model Engineer Exhibition at the International Model Show.
[Exhibition]
p 36:
A changewheel quadrant for the Myford 7B; Harold Hall describes a new changewheel quadrant for the myford 7 series which are equipped with a the quick change gearbox.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the quadrant, manufacture, counterbores, die head chaser holder, morse tapers.
p 41:
We visit EKP Sypplies.
[Visit]
author: Rawlinson
p 44:
A CNC milling machine - part 4; Peter Rawlinson concludes with the details of the control system - he also adds a number of accessories including a CNC dividing head and steadies.
[CNC]
author: Rawlinson extra info:electrical control equipment, safety, control system functions, control cabinet layout, wiring, stepper motor wiring; interference problems, dividing head, the main spindle and associated components, gearbox, tailstock, accessories,; parts list for the electrical control system.
p 54:
Moveable vice.
[Quick Tip]
author: Baggett
p 55:
A Myford 7 nose collet adaptor; Dr Giles Parkes has devised a simple method of fitting spring collets to the myford s7 series lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Parkes
p 56:
Machine tapers; Philip Amos surveys the types of machine tapers which are likely to be encountered in the home workshop and gives advice on their manufacture and measurement.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, standard tapers, self holding tapers, coefficient of friction, coefficient of friction (static), standard accessories; manufacture, taper plugs, taper socket, procedure, measurement, taper plug, taper socket, example of manufacture; procedure, example of measurement, conclusion.
p 63:
The model engineer and the internet; Stan Bray suggest it is never too late to embrace new technologies.
author: Bray extra info:what's it all about, email, the web, news groups, how the system works, surfing, equipment, more information, take the plunge, some useful addresses.
p 65:
Face geared indexing table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Porter
p 65:
Inexpensive motors and other topics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wagstaff
p 65:
Motor problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Laith
p 65:
Motor problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mills
p 65:
Soldering aluminium.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 66:
Clock pinion milling attachment (Issue 52).
[Scribe a Line]
author: Varga
p 66:
Correcting lathe taper.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Twist
p 66:
Failed attempt - Hall dividing head; hall dividing hea.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hurst
MEW Apr 1999 # 57
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Making small power transformers; Philip Amos gives some hints on making an essential part of may power supplies.
[Electrics]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, theory, safety, materials, rating, sizing, construction, assembly, conclusion.
p 16:
A Myford nose collet adaptor - correction.
[Lathe]
author: Parkes
p 17:
Petol Plus lathe - part 2; tony jeffree continues is description of the additions to his small lathe by detailing the leadscrew and the screwcutting gear train components.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:the leadscrew, the split nut assembly, the banjo components, fine feed set-up, screwcutting set-up, a word on safety.
p 24:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 25:
An auto-feed tap-wrench for the lathe and mill/drill; Alan Munday suggests a way of providing a positive feed for a tap.
[Threading]
author: Munday extra info:design and manufacture, in use, a thought for the future.
p 26:
Line engraving tool; Harold Hall needed a means of marking the division lines on the new dials for his milling machine.
[Workshop]
author: Hall extra info:the design, manufacture, the slide assembly, remaining parts, assembly, the dials, turning, engraving, numbering, the Y axis stops, lower slide apron, a final comment.
p 33:
Index for issues 45 to 56 of MEW.
[Index]
p 37:
Gear hobbing in home workshop - part 2 - device for making gear cutting hobs; Dr Giles Parkes describes a lathe attachment which will form the teeth on a gashed hob blank.
[Gears]
author: Parkes extra info:the device, the hob, gashing the hob, cutting the teeth, single tooth gear cutters, slow drive train.
p 45:
A surface grinder made from odds and ends; Hubert Peters relates how he built a small surface grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Peters
p 46:
Myford rear tool post for interchangeable tool holders, drill press vice offer from Chronos.
[Trade Counter]
p 47:
Spark erosion machine - part 1; Peter Rawlinson starts with information on the electronic control system and PCB.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:control circuit, printed circuit board, ultraviolet light source, a false start, safety, exposure, developing, etching the board, adding components to the board, precautions.
p 55:
An adjustable toolpost for the Unimat; Bob Loader describes a simple toolpost which would make tool setting easier.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:choice of materials, ways of filing off large lumps, tool post, drilling the holes, rocker seat, rocker, drilling the rocker seat.
p 59:
Take a bow - wood planes; George Swallow was sure that he could improve on the tools used for a very special purpose.
[Workshop]
author: Swallow
p 61:
Connecting rod machining operations.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 61:
Evening classes with tuition.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Salter
p 61:
Gear tooth geometry made clear.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Billinge
p 61:
Reminiscences of metrologist regarding face geared indexing tables.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pearce
p 61:
South bend lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 62:
B' series tapers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pemberton
p 62:
Drilling matching holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stringer
p 62:
Elusive bubbles - sprit levels.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McCrone
p 62:
Unimat matters - Bob Loader replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loader
p 62:
Vernier couplings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: White
MEW Jun 1999 # 58
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; Ted Jolliffe retires, welcome Anthony Watson, the H&S executive draft paper model engineering guidance on safe operation of miniature railways and traction engines.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A fabricated adapter for square shank drill; Norman Hurst devises a way of using larger drills which can often be acquired relatively cheaply.
[Drilling]
author: Hurst extra info:fabricating the adapter, the shank, the adapter in use.
p 14:
Selecting protective coatings; Philip Amos discusses the forms of corrosion which can affect a variety of metals and suggests some processes which can provide effective protection.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Amos extra info:safety, iron and steel - general, iron and steel - applications, paint, zinc coatings, blacking and blueing, copper brass and bronze, treatments, aluminium, silver, conclusion.
p 19:
The lathe that took 50 years to complete - part 1; Rex Galway describes how he built his own lathe and gained many skills over the way.
[Lathe]
author: Galway extra info:a change of direction, patterns and castings, machining cast iron, a morse taper tailstock barrel, casting white metal bearings, the spindle, the motorised drive.
p 23:
Modification to a milling machine vice.
[Clamping]
author: Twist
p 24:
Spark erosion machine - part 2; Peter Rawlinson continues his description of this interesting machine.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:amendments and corrections, main power supply, testing the control unit, switch motor wiring, stepper motors, wiring.
p 30:
A simple aid to accurate drill grinding; C. Heyes spotted this item on the wall of a workshop above a pedestal grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Heyes
p 31:
The Jacobs gear hobbing machine; origins, evolution, design specification, features, capabilities.
[Gears]
author: Jacobs
p 33:
Gear hobbing in home workshop - part 3 - building the CES hobbing machine; Harold Hall describes how he machined some of the major structural castings.
[Gears]
author: Hall extra info:the drawings, the design, the kit, manufacture, vertical slide bracket, hub spindle housing, bearing bracket.
p 45:
A re-fillable aerosol; lead-free pewter; Hobbymat machines again available in the UK; clip-on magnifying glasses; Moore & Wright are back; a photographic aid; fohrmann-Werkzeuge.
[Trade Counter]
p 45:
The Shesto Essential Tool and Reference Guide.
[Books]
p 46:
Tools and equipment at Harrogate.
[Exhibition]
p 48:
A handle on mandrel indexing; Robert Newman devised what he thought was a new form of mandrel indexing device only to discover that the principle wasn't new after all.
[Lathe]
author: Newman extra info:making the discs, engraving and numbering, numbering the discs, constructing the body, the indexing pin, the indexing plunger; the anchor, mandrel bores above 3/4 in, drilling the side indexing 50 disc, using the MHI, the inching handle, general points, a warning.
p 57:
Jack for a milling machine table; Derek Oxley was unable to recall anyone explaining the basic logic of how to form a 90 deg V groove in the centre of a disc.
[Mill]
author: Oxley
p 58:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
author: Lo
p 59:
Electrical safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Long
p 59:
Fine feeds for a small lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cook
p 59:
Making printed circuit boards.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clark
p 59:
Value of industrial archaeology.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Langley
p 60:
Health and safety executive draft for consultation.
MEW Jul 1999 # 59
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the International Model Show, a new venue and a new date, the collection service, features, the competition.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A taste of taig CNC mill; with six months experience of use Tony Jeffree reports on his findings.
[CNC]
author: Jeffree extra info:introduction, the machine, the software, adding a fourth axis, why CNC, marking out and drilling operations, cutting circular paths, repeatable operations, tedious operations, more exotic uses, the competition, conclusions.
p 17:
Cleaning a Jacobs drill chuck; Bill Morris gives some hints on how to dismantle and clean this widely used piece of equipment.
[Drilling]
author: Morris
p 19:
Spark erosion machine - part 3; Peter Rawlinson now gives details of the head and the electrode feed mechanism.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:mounting the electrode, limiting the travel.
p 24:
Sturdy drilling machine vice, new Minicraft products, uprated variable speed transformer, pen grip orbital sander, small turning toolholders from chronos.
[Trade Counter]
extra info:sturdy drilling machine vice, new minicraft products, uprated variable speed transformer, pen grip orbital sander, small turning toolholders from Chronos.
p 25:
Gear hobbing in home workshop - part 3 building CES hobbing machine - 2; Harold Hall continues his description of making the major components.
[Gears]
author: Hall extra info:tee slots, the dovetails, housing work spindle, turned parts, leadscrews, hob spindle, gear and hob arbors, handles, graduated dial, the worm and wormwheel, flexible couplings, the flat parts, initial assembly, guards, the machine in use.
p 35:
Trimming bolts and screws; Philip Amos describes some simple aids to achieving this end.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:vice operations, clamp blocks, lathe operations, simple, lantern chuck derivative, manufacture, tailstock steady, conclusion.
p 39:
The lathe that took 50 years to complete - part 2; Rex Galway concludes the story of his home-built lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Galway extra info:in use at last, impending retirement adds urgency, lathe specification.
p 42:
Circular saw; Dyson Watkins constructed this workmanlike stand-alone unit.
[Sawing]
author: Watkins extra info:shaft housing, shaft, assembly, blade support, blade clamp, jockey block, links, frame, levelling adjusters, mechanism,; riving knife support bracket, motor support bracket, blade guard, working surface, work fence sub-assembly, adjusting hand wheel, cladding, electrical wiring, painting and future refinements, safety.
p 49:
Super slow on the lathe; Maurice Turnbull explains how he modified the drive to his geared head machine.
[Lathe]
author: Turnbull extra info:the large pulley, the small pulley.
p 52:
Sharp tools for beginners; Bob Margolis describes how it is possible to simply enhance the capabilities of a bench grinder to help make tool grinding a pleasure rather than a chore.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Margolis extra info:the problem, the starting point, first steps, an improved toolrest, making the rest, assembly, using the new rest, a sliding table, using the sliding table, wheel dressing, postscript.
p 59:
Balancing the design of salvage.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 59:
Ingenious locking device.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Evans
p 59:
Surface plates.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pattison
p 60:
Gear hob manufacture.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Phillips
p 60:
The advantages of the involute gear.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
MEW Aug 1999 # 60
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the HSE guidance notes on the operation of miniature railways and traction engines; engineering courses.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A clock wheel cutting machine; George Swallow describes his version of a traditional purpose built device which will be found useful by the keen clockmaker.
[Horology]
author: Swallow extra info:main frame, horizontal slide, the hub and spindle, vertical slide, cutter frame, the machine in use.
p 19:
Model engineering courses.
author: Colinridge
p 19:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 20:
Travelling steady techniques; Philip Amos discusses some of the potential problems and gives some tips on it's use.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:background, introduction, types, geometry, material, shape, use, replacing brass points, setting accuracy, alternative method, conclusion.
p 24:
Spark erosion machine - part 4; Peter Rawlinson concludes his description with details of the main support structure and the dielectric tanks.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the support structure, machine table, the arms, the dielectric containers, the circulation pump.
p 30:
Gear hobbing in home workshop - part 3 - building the CES hobbing machine - 3; Harold Hall concludes his description by giving description of the manufacture of flexibly jointed and telescopic drive shafts.
[Gears]
author: Hall extra info:manufacture, assembly, constant velocity, using the hobbing machine, spur gear set-up, making gears for the machine, other uses, some final comments.
p 35:
A simple rotary table; inspired by Barry Jordan's exquisite miniature rotary table Terry Lane raided his scrap box to find the materials for this slightly bigger version.
[Mill]
author: Lane extra info:the table, worm and wheel, the body, the rest, accessories.
p 37:
The appropriate finish for tools and workshop equipment; Dr Peter Clark reveals a few of his secrets and suggests that similar results can be achieved by anyone prepared to spend a little time and effort.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Clark extra info:painting, bright work, choice of materials, sharp tools, cutting fluids, chamfers and countersinks, abrasives, plastics.
p 41:
Chronos did oofer discount; Shesto headband magnifier.
[Trade Counter]
p 41:
Stuart Turner Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 42:
Spindle and surface speed measurement; accurate knowledge of cutter and workpiece speeds can lead to more efficient machining - Tony Jeffree suggests some methods by which this may be achieved.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:speed calibration, analogue measurement using a dynamo, measuring surface speed, a practical SFM/rpm meter, digital measurement of rpm, a simple digital rpm sensor, other measurement and display techniques.
p 50:
User friendly tapping; Robert Newman describes some simple accessories for the pillar drill and the lathe which will avoid some of the problems experienced when threading with taps.
[Threading]
author: Newman extra info:the sensitive tapping tool, tap holders, the sliding carrier, the mandrel spinner, the Arrand die holder.
p 56:
Engineering courses.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bach
p 56:
Flexispeed lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 57:
Flexispeed lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ingram
p 57:
Flexispeed lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Patterson
p 57:
Helical tube bender.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Boothby
p 57:
PCB production.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stark
p 58:
Taper reamer problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke
MEW Oct 1999 # 61
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Simplified drill grinding; Alan Bourne and Gordon Read decided to investigate drill sharpening from first principles and led to the development of a simple jig.
[Drilling]
authors: Bourne, Read extra info:construction, using the jig.
p 17:
Turning parrallel; Philip Amos gives some hints as to how this may be achieved with a greater degree of certainty.
[Lathe]
author: Amos
p 19:
A tilting table; Bill Morris describes the construction of a substantial accessory for the milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Morris extra info:patterns, turning the base, machining the top, fitting base to top, graduating, stressful tee slots.
p 24:
Clearing up liquid spillage.
[Quick Tip]
author: H&MPE
p 25:
Exhibiting workshop equipment; Peter Clark gives some hints as to how workshop equipment may be best presented.
[Exhibition]
author: Clark extra info:why should we exhibit our work, preparing the exhibit, presenting our work, description and labelling, let us all see your work, acknowledgement.
p 28:
A multi-Jawed vice; simple in concept but versatile in use the drilling machine vice has helped Peter Rawlinson to overcome some tricky work holding problems.
[Clamping]
author: Rawlinson extra info:basic design, simple to use, manufacture, trunnions, clamp screws, ball ends, ball joint straps, moveable jacks, assembly.
p 32:
Ornamental turning for model engineers; John Edwards shows that the equipment found in most home workshops can be adapted to make similar items.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards extra info:adjustable stops, the overhead drive, the mill/drill spindle, indexing the chuck, a few words about leadscrews, the next moves.
p 37:
Four years with Chester Champion mill; John Crammond gives us his impressions of a popular small milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Crammond extra info:my reservations, installation, testing, improvements as a result of experience, conclusions.
p 41:
Modifications to the Hobbymat MD65 tailstock; E J Mackenzie relates how he set about specifying and designing improvements to his example of this popular machines.
[Lathe]
author: Mackenzie extra info:introduction, design objectives, using CAD, the breakthrough, adhesives, removing tools, the objectives summarised, design considerations, notes, conclusions.
p 51:
Going round the bend; Stan Bray describes a few gadgets which with a vice may be used for forming metal.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Bray extra info:off-setting, pipe clamps and straps, a hole punch.
p 53:
Barry Jordan's latest creation of scalem models of machinery; vertical milling machine.
[Visit]
author: Jordan
p 54:
Tungsten carbide and diamond gritted products from Eternal Tools, additional Worden kit from Hemingway, Garryson minidiscs.
[Trade Counter]
p 56:
Differential for a 'trike'.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walsh
p 56:
Isolating an artificial 3-phase supply.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tudor
p 56:
Peter Rawlinson's spark eroder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gill
p 56:
Soldering aluminium.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Usher
p 57:
Clock-wheel engine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swallow
p 57:
Jacobs chucks - a warning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bellamy
p 57:
Machining hobs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 57:
Making small power transformers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Claridge
p 57:
Model engineers on air.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Neave
p 57:
On drills and tapers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke
MEW Nov 1999 # 62
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Cutting sheet metal; Harold Hall considers some of the methods available and suggests ways of employing them.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Hall extra info:an auxiliary work table, uses for the table top, cutting sheet metal, hand tools, power tools.
p 16:
A d'iscovered' parting tool blade; Mike Delaney has found just the use for those damages carbide tipped circular saw blades.
[Lathe]
author: Delaney
p 17:
How it was - part 3; Bob Loader returns with more reminiscences of his working and model engineering life.
[History]
author: Loader extra info:an interesting interlude, reputation made, in at the deep end, good news and bad news, fun and games, taking chances, the affair of the phantom machinist, special jobs for special occasions, five good years, a start in model engineering.
p 18:
Eye protection.
[Quick Tip]
author: H&MPE
p 18:
Painting workshop.
[Quick Tip]
author: H&MPE
p 18:
Safe and clean.
[Quick Tip]
author: H&MPE
p 19:
Compendium of the Quorn - part 1; Philip Amos reviews the literature and adds a few enhancements of his own.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, goals, options and elections, selection of construction materials, errors and omissions, construction, tilting bracket clamping.
p 26:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 27:
Operating a three phase machine on a single phase supply; Shelly Curtis bought himself a lathe equipped with a three phase motor.
[Electrics]
author: Curtis extra info:rewiring the motor, control settings, the new control panel, a smoother start, support from the trade.
p 29:
Digital read outs for the home workshop - part 1; Peter Rawlinson describes his experiences with commercial and home-made digital read-out systems.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:background, commercially available equipment, mounting linear scales, build your own, sensor options, my stretched wire system, linear encoders.
p 35:
A couple of workshop quickies; Russell Kenyon devised a couple.
[Workshop]
author: Kenyon extra info:see light with fabricated adjustable halogen lamp; no more excuses for an untidy workshop.
p 37:
A comprehensive dividing capability for Peatol lathe and mill - part 1; Tony Jeffree starts description of a versatile attachment which could also be used on any machine of a similar size.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Jeffree extra info:introduction, modifying the headstock, the brake shoe, the pinch bolt and tommy bar, the dividing assembly mounting plate, modifications to the work wheels, the stepper motor mount.
p 45:
new catalogue from Maplin electronics, Compucut goes 3-D, a new sensitive bench drill from Minicraft.
[Trade Counter]
p 46:
CAD for Model Engineers; Fireside reading - Workshop Practice Series 29.
[Books]
author: Brown
p 46:
Simple Workshop Devices - Tubal Cain; Fireside reading - Workshop Practice Series 28.
[Books]
author: Cain
p 47:
Workshop Materials - Alex Weiss; Fireside reading -Workshop Practice Series 30.
[Books]
author: Weiss
p 48:
A treatise on Oiling Machine Tools - Guy Lautard; Fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Lautard
p 48:
Plastics for Modellers; Fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Weiss
p 49:
IMS update - a message from Ivan Law, the Chief Judge.
[Exhibition]
p 51:
A precision spacing punch; an evening in the workshop is all that is needed to complete this useful marking-out device described by Alan Jeeves.
[Workshop]
author: Jeeves extra info:in use, equ-spaced holes on a PCD.
p 53:
A Lazy Susan for a file rack; Tony Birkinshaw describes his version.
[Workshop]
author: Birkinshaw extra info:foraging for materials to make what couldn't be bought, method and order of fabricating the Lazy Susan thrust race, d-bit countersinking tool for unified screws up to 3/8 in shank, hardening and tempering.
p 58:
Machining cast iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 58:
Motor speed control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cohon
p 58:
South Bend lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sharples
p 59:
Blades for Rapidor hacksaw.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Buckley
p 59:
Differential for a 'trike'.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jago
p 59:
Isolating an artificial 3 phase supply.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whitney
MEW Dec 1999 # 63
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; implanted devices (a vacancy), the Data Book, new projects for MEW, a new millenium.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Dead blow tools; simple to make but invaluable when the occasion demands - Robert Newman gives details of some unusual tools.
[Workshop]
author: Newman extra info:the persuader casing, the crucible, pouring the lead, the quest, the dead blow hammers.
p 15:
Modifications to the Hart grinding rest; Harold Hall decided that a simple modification could enhance the performance of this useful grinding rest.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hall extra info:a simple modification.
p 17:
A modified involute gear cutter method; Nrman Hurst used Don Unwin's 1997 gear cutting article for reference but he felt that he could modify Don's system to suit his own needs.
[Gears]
author: Hurst extra info:principles, construction of holder, construction of buttons, aligning the buttons.
p 19:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 20:
Compendium of the Quorn - part 2; Philip Amos concludes his review of the Quorn and suggest a few more modifications and gives some hints on wheel dressing.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Amos extra info:Quorn clamping, access, diamond shaping of wheels, engraving divisions, mounting, storage, conclusion.
p 26:
A workshop gantry; Stan Wade describes the construction of an aid to safe handling which was fashioned from materials which were to hand.
[Workshop]
author: Wade
p 29:
Digital read outs for the home workshop - part 2; Peter Rawlinson concludes his article by describing the electronic circuits and the associated test procedures.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the circuit, PCB manufacture, testing, safety, using the logic probe, fitting the ices, conclusion, component suppliers, component list.
p 36:
A comprehensive dividing capability for Peatol lathe and mill - part 2; Tony Jeffree concludes with the remaining parts of the headstock and tailstock.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Jeffree extra info:controlling stepper motor float, the 2 division components, index plates, sector arms, CNC dividing.
p 46:
The Midlands Model Engineering Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 50:
The special angle plate for the Myford ML10 cross slide; another useful accessory from the drawing board of Len Walker it would suit a variety of lathes of similar size.
[Lathe]
author: Walker
p 53:
high and low temperature solders, imperial size steel from Hemingway, Compu-Edit graphics code manager; Uni-thread wire thread inserts, Wren Engineering change of address, newsline from Reevescene, new catalogue from Frost, Garryflex blocks, a message from Chronos.
[Trade Counter]
p 54:
IMS update.
[Exhibition]
p 57:
Cheap surface plates.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jones
p 57:
Electrical safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rogers
p 57:
Three phase from an inverter.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hemingway
p 57:
Three phase from an inverter.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 58:
Lazy Susan file rack.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loveland
p 58:
Machining hobs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Porter
p 58:
Three phase from an inverter.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stone
p 58:
Tricycles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thornton
p 59:
Home made lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spick
p 59:
Little John drive belts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Feeley
p 59:
The Wade lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whittaker
p 59:
Trimming bolts and screws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
MEW Feb 2000 # 64
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
In search of concentricity - repeatable lathe chuck setting; Michael Shepherd made an adapter for his 3 jaw chuck which helps the process.
[Lathe]
author: Shepherd
p 14:
A plain man's guide to drawing; Bob Loader gives some advice on how to go about producing them.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:equipment, pens and pencils, compasses, other items, rubbing out, drawing method, how many views, spacing, projection,; reminders, datums, dimensioning, lines, sections, nominal dimensions, scrap views, abbreviations and symbols, numbering and lettering, fractions.
p 22:
Twist drill sharpening by the four facet method; Giles Parkes describes how a simple collet holder makes this drill sharpening method a practical proposition.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Parkes extra info:my jig, six facets.
p 24:
The spark eroder and the CNC mill - matter arising; Peter Rawlinson gives an update on his two recent major projects.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:spark eroder dielectric, pliers for bending PCB jumper leads, the CNC mill in use, the modifications, x and y axis gearing; new cutter drive motor, plotter pen auxiliary movement, quill dial gauge, z axis DRO, dividing head counter, etching tank, materials, construction, final assembly and sealing, air supply, PCB holder.
p 32:
the 69th Model Engineer Exhibition at the International Model Show.
[Exhibition]
p 37:
Elegant pipework; Derek Brown demonstrates how to achieve neat and accurate bends.
[Workshop]
author: Brown extra info:simple construction, the base, fulcrum loose spindle and spaces, anchor posts, levers, formers, operation, scaling.
p 41:
Adhesives and fabrication; Harold Hall recounts some of his experiences of using one range and encourages readers to give them a try.
[Workshop]
author: Hall extra info:give it a try, types of adhesive, preparation, some examples, material saving, final comments.
p 44:
MEW computerised index, screwcutting made simple by Greenwood Tools, a diamond grinding wheel dresser.
[Trade Counter]
p 45:
Workholding mandrels - part 1; Philip Amos describes the types available and their use.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, plain mandrels, stub mandrels, axially clamped mandrels, shouldered arbor, tapered mandrel, expanding mandrel, multi-split tapered sleeve type, multiple blade type, hick type, yuile type, le count type.
p 55:
Powder coating; Neil Munro tells us how to make a simple fluidised bed which will aid the process.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Munro extra info:building the fluidised bed, using the fluidised bed.
p 57:
Handling molten lead.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Follett
p 57:
Machining worms.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Peters
p 58:
Centering work in 4 jaw chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
p 58:
Engineering supplies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Drabbie
p 58:
Engineering supplies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spencer
p 58:
Readers response.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morie
p 58:
Tricycles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walsh
p 59:
The 'Big Turn'; lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove
p 59:
Workshop gantry.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove
MEW Apr 2000 # 65
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; merger of Highbury and Nexus; 7th National Model Engineering and Model Exhibition.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Workholding mandrels - part 2; Philip Amos concludes his review and goes on to discuss the use of slot drills.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:expanding mandrels, washer or cone mandrels, pegs and split bushes, general remarks, conclusion.
p 16:
Sharp tools for beginners - new wheel flanges for the bench grinder; Bob Margolis turns his attention to the flanges which support the grinding wheels.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Margolis extra info:the problem, materials, measuring the shaft, first operation, using a stub mandrel, future plans, postscript, a simple boring bar.
p 19:
A small universal milling machine; A.J. Vantomme describes his versatile small milling machine which is of fabricated construction.
[Mill]
author: Vantomme extra info:construction, base and column, the head, the quill and spindle, feed arrangements, motor and drive, compound worktable, horizontal milling, accessories.
p 25:
Making life easier - long material rest; Peter Rawlinson describes some ways in which he has made time spent in the workshop more productivea long material rest for the band saw, collet storage tray, film case storage system.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:long material rest for the band saw; storage of nuts and bolts.
p 28:
Avoiding the use of packing; John Brittain shows us how to make easily positioned toolholders for both the Myford super 7 and Harrison l5 lathes.
[Lathe]
author: Brittain extra info:the limitations of packing, something had to be done, construction, repeatability of location, accommodating larger tools, parting off, a version for the harrison l5, postscript.
p 34:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 35:
Hand turning - part 1 metal; Robert Newman describes the process and gives details of suitable equipment.
[Lathe]
author: Newman extra info:tool rest construction, machining the body taper, the cotters, the rest post, the swivel post, the clamping handles, general notes, tolls for metal hand turning.
p 41:
A range of toolpost grinders for the small workshop, good quality BA spanners from Chronos, a review of the Meiji binocular stereo zoom microscope.
[Trade Counter]
p 42:
Visit to Barry Jordan's workshop.
[Visit]
p 48:
An easily made machine vice; Stan Bray describes a small macine vice with industrial features.
[Clamping]
author: Bray
p 50:
Cutting BA, metric and worm threads on Myford 3-1/2in. lathes; John Peters clarifies some of the mysteries of cutting those types of thread on both gearbox and changewheel equipped lathes.
[Threading]
author: Peters extra info:BA threads, how accurate are these, precision work, cutting BA threads on changewheel lathes, metric threads, worm thread pitches, accuracy considerations, practical recommendations.
p 56:
Elliott mini borers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lagdon
p 56:
Machining worms.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 56:
PTFE burns.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rae
p 56:
Seeking special rope.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 56:
Twist drill sharpening.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parkes
p 56:
Veteran restored - restoration automobile.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pettengall
p 57:
Those older lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 57:
Those older lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barrie
p 57:
Those older lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hyde
MEW Jun 2000 # 66
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; HSE health and safety documents relating to to passenger carrying miniature railways and road vehicles.
author: Sheppard extra info:HSE health and safety documents relating to to passenger carrying miniature railways and road vehicles.
p 12:
Measuring temperature; Philip Amos describes some of the available methods.
[Measuring]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, general, liquid in glass thermometers, solid expansion thermometers, pressure gauge thermometers; digital thermometers, thermocouples, electrical resistance thermometers, colour temperature, crayons, magnets; optical pyrometer, radiation pyrometers, portable infrared pyrometers, pyrometric cones, conclusion.
p 17:
A genuine LeCount mandrel; Hugh Smith acquired a device which he was unable to identify until Philip Amos revealed all.
[Lathe]
author: Smith
p 18:
Hand turning - part 2 wood; Robert Newman describes some tools and procedures which may assist readers who are not experienced in this medium.
[Lathe]
author: Newman extra info:the turning tools, the tool rest, the cone drive, the handles, turning the handles, using then slicer tool, finishing.
p 24:
A testing project - vertical miller; Barry Jordan needed a test project on which to confirm the capabilities of his small home-built milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Jordan extra info:preparation, the test, the project, facts about the model FOBCO drill, just as a tailpiece some mole gripping stuff.
p 27:
Turning a torus; Derek Brown recalls the time when the subject was soft furnishing.
[Lathe]
author: Brown extra info:radius tool, cutting the torus.
p 28:
A spindle clutch for the small lathe; when Reg Crane exchanges his Super 7B for an ML10 he missed the headstock drive clutch so constructed this effective replacement.
[Lathe]
author: Cane
p 30:
Making a small crankshaft; Harold Hall gives some suggestions on machining one of the more difficult items.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:one piece construction, turning between centres, other methods.
p 32:
Blocks and trammels; Len Walker suggests that adding these simply made items to the workshop inventory would aid marking out and other applications.
[Workshop]
author: Walker extra info:precision matched blocks, grinding, a beam compass or trammel, for metalworking.
p 36:
CNC for practical engineers - acquiring data for CNC; following articles in #41 to #47, Richard Bartlettgives some additional info and describes the process of digitising.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett
p 40:
An attachment for a Bosch router; Norman Hurst tells how he extended the capabilities of a friend's woodworking machine.
[Workshop]
author: Hurst extra info:the requirement, the solution, manufacture.
p 44:
Spindle and shaft speed measurement; Harry McCarty has devised a neat battery powered revolution counter.
[Measuring]
author: McCarty extra info:transducer, converter, indicator, circuit description, construction, calibration, conclusion.
p 51:
A wire brush substitute, using a Minicraft.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Frewin
p 53:
S.J.E. Engineering for small fasteners; Climpex clamps; compression springs and 'O' rings; news from A & D Barrowclough Ltd; cushioned abrasives; high intensity light probe; Screw Magic.
[Trade Counter]
p 54:
Electromagnetic devices - part 1 an introduction; Tony Claridge describes some of these devices and the principles by which they operatemagnetism, units of measurement, quantitive analysis.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:; Tony Claridge describes some of these devices and the principles by which they operatemagnetism, units of measurement, quantitive analysis.
p 57:
Calling Cuckoo Hall Lane former pupils.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Aimer
p 57:
Engineering adhesives.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 57:
Lathe tool packing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Coote
p 57:
Lathe tool packing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swallow
p 57:
Machining hobs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 58:
9in. South Bend lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Eastwood
p 58:
Tool and cutter grinder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 59:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 59:
More on older lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeffree
p 59:
More on older lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vantomme
MEW Aug 2000 # 67
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; H&SE (Health and Safety Executive) information sheet, relaunch of the model engineer exhibition, working precision models.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Creating holes; Philip Amos discusses methods of location production and finishing.
[Drilling]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, character, position, hole centre, hole marking, jig drilling, drilling in the lathe, special positioning techniques,; location of holes from each other or from workpiece edges, drilling machine or vertical mill, wigglers, hole axis direction, drilling across cylinders, achieving the required dimensions, finish and dimensions, coated drills, conclusion.
p 18:
A tapping compound dispenser; Peter Rawlinson cannot bear to throw anything away.
[Threading]
author: Rawlinson
p 19:
Repeatable headstock location for a vertical miller; David Manchin tackles a problem experienced by many owners of small milling machines.
[Mill]
author: Machin extra info:a new key from an old file, modifying the column, machining the column casting, adding the column casting extension pieces, a new head elevating key, problems.
p 26:
Visit to Dick Stephen.
[Visit]
author: Stephen
p 29:
The Wabeco milling machine; clockmaker Dick Stephenson describes his experiences with the CNC version of the Wabeco 1200 series milling machine.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:general impressions, the CNC miller as a manually operated machine, the CNC aspect of the machine.
p 31:
A direct indexing attachment for a Myford dividing head; Raymond NcMahon tells us of a modification to a workshop accessory which helped to speed up production.
[Lathe]
author: McMahon
p 33:
Health and Safety Executive information sheet.
author: Doris
p 37:
Lathe projects for the beginner - part 1; Harold Hall devised a series of articles in which practical useful projects are described and which covers the basics of lathework.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:machines, chucks, the fixed steady, cutting tools, dial test indicator DTI, smaller items, material, in-depth detail, metric dimensioning, our first project a mini surface gauge, terminology.
p 42:
Low melting point alloys from MCP, spring/summer book news from Camden, a new range of duplex brand machining accessories, new high accuracy torque wrench.
[Trade Counter]
p 43:
A toolpost grinder for a Harrison L5 lathe; Eric Eadon shows how he adapted a minidrill to carry out small bore grinding tasks.
[Lathe]
author: Eadon extra info:development, the toolpost grinder, quill housing, bearing clamp plate, final assembly, using the unit, safety.
p 48:
Spring in Yorkshire - 7th National Model Engineering and Modelling Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 51:
Electromagnetic devices - part 2 - designing electromagnets; Tony Claridge continues his series by carrying out a number of design studies.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:estimating the force available, estimating the amp turns required, MMF calculations, designing the winding, a solenoid design study.
p 55:
More accessories for the smaller lathe; Jack Neave now adds an even larger collet holder.
[Lathe]
author: Neave extra info:the super collet fixture, face plate, clamp ring, collets.
p 56:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 57:
Constant velocity joints.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rhodes
p 57:
Cutting sheet metal.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bradfield
p 57:
Etching printed circuit boards.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noakes
p 57:
Securing bush.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sutton
p 58:
Centre drills and bevel gears.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawes
p 58:
Dividing head puzzle.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Walsh
p 58:
Evening class.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Masters
p 58:
Materials for electromagnets.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Varga
p 58:
Tool holder article corrections.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brittain
MEW Oct 2000 # 68
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; CAD Turbocad relaunched, modellers in the news.
author: Sheppard
p 13:
The vacuum chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Amos
p 17:
An introduction to CNC programming; Trevor Wain gives an introduction.
[CNC]
author: Wain extra info:programming basics, format of the program, example program.
p 21:
A fabricted tailstock for dividing head; Norman Hurst describes how he fabricated a matching unit for his indexing head.
[Lathe]
author: Hurst extra info:description, notes on welding distortion, manufacturing, aligning and assembly.
p 26:
A tilting compound table - part 1; Geoff Allen embarks on a major project.
[Mill]
author: Allen extra info:the design concept, a second bite at the cherry, supply of castings, order of machining.
p 30:
The vertical miller as a surface grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Machin extra info:the wheel guard, setting up for grinding.
p 31:
Model Engineer Exhibition news.
[Exhibition]
p 36:
Spark eroder dielectric; a new material suitable for the home workshop.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:experience with IONPLUS-dielectric IME-MH, filtration, a filter housing, system pressure.
p 39:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 2; Harold Hall gives step by step instructions on the machining of mini surface gauge.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:base, centre drilling, facing an end, reducing the diameter, finishing cuts, producing the finishing tool, back to the base, using the fixed steady, method of adjustment, fly cutting.
p 43:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 44:
new Chronos website, Shesto website, spark erosion equipment in modular form from Concept EDM ltd.
[Trade Counter]
p 45:
Electric arc welding techniques metal arc - manual metal arc welding; Trevor Marlow gives advice on the selection of equipment and use of the process.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:cheap and cheerful welding, principles of operation, equipment, selection, rating, size and portability, buying second-hand, making big welds, additional facilities, build your own, safety, the importance of the flux coating, striking an arc.
p 51:
Electromagnetic devices - part 3 - winding construction; Tony Claridge gives some practical hints on winding coils.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:the stresses to which windings are subject, methods of making coils, alternative to enamelled copper wire, getting rid of heat, permanent magnets.
p 54:
A useful screw press; John Harris describes converting a car boot item to solve a problem.
[Workshop]
author: Harris
p 56:
Atlas lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Payne
p 56:
Constant velocity joints.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parkes
p 56:
Grinding inconel turbine wheels.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 57:
Aids to neat drawing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fribbins
p 57:
Shaft speed measurement ( reply ).
[Scribe a Line]
author: McCarty
p 57:
Shaft speed measurement.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lee
MEW Nov 2000 # 69
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; engineering courses, searching for a bevel gear.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Those confounded chips; Philip Amos discusses the care of threaded lathe chucks and the mandrel nose.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:mandrel, chuck mounting, chuck backplate, chuck care, storage conclusion.
p 16:
Milling between centres; Norman Hurst addresses the problem of aligning the workpiece in the indexing unit.
[Mill]
author: Hurst extra info:the alignment problem, the solution, manufacture, the work holding problem, the solution, manufacture.
p 19:
Further experiments with CNC; Peter Rawlinson describes his quest for an alternative control system for his CNC milling machine.
[CNC]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the search, hardware modifications, G and M codes, microkinetics system, programming, worked examples, circular quadrants, sub-routines.
p 25:
A tilting compound table - part 2; in this second article Geoff Allen gives some hints on machining the first batch of major castings.
[Mill]
author: Allen extra info:machining flat surfaces, procedures.
p 28:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 3; Harold Hall gives detailed instructions on machining the remaining components of the mini surface gauge, which was the first project.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the scriber assembly, thin piece collet, adjuster assembly, assembly, final comments.
p 31:
Life with a planing machine; Jack Frazer relates the story of the rescue of a scrapped planing machine.
[Shaping]
author: Frazer extra info:adding milling capability, a self-act feed for the table, future developments.
p 33:
MEW index for issues 57 to 68.
[Index]
author: Cheater
p 37:
A rotatable vertical slide mount; Paul Boothby describes a simple adapter.
[Lathe]
author: Boothby extra info:material, accessories, required, construction, afterthoughts.
p 39:
affordable CNC milling - Quantum CNC.
[Trade Counter]
p 41:
A variable speed control for Myford ML7; Tony Jeffree relates his experiences with a Newton Tesla speed control package.
[Electrics]
author: Jeffree extra info:early discussions, the package, fitting and setting up, problems.
p 43:
Honing jig for carbide lathe tool tips; Derek Winks describes a simply made jig.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Winks extra info:construction, the jig in use.
p 45:
The 70th Model Engineer Exhibition - news update.
[Exhibition]
author: Winks
p 46:
Dial indicators - they aren't just for clocking; Bob Loader surveys some of the mechanical types available and suggests a variety of uses.
[Measuring]
author: Loader extra info:three useful indicators, the pencil method, setting work in a 4 jawed chuck, dial indicator, accessories for the dial indicator; t using the dial indicator, dial test indicator DTI, using the DTI, setting for milling work, using a magnetic base, tell-tale indicator.
p 51:
A milling chuck adapter for a Huffman centre locator; Derek Oxley has devised this simple aid to accurate work setting.
[Mill]
author: Oxley
p 52:
Electromagnetic devices - part 4; Tony Claridge covers permanent magnet theory and materials.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:how magnets work, sources of supply, using permanent magnets.
p 56:
Brown and sharp dividing heads; m.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sobel
p 56:
Electromagnetic Vee blocks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brown
p 56:
Headstock dividing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 56:
Protecting brass finish.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Amos
p 56:
Sources of soft iron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Adams
p 57:
An effective abrasive.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bach
p 57:
Radiused centre drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dussel
p 57:
Urwick triangular key.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Padgett
MEW Dec 2000 # 70
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Shear; Philip Amos examines the factors affecting the successful operation of devices which cut metal by a shearing process.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Amos extra info:background, introduction, concept, shear failure, tools, punch and die, bench press, action of punch and die, action of other shearing tools; force available with the triple machine, cutting force required, sideways force, blade clearance, clearance adjustment, hand tools, brake press, conclusion.
p 19:
A machine work clamp; Dyson watkins describes a simply made clamp which ensures safety and provides accuracy.
[Clamping]
author: Watkins extra info:side plates, spacers, swing arm assembly, swinging arm side plates, swivel nuts, link, clamp screw, tommy-bar, draw bolt, finish.
p 23:
Getting started in model engineering; Loris Goring describes the acquisition and renovation of a Myford lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Goring extra info:before you buy, the general condition, main headstock bearings, the renovation.
p 25:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 25:
Nasty steels, horrible finishes, and close tolerances - turning EN3B and EN32.
[Quick Tip]
author: Monolith
p 26:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 4; Harold Hall explains how to go about turning a parallel work piece and suggests an exercise which will produce a precision component for future use.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:mounting requirements, an alternative, cylindrical square, parting off, finishing the part, the tailstock effect.
p 30:
Versatile lathe tool from J B Cutting Tools; slideway grinding specialists; motors direct relocate, easier handling of small components; steam fittings from E K P Supplies.
[Trade Counter]
p 31:
A live centre; Alan Aldridge set about making something suitable and not bulky.
[Lathe]
author: Aldridge extra info:a centre for a special job, taper turning, the ball end, assembly, taper ends.
p 34:
Seen at hte Midlands Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
p 37:
A tilting compound table - part 3; Geoff Allen embarks on a major project.
[Workshop]
author: Allen extra info:gib strips, tee strips, castings.
p 40:
Vee belt drive for a South Bend lathe; Norman Eastwood describes his conversion to a vee belt drive.
[Lathe]
author: Easwood extra info:design considerations and a choice, materials and pattern making, making the new parts, machining the original cone pulley; belt tension parts, fitting the drive pin and lubricating the cone pulley, four speed pulleys and two speed countershaft, conclusion.
p 45:
Further experiments with CNC; Peter Rawlinson investigates unipolar and bipolar stepper motor drive systems.
[CNC]
author: Rawlinson extra info:system design, double sided PCBs, using the bipolar system, power supplies, assembly and testing.
p 51:
Electromagnetic devices - part 5 alternating currents.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:sine waves, vectors, coils in AC systems, transformers.
p 54:
Balancing the design of a salvage; peter peters has given much thought to a problem posed in a letter to scribe a line in issue 59.
[Workshop]
author: Peters extra info:transverse shear, torsion, bending.
p 56:
Air bearings for tool and cutter grinders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 56:
Electronic revolution counter.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McCarty
p 57:
Constant velocity joints.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 57:
Securing a bush.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Croasdale
MEW Jan 2001 # 71
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Lathe spindle length stops; a simple lathe stop system suitable for a larger lathe is described by Philip Amos.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:mark 1, mark 2, general, design, manufacture, use, conclusion.
p 16:
Visit to Derek Brown's workshop.
[Visit]
p 19:
Nut runners; dissatisfied with commercially available items led Derek Brown to produce a set of spanners which met his requirements.
[Workshop]
author: Brown extra info:shanks, it gets to the part others cannot reach.
p 21:
Tungsten carbide and diamond tooling from Eternal Tools, make waterslide decals on an ink-jet printer, MEW computerised index, welding protection from C G & W Young Ltd.
[Trade Counter]
p 22:
The 70th Model Engineer Exhibition - update.
[Exhibition]
p 23:
Getting started in model engineering - part 2; Loris Goring describes the installation of his reconditioned Myford ML7 lathe and the preparation required to bring it into service.
[Lathe]
author: Goring extra info:lighting for the lathe, safe working, acquiring tools, heating the workshop, levelling the lathe on it's bed, lubrication, connecting the electricity, getting the metal stock in.
p 25:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 25:
Drilling in milling machine.
[Quick Tip]
p 25:
Stylus type dial test indicators (DTI) and cosine error.
[Quick Tip]
author: Monolith
p 26:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 5; Harold Hall now considers the influence of the lathe tailstock on parallel turning.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:turning parallel, the tailstock effect, fine feed quantified.
p 28:
Removing a broken tap; Raymond McMahon describes how he resolved the problem.
[Workshop]
author: McMahon
p 29:
Milling on the Unimat 3; Bob Loader describes how it is possible to use the smallest of lathes to perform quite substantial milling operations.
[Mill]
author: Loader extra info:taking care, useful cutters, a better way of holding cutters, the large cutter holder, holding work for milling, don't forget the toolpost, other methods, vertical slides, clamping the work, essentials, home made cutters.
p 35:
Taper turning by offset tailstock centre; Doug Ball of Letchworth describes his version of a device which simplifies taper turning.
[Lathe]
author: Ball
p 38:
Worden tool and cutter grinder; Geoff Hheppard describes the construction of a machine tool from a kit.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Sheppard extra info:capabilities of the machine, a bit of history, the kit arrives, the planning stage, making a start, tool holder slide assembly; the table eccentrics, setting bar lengths, the table, metal finishing, the grinding wheel hub, the motor and control circuits, ready for use.
p 43:
A drill extension; Peter Rawlinson suggests another method of maintaining alignment when more than one drill is used to create one hole.
[Drilling]
author: Rawlinson extra info:main arbor assembly, drive shaft, hardening, drive discs, release knob assembly, tapping holder, tapping handles, the unit in use.
p 47:
Electric arc welding techniques - metal inert gas (MIG) welding; Trevor Marlow describes the equipment and methods used when MIG welding.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:a purchase you will never regret, why are MIG systems popular, how does the traditional system work, financial outlay; what will I get for my initial outlay, which should I choose traditional or no gas, argon mixture or carbon dioxide, preliminary set-up, recurring problems their causes and cures; surface preparation, problems in welding on a good surface, rapid degradation of tips due to a damp workshop, wire feed problems, welding aluminium, welding stainless steel, spot welding with MIG, welding cobwebs.
p 54:
Electromagnetic devices - part 6 transformer design; Tony Claridge discuses transformer design theory and construction.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:the core, the initial design stage.
p 58:
Varnishing brass.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Amos
p 58:
Varnishing brass.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Claridge
p 58:
Varnishing brass.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Collins
p 59:
Vacuum chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Baker
MEW Mar 2001 # 72
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the Chronos Unimat Millenium Lathe Prize Drawn, Geoff Allen's tilting compound table, MIG welding - a note of warning.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Method and sequence; Philip Amos looks back at some of the older routines.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:sequence, commercial industry, production order, drawing, sheet size, storage, format, drawing number, material list, revision column, accessories, route sheet, conclusion.
p 16:
An anti-corrosion formulation.
[Quick Tip]
author: Monolith
p 17:
Adaptiong the Vertex HV6 rotary table; Derek Oxley solved a couple of problems setting up this commercial milling accessory.
[Mill]
author: Oxley
p 18:
A quick oil can.
[Quick Tip]
author: Boothby
p 19:
Yet another knurling tool; Gary Wooding describes his version of a caliper type.
[Lathe]
author: Wooding
p 24:
A J Reeves 2000 - good news; small machine vice from Home and Workshop Machinery; a new Super 7 lathe from Myford, Warco 3 axis digital readout DRO system.
[Trade Counter]
p 25:
Getting started in model engineering - part 3; Loris Goring covers buying basic tools for hand and lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Goring extra info:measuring and marking out, punches and scribers, precision measuring, gauges, cutting tools, lathe tools, holding tools.
p 28:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 6 - precision turning, hole diameters, hole gauges; Harold Hall now brings a component to size.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:precision the problem, tool, in-feed method, hole gauges, taper stub mandrel, making gauges, making the mandrel, the handle, precision in length, terminology.
p 32:
70th Model Engineer Exhibition - news update.
[Exhibition]
p 37:
Home made cutters - D bits; Bob Loader shows that making them need not be a daunting task.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:d-bits, special d-bits, hardening, counterbores, ring cutters, cutters from files, cutters from broken end mills, taps, spade drill, home-made saws, odds and ends, a fly cutter holder.
p 42:
Mill knee motorisation; Peter Rawlinson decided that something must be done.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:z axis, the power requirement, the mechanical components, the control system.
p 46:
Upgrading the Taig CNC mill; Tony Jeffree reports on modifications.
[CNC]
author: Jeffree extra info:upgrading the z-axis, upgrading the motors, first impressions.
p 49:
A safety interlock for the Warco mill; Dr David hall suggests a small modification to a popular milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:the problem, the solution, electrical considerations.
p 50:
Electromagnetic devices - part 7 - motors; Tony Claridge now moves from transformers to motors.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:transformer design and induction motors, electric motors, single phase motors.
p 54:
Simple gear shaping; George Dimelow has adopted an industrial method to produce simple gears suitable for light duties.
[Lathe]
author: Dimelow extra info:making the cutter, cutting the teeth, correcting the tooth form, other applications.
p 56:
Finding the centre; John Payne decided that existing designs could be improved.
[Mill]
author: Payne extra info:center finder development for a vertical miller.
p 58:
Current meter reading anomalies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brown
p 58:
Varnishing brass; shellac.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Coady
p 58:
With a little help from the angels; Angel's Breath - recipe for a cutting fluid.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
p 59:
A little ingenuity taps an odd thread.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 59:
Metal procurement company.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Quatermaine
p 59:
Oiling Myford lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noonan
p 59:
Radiused centre drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Beech
p 59:
Using boring head to offset tailstock centre for taper turning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jackson
p 59:
Varnishing brass; use Furniglass hardset or Ripmax tufcote.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lister
MEW May 2001 # 73
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; Reeves 2000; a new wallchart.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Starting taps straight; hand taps are some of the most frequent used items, Philip Amos gives some hints on how to achieve a successful result.
[Threading]
author: Amos extra info:commercial approaches, conventional home workshop approaches, tapping under power, conclusion.
p 17:
The evolution of stainless steels; Don Unwin surveys the development of a group of materials the prime property of which was not immediately recognised.
[Materials]
author: Unwin extra info:the break through, classifications, hardenable alloys, austenitic steels, heat resistant steels.
p 19:
Renovating an Atlas hoizontal milling machine; Mike Thurgood relates some experiences reconditioning a 1940 American milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Thurgood extra info:not my first attempt at renovation, back to the Atlas, upgrading the electrics, help from the USA, replacement drive belt, repainting, the machine in use, postscript.
p 24:
Jacks and clamps; Peter Rawlinson describes some simple milling machine accessories.
[Clamping]
author: Rawlinson extra info:mill table screw jack base, cam type clamp for thin sheet fixing, calling Bill Hinkle.
p 27:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 7 - precision turning to length, distance gauges; Harold Hall describes the manufacture of a set of simple gauges.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:making the gauges, setting a fixed steady, setting the top slide, measurement problems, outside dimension fingers, storage tray, boring holes, terminology.
p 31:
Making Clocks.
[Fireside Reading]
author: Stan Bray
p 32:
An autocollimator from the scrap box - part 1; Bill Morris suggests that a useful basic device could be constructed.
[Measuring]
author: Morris
p 36:
Drilling and tapping equivalents chart; wallchart.
[Workshop]
p 38:
Saddle and tailstock handwheel dials for a Harrison M250 lathe; Shelley Curtis describes a simple enhancement to the specification of his ex-MOD machine.
[Lathe]
author: Curtis
p 40:
A dial gauge stand; Len Walker suggest this to be a simple item for beginners.
[Workshop]
author: Walker extra info:base, column, arm clamp, column clamp, stud, large knob, arm, clamp bolt, small knob, preparation for assembly.
p 43:
Simple speed reduction; Gerry Ward relates how he fitted speed reducing systems to two milling machines.
[Mill]
author: Ward
p 45:
My Potts universal milling spindle; Alan Slater describes his variation on one of the themes.
[Workshop]
author: Slater extra info:feed screw assembly, improved spindle bearings.
p 49:
A ready-made rotary table; A W F de Ville relates how he recycled components of a piece of domestic equipment.
[Workshop]
author: de Ville
p 50:
A tilting compound table - part 5; continuing from issues 70 Geoff Allen describes the progressive machining.
[Workshop]
author: Allen
p 53:
Electromagnetic devices - part 8 motors; Tony Claridge explains more about motors.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:induction motors, synchronous motors, reluctance motors.
p 57:
Abrasive band and disc machines - a health warning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Purdy
p 57:
Converting to metric.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vantomme
p 57:
Further experiments with CNC.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Connelly
p 58:
After exibition (a wifes view).
[Scribe a Line]
p 58:
Replacing drill batteries.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
MEW Jun 2001 # 74
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
A pot-pourri of small lathes; the small lathe has a fascinating history some aspects of which are explored by Don Unwin.
[History]
author: Unwin extra info:ornamental turning, new publications widen interest, proliferation after 1918, a custom-built lathe.
p 19:
A simple dividing head for the Hobbymat MD65; Peter Bowes made good use of wet weekend and ended up with a useful attachment for his lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Bowes
p 20:
Measuring grooves; Philip Amos suggests some methods of determining their size.
[Measuring]
author: Amos extra info:external grooves, internal grooves, other shapes, conclusion.
p 23:
A free-lance lathe; by W D Urwick reprinted from Model Engineer March 1st 1951.
[History]
author: Urwick
p 26:
Metalmaster - a zero taper machine tool; by David Urwick reprinted from Model Engineer 2nd July 1982.
[History]
author: Urwick
p 29:
The Metalmaster up to date; Mick Collins relates the later history of this intriguing machine.
[Lathe]
author: Collins
p 30:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 8 - boring; Harold Hall describes some useful items of tooling.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:boring, the problems, boring small diameters, the tools, tailstock die holders, two methods, the larger holder.
p 34:
A universal machine tool for the model engineer's workshop; by L F Redman reprinted from Model Engineer 17th March 1938.
[History]
author: Redman
p 36:
Drilling in the small lathe; Bob Loader demonstrates that it is possible to press the lathe into service for other duties.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:a primitive vertical head, a milling table, early drilling methods, using the face plate, am improved face plate, lining up drilling work, the drilling process, clamping, clamping round material, using separate drilling machines, other ways and means.
p 42:
An automatic screwcutting stop; Pater Rawlinson describes a modification suitable for a 6-1/2 in centre Taiwanese lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson
p 46:
Tom's tips - modifying a Drummond lathe; Tom Bartlett recalls some improvements he made to a classic lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Bartlett
p 47:
Unimat lll lathe accessories.
[Fireside Reading]
author: Loader
p 48:
The Murad Bormilathe.
[Lathe]
p 49:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 49:
A keyway slotting tool; John Payne describes a simply made special purpose tool.
[Workshop]
author: Payne
p 50:
The ManSon lathes of Small Machines Inc; Tony Griffiths describes some interesting small American lathes of post WWII era.
[History]
author: Griffiths extra info:the first ManSon, ManSon accessories, the ManSon duoLathe circa 1948, a new company.
p 54:
Cutting metric threads on an Atlas lathe; Norman Hust suggests a solution to a problem encountered by many lathe owners.
[Threading]
author: Hust extra info:metric threading chart, gear tooth form, new threading chart.
p 57:
Gear hobbing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whalley
p 57:
Gear shaping.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rhodes
p 57:
Varnishing brass.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shepherd
p 57:
Warco mill safety interlock - a warning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bendall
p 58:
Harnessing technology.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 58:
No courses for novice turners.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lindsay
p 58:
Problem solved - top side tool holder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Schaller
MEW Jul 2001 # 75
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; modellers' insurance, Winson Model Technology, a model engineering class and funding.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Permanent mechanical fastenings; Philip Amos takes a wide ranging look at the available methods of forming joints.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, timber joints, staples, drivescrews, force fits, riveting, tabs and slots, staking, spin riveting, spinning swaging, crimping, clinching, welch plugs, interleaved edges, conclusion.
p 19:
An aid to turning large tubes; Peter Rawlinson tells how he solved the problem.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson
p 20:
Gear hobbing on lathe - an easy way; Eric R rumbo has applied the technique to gear manufacture.
[Gears]
author: Rumbo extra info:the essential components, the controlling electronics, the mechanical components.
p 23:
An autocollimator from the scrap box - part 2; Bill Morris continues his description by completing the manufacturing instruction for the component parts.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:micrometer calculations, micrometer thimble, feet, mirror base, mirror holder.
p 29:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 9 - precision tapers; Harold Hall describes the completion of the tailstock die holders.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:method two, keep a store of used mandrel, tommy bar, the holder mounting taper, using the holders, adjuster screws, working the screws.
p 33:
More space at Harrogate; the editor pays a brief visit to the 8th National Model Engineering and Modelling Exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Shepard
p 37:
When in doubt fabricate; Bob Loader suggests that it is worth looking at alternative ways of making a component.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:pressure pad, interference fit, increasing a diameter, use a good vice, another method, quadrant bracket, locating and locking, fabricating for convenience, some filing, a raising block for the unimat, a drastic re-design, dowels again.
p 42:
A self act cross feed for an adept hand shaper; John Crammond suggests a method of upgrading one of the simpler versions.
[Shaping]
author: Crammond extra info:modifications to castings, the new components, assembly.
p 47:
A brief look at Warco 918 lathe; Mike Chrisp.
[Lathe]
author: Chrisp
p 48:
A quick-change screwcutting and boring tool post; John Chambers describes a lathe tool holding system which incorporates a controlled incremental tool movement and a rapid retraction feature.
[Lathe]
author: Chambers extra info:machining the components, imperial or metric increments, standard items required, final assembly, tool holders, precision drilling.
p 53:
An adaptor for the rotary table; John Garnish suggests an alternative solution to the problem addressed by David Oxley in MEW 72.
[Workshop]
author: Garnish
p 54:
Electromagnetic devices - part 9 - stepper motors; Tony Claridge now introduces the theory of stepper motors.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:an unusual vernier motor, direct current motors.
p 57:
Key for 4-jaw chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Farr
p 57:
Lathe clutch replacement.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Picker
p 57:
Salvaging drill batteries.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 57:
Sincere plea from a newcomer to model engineering.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dudley
p 58:
A design for a muffle furnace sought.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morley
p 58:
Alternative methods.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Goodchild
MEW Sep 2001 # 76
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; news of events, model engineering classes.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Optical instruments in the home workshop; Philip Amos discusses some aids to better vision.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:mirrors, lenses, microscopes, optical centre punch, optical centre finder, laser pointer, stroboscope, cameras, optical projector, conclusion.
p 17:
An autocollimator from scrap box - part 3; Bill Morris concludes his description.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:assembly, using the autocollimator.
p 21:
Working and using exotic materials; Dick Stephen suggests that there may be advantages to using materials not usually employed.
[Materials]
author: Stephen extra info:tungsten carbide and sapphire.
p 24:
Chips with almost everything; Bob Loader discusses the forms in which swarf appears.
[Materials]
author: Loader extra info:the process, things which affect cutting, cutting with hand tools, lathe tools, milling cutters, practical considerations, my favourite materials.
p 29:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 10; the next project in Harold Hall's series involves the machining of a form of material not previously encountered and introduces cutting threads in the lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:machining cast iron, the jack, screw cutting.
p 33:
The Raymac cutter grinder - part 1; Raymond McMahon constructs a machine on which to sharpen end mills.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: McMahon extra info:built from stock materials, making a start, base plate, sliding pivot plate, pivot base, channel slide, side plates.
p 40:
Powered down-feed for milling machine quill; Peter Rawlinson investigates the possibility of adding a powered quill to his milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:motors, motor mounting plate, belt cover, motor cover, control system, capstan clutch unit.
p 46:
The philosophy of Tom Walshaw (Tubal Cain); Bill Jones correspondence.
author: Jones
p 48:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 49:
An intriguing mechanical device; Derek Cooke describes an ingenious mechanism.
[Workshop]
author: Cooke extra info:variable centre drive.
p 51:
Electromagnetic devices - part 10 - DC machines; Tony Claridge explains more things about DC machines.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:how the power relates to the dimensions, the basic equations of machine behaviour, motor connections, controlling speed, dc generators, some other magnetic devices.
p 55:
Gear shaping.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
p 55:
Machine tools and cars.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 55:
Modifying a Drummond.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bach
p 55:
Recycled rotary table - another source.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ibbitson
p 56:
Dividing on a Hobbymat MD65.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dyos
p 56:
Screwcutting coarse threads by hand.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
p 56:
The contributions of Urwick, Radford and Cleeve.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Winspur
p 57:
Advice to a lone hand.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brown
p 57:
Historic lathes - Stephenson hand lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shepherd
p 57:
Reeves 2000 - an update.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barton
MEW Oct 2001 # 77
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; the Model Engineer Exhibition, calling North Hykeham.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Awkward drilling; Philip Amos suggests ways of getting around the problem.
[Drilling]
author: Amos extra info:free space, very limited access, shoulders, small chuck, pin chuck, pin vices, drill bit extension, special cases.
p 15:
Model engineering courses.
p 16:
Temperature measurement; Dyson Watkins surveys a couple of methods.
[Measuring]
author: Watkins extra info:direct reading thermocouple, attachment by spot welding, Tempilaq temperature indicator paints and Tempstik, infra red pyrometer.
p 19:
Taming spraydrift; Derek Brown suggests some simple methods.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Brown
p 21:
The Raymac cutter grinder - part 2; Raymond McMahon continues his description.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: McMahon extra info:the superfine adjuster, pivot block, micrometer sleeve, dovetail clamp, balance springs.
p 27:
Fitting power drive to a Senior E milling machine table; Shelly Curtis describes how he fitted a commercially available table power feed unit to his milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Curtis extra info:end plate, bearing housing, 'align' power feed, limit switch, electrical, summary, footnote.
p 31:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 11 - screw cutting; to complete the small screw jack Harold Hall produces a couple of threaded items.
[Threading]
author: Hall extra info:using the single point tool, calculating in-feed, setting the tool, using chasers, taps as chasers, the common factors; tumbler reverse, setting up, lathe speed, over-run groove, the half nut, thread dial indicator, cutting the thread, internal threads, imperial pitches, screw jack assembly, faceplate work.
p 36:
Updating the Worden Mk. 1; Giles Parkes decided to modify his Worden tool and cutter grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Parkes
p 37:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 38:
On the level; Bill Morris demonstrates that it is possible to construct one such precision instrument with relatively little difficulty.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:primer, how much to bend, jigs, first get your tubing, lapping, calibrating, small angle generator, construction, using the generator, graduations.
p 44:
We visit a master engine builder Brian Parkins.
[Visit]
p 47:
A self-centering vice; Peter Rawlinson describes a simple but useful addition to his workshop.
[Clamping]
author: Rawlinson
p 50:
Electromagnetic devices - part 11 - toys for children of all ages; Tony Claridge concludes his series.
[Electrics]
author: Claridge extra info:a circular linear motor, eddy current brake and induction motor rotor, another electromagnetic gun, an electromagnetic balance, the torque reaction poser.
p 52:
After sales service - Chester Ltd..
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wooding
p 52:
Elevating head lathes - Astoba - where to find?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mills
p 52:
Help for a newcomer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Collins
MEW Nov 2001 # 78
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; HSE document, what's in a name, Ron Drake steps down at blackgates, au revoir.
author: Sheppard
p 12:
Limits and fits, tolerances and surface finish; Philip Amos describes the systems by which physical features of machined parts may be specified and how these may be related to home workshop machining.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:fits, systems, tolerances, interference fits, surface finish, conclusion.
p 19:
Free-wheel hobbing a worm wheel; you really can produce useable worm wheels without a precision hobbing machine - Bill Morris tells how.
[Gears]
author: Morris extra info:design aspects, worm and hob, wormwheel.
p 22:
Engineers Emprium on the Web, surplus bits & pieces from BW Electronics.
[Trade Counter]
p 23:
The Raymac cutter grinder - part 3; Raymond McMahon continues his description.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: McMahon extra info:circular dovetail, degree setting ring, collet head, spindle collet holder, cutter support, optional indexing, optional lever attachment.
p 30:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 12 - knurling, faceplate work; Harold Hall has designed this two-way knurling tool in such a way that it provides a number of opportunities for face plate work.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:two wheel knurling tool, faceplate work.
p 35:
Metalworking in middle of nowhere; Trevor Marlow offers a few suggestions.
[Clamping]
author: Marlow extra info:portable vice.
p 37:
Taming spraydrift - a postscript; Len Billinge.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Billenge
p 38:
A facing and boring head - part 1; Ted Wale talks us through the manufacture.
[Mill]
author: Wale extra info:function and purpose, drawings, manufacture.
p 45:
Link Up.
p 46:
Renovating a machine vice; Victor Elsendoorn describes two methods.
[Clamping]
author: Elsendoorn extra info:the welding process, the replacement process, surface grinding, painting, conclusion.
p 48:
A tailstock turret; Peter Rawlinson describes a time saver.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:safety first, the tool head, the smaller components, assembly, locating the tool positions, tool holders.
p 52:
A cheap aid to better vision.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Forsbrook
p 52:
Drummond lathe saga.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Frow
p 52:
Rotary tables - yet anorther recycled source.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jardine
p 52:
Taps and stratagems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke
p 52:
When is a bargain not a bargain? - a faulty digital height gauge.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Robinson
p 53:
CES (College Engineering Supplies) gear hobbing machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Davis
p 53:
Gear hobbing in lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whalley
p 53:
Learning hard way - bygone times basic instruction.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove-Spenlove
p 53:
Mysterious lack of clearance - information required.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Price
p 53:
Never throw anything away.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rose
MEW Jan 2002 # 79
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a historical reflection, attitudes to safety, it's that time again.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Laser alignment of a mill/drill head; Peter Rawlinson described an answer to a common problem.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:overview, background, laser and electrics, target arrangement, parts manufacture, setup.
p 15:
Formit - a 3 in 1 sheet metal forming tool; Peter McQueen reviews this recent addition to the home workshop.
[Sheet Metal]
author: McQueen
p 16:
Quorn variations; H J Cosh presents some adaptations and procedures for the evergreen cutter grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Cosh extra info:setting system, cup wheel technique, operating notes, end teeth.
p 19:
A facing and boring head - part 2; Ted Wale concludes his description of the lathe accessory which is based on a design by Edgar Westbury.
[Lathe]
author: Wale extra info:leadscrew, backplate, slide, final machining and assembly, completing the machining, final assembly, overall set-up, conclusion.
p 26:
An improved thin piece vice; Philip Amos describes his modified version of a worthwhile accessory.
[Clamping]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, design, manufacture, conclusion.
p 29:
Electric arc welding techniques; Trevor Marlow reviews the use of TIG (tungsten inert gas) welding within the home workshop.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:how is TIG different, what are the variations, why is AC necessary for al and mg, what advantages does TIG offer; what sort of TIG welders are available,, first steps in technique, the importance of surface tension, fine control of current; pulsed TIG welding, slope up and slope down, square wave, preflow and postflow, backfilling, using your TIG apparatus as an intense heat source.
p 35:
Rust prevention.
[Quick Tip]
p 36:
The Raymac cutter grinder - part 4; Raymond McMahon continues his description.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: McMahon extra info:the grinding head, the spindle, pre-loading bearings, spindle pulley wheel, assembly, pillar and base, motor and mountings, electrics, using the raymac.
p 42:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 13 - knurling; Harold Hall completes the construction of a knurling tool.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:arm spacers, swivel pieces, adjuster stud, assembly, the adjusting knob, knurling the method, milling/drilling spindle.
p 45:
Proxxon drill grinder; Hemingway swing out toolholder; Compucut CNC software.
[Trade Counter]
author: Proxxon
p 46:
Electronics in the model engineers workshop - part 1 - basic electronics.
[Electrics]
author: Feather extra info:overview, basic principles, switches, resistor colour code, important formulae, more on switches, micro switches, reed switches, simple switch circuits, relays, some useful relay circuits, notes for experimenters.
p 53:
How much precision?; metric threads metrology.
[Measuring]
author: Ellwood
p 53:
Suppliers queries and ideal equipment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sheaf
p 54:
Simple ideas are often best; tailstock drill pad.
[Lathe]
author: Haughton
p 54:
Grinding parting tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
p 54:
Simple ideas are often best; workshop tidy for bar storage; a tailstock drill pad.
[Workshop]
author: Haughton
MEW Feb 2002 # 80
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; changes aboard, on boilers and testing, advance notice, quick tips, on an unhappy note, society structure, and a final plea.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 14 - mill drill spindle; Harold Hall builds on skills introduced previously.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:production schedule, bearing clamp nuts, body, spindle, bearing adjuster tube.
p 16:
Suction fence for a woodworking table saw; Ted Wale describes a useful accessory.
[Sawing]
author: Wale extra info:background, inspiration, basics, size and fit, fabrication, operation, conclusion.
p 20:
Repairing lathe slide nuts; Don Unwin shares his experiences.
[Lathe]
author: Unwin
p 22:
Quorn variations - part 2; H J Cosh concludes his description of modifications and techniques.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Cosh extra info:disc wheel technique, operating notes, constructional changes.
p 27:
Cross drilling shafts.
[Quick Tip]
p 27:
Softcover international; Myford ltd.
[Trade Counter]
p 28:
Plate rolls and end rolls; Peter Rawlinson presents a redesign for sheet metal work bending.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Rawlinson extra info:modifications, construction notes, materials.
p 33:
Improving the Peatol tailstock; Tony Jeffree describes his modifications to a well known lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:introduction, extending the lever, locking knobs, micrometer set-over adjuster, operation.
p 36:
Electronics in the model engineer's workshop - part 2 - DC motor control; Mike Feather leads us into aspects of DC motor control.
[Electrics]
author: Feather extra info:theory of DC motors, power control with a variable resistor, transistor basics, controlling power and bi-polar transistors; transistor switch, FETs, SCRs, motor direction control, power supplies, power control chips, 24v 50W DC motor control using l298 chip.
p 42:
The Raymac cutter grinder - part 5; Raymond McMahon suggests some alternative uses.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: McMahon extra info:tool post and cross slide drilling spindle, slotting attachment, dividing attachment, wheel dresser, cutter support finger, setting pins, setting up, centre finding, dressing the grinding wheel, sharpening cutters.
p 47:
Measuring hardness; Philip Amos reviews the history methods and systems of measurement.
[Measuring]
author: Amos extra info:Mohs scale, metals, Brinell, scleroscope, Rockwell, Vickers diamond pyramid test, comparison of methods, other tests, methods for the home workshop, conclusion.
p 50:
Appendix 1 Holtzappfel hardness listing (Mohs scale).
[Measuring]
author: Amos
p 51:
Appendix 2 modern variation of Mohs scale.
[Measuring]
author: Amos
p 52:
Appendix 3 hardness numbers for typical home workshop materials.
[Measuring]
author: Amos
p 52:
Appendix 4 very hard materials.
[Measuring]
author: Amos
p 53:
Table 1 comparison of hardness scales.
[Measuring]
author: Amos
p 54:
Elevating head lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
p 54:
Erratum gear hobbing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Flux
p 54:
HSE publications.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Leahy
p 54:
Laser alignment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 54:
Spraydrift.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 54:
The Griggs lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sheridan
p 54:
Whats' in a name.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Davis
p 55:
Basic tools for radius turning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
p 55:
Mill drill head alignment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bulloch
p 55:
Mill drill head alignment.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Karavis
MEW Apr 2002 # 81
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; global warming or cooling, cold fluids I the workshop, unsung heroes REMAP, extra mural activities, broken bolt removal.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 15 - mill drill spindle; Harold Hall describes completing the spindle.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:collet chuck body, collet, assembly, drive arrangement, pulleys, using the spindle, materials.
p 15:
MACOR machinable glass ceramic, Record Tools Ltd, Rotagrip catalogue, vehicle wiring products.
[Trade Counter]
p 16:
Easy changing of lathe tools; Philip Amos describes a low cost approach.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:background, introduction, the adopted system, indexing detent plunger, turret, allocation of tools, comment, shims, storage, conclusion.
p 21:
Give yourself the edge ... without breaking off what you are doing; Drill sharpening methods reviewed, and an unusual technique described.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Marlow extra info:recoverable or not?, can you re-heat treat?, which quench medium, storage discipline, coatings and carbide, various devices, refresh rather than resharpen, totally manual - by hand and by eye.
p 26:
Laser centre finder.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson
p 27:
Errors in taper turning due to incorrect tool height; a new calculator.
[Lathe]
author: McQueen
p 28:
71st Model Engineer Exhibition; some exhibits and results from Sandown Park.
[Exhibition]
p 30:
Compumill - a DIY CNC bench milling machine from stock parts - part 1; Richard Bartlett uses the Compucut system for his design.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:rationale, general construction and application, dismantling the NM2 morticing machine, to stay or not to stay, the base, the bed, column extenders, vertical feed.
p 36:
A cabinet stand for a Myford ML super 7; an alternative route to success.
[Lathe]
author: Roberts
p 39:
Electronics in model engineer's workshop - part 3 - AC circuits.
[Electrics]
author: Feather extra info:introduction, diode power control, safety considerations, SCR (thyristor) power control, controlling AC power with triacs,; rate effects and RFI, opto-isolated triac switching, techniques for varying AC power burst fire control, phase trigger control, making printed circuit boards.
p 46:
Grind All - a description of an unusual accessory made by Kemworthy Tools Ltd.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Harig extra info:introduction, construction, operation, amateur considerations.
p 47:
A precision indicator stand; incorporating unusual feature for fine adjustment.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:general arrangement, locking spindles, base and column, blocks, differential screw, rod carrier and attachments.
p 53:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 54:
Keeping your cool.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Slylvester
p 54:
Metalwork in middle of a colliery.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 54:
More switching configurations.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Boardman; photographs: reader to reader extra info:more switching considerations, metalwork in the middle of a colliery, keeping your cool, workshop H&S.
p 54:
Workshop health and safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Margolis
p 55:
Workshop health and safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Balch
p 55:
Workshop health and safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Connelly
MEW May 2002 # 82
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; small scale train spotting, model rail scotland 2002, back in the workshop, Myford ML7 review, readers response quick tips, corrections, issue 77 self centring vice, issue 80 measuring hardness, forward planning, MEW index.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Compumill - a DIY CNC bench milling machine from stock parts - part 2; Richard Bartlett continues his description.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:vertical feed, X/Y feeds, column bushes, spindle and bearing, operating the mill.
p 18:
Grinding head for an adept hand shaper; to achieve basic surface grinding using a shaper.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Chawner extra info:background, safety, construction, welding, operation.
p 22:
Traverse stops for a Vertex (Myford) rotary table.
[Workshop]
author: Curtis extra info:background, manufacture, operation.
p 24:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 16 - a milling cutter chuck; Harold Hall concludes his series.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:taper and chuck body, collet closing ring.
p 27:
Trycut and Testfoam, MEW index, white metal, Warco, Chronos.
[Trade Counter]
p 28:
Visit to motorsport museum and workshop of Lee Dove; Morgan restoration.
[Visit]
author: Dove extra info:we visit the workshop of a motorsport enthusiast.
p 30:
Notes on variable frequency inverters; Peter Dawes share his experience - speed control delta wiring.
[Electrics]
author: Dawes extra info:now the bad news, wiring a motor in delta, speed control, about the waveform, switching speed and noise, cooling, circuits.
p 32:
Quick quill depth stop; a time saving accessory for the mill.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:introduction, manufacture.
p 34:
Screw threads are not just for fastening; an overview of types and applications.
[Threading]
author: Loader extra info:a useful reference book, square, cutting square threads, acme, cutting acme threads, buttress, round or button, vee threads for measuring and moving, cutting vee threads, measuring threads, multi-start threads.
p 38:
Easychange banjo - a modified quadrant arm for the Myford.
[Lathe]
author: Boothby extra info:introduction, background and description, construction, quadrant arm - preparation, quadrant arm - milling the slots, quadrant arm - milling the edges, boss, stud assembly, stud retaining clip, completion, reference.
p 42:
Secrets of successful coil winding; Brian Perkins describes his coil winding machine and the essence of miniature magnetos.
[Electrics]
author: Perkins extra info:introduction, initial trials (and tribulations), theory on primary wire size, solving the secondary, coil winder considerations, operation and tension control, interleaving and insulation aspects.
p 46:
A winch out of scrap material - heavy lifting made easy.
[Workshop]
author: Elsendoorn extra info:introduction, kilograms, watts and all that, construction notes, the control unit, cautionary notes.
p 48:
Electronics in model engineer's workshop - part 4 - power supplies.
[Electrics]
author: Feather extra info:introduction, the basic requirements of a power supply, fixed voltage regulators, fixed voltage three terminal regulators, variable voltage three terminal regulators, switch mode power supplies, project: a versatile bench power supply.
p 53:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 54:
Comments on exhibition categories.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 54:
Electromagnetic effects and old gramophone motors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove
p 54:
More information on the l298 chip.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeffree; photographs: reader to reader
p 54:
Plate rolls and end rolls.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bellamy
MEW Jul 2002 # 83
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a cautionary tale, technology marching ever forward, nostalgia near Nevis.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Grinding fixture - part 1; to give accurate lathe tool angles.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Wale extra info:introduction, basic information, toolpost holders, basic system, the grinding fixture, references.
p 17:
Musing about stainless steels - part 1; metallurgy for the layman - stainless steel ferritic-Martensitic-Duplex-Austenitic.
[Materials]
author: Marlow extra info:stainless steel 5 categories: ferritic, martensitic, duplex, austenitic, precipitation hardness.
p 22:
Counting handwheel turns; an alternative use for a calculator.
[Quick Tip]
author: Rhodes
p 23:
Book repreints, www.lautard.com.
[Trade Counter]
p 24:
Lathe projects for beginners - part 17; Harol Hall's 2nd part of the concluding project - completing the milling chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:collets, holders, collet locating peg, C-spanner, the completed kit, put to the test.
p 28:
Developing the Comp-U-Mill theme - part 1; adding a speed reduction gearbox.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:spindle speed, increasing cutting speed, speed reduction, reduction gearbox - description and operation, making the epicyclic reduction gear, the upper assembly, the lower assembly, final assembly.
p 33:
Index for issues 69 to 80 of MEW.
[Index]
author: MEW
p 37:
A hand pipe bender; to produce neat bends and continuous coils.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:introduction, description, some general advice, manufacturing notes, operation.
p 44:
Another finger plate; a useful workholding device for small parts.
[Clamping]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, design, construction, conclusion.
p 45:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 46:
Plastic storage crates in the workshop; more items in less space courtesy of the supermarket.
[Workshop]
author: Haughton extra info:a second project, a third project, conclusion, footnotes.
p 48:
Electronics in the model engineer's workshop - part 5; servo and stepper motors driver circuits.
[Electrics]
author: Fear extra info:clarification, servomotors and stepper motors, analogue proportional control, digital proportional control, other servomotor circuits,; stepper motors, variable reluctance stepper motors, permanent magnet stepper motors, unipolar stepper motors; bipolar stepper motors, identifying motor types, stepper motor drive circuits, generating the phase sequence, load current regulation, a practical 4-phase unipolar motor drive circuit.
p 54:
Coolant comment - soluble oil.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Willson
p 54:
Electronic query - speed control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Levis
p 54:
Information wanted - Chinese south pointing wagon.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jacot
p 54:
Interference fits.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rawlinson
p 54:
Suction fences - shop vacuum.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gascoyne
p 54:
Threadform query.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Berrecloth
p 54:
Toolposts fingers and elastoplast.
[Scribe a Line]
author: MacFarlane
p 55:
Chosing a lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Winspur
p 55:
Elevating head lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bard
p 55:
Elevating head lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pullen
MEW Aug 2002 # 84
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; on exhibitions past, and yet to come, retirement homes and workshops, more extra mural activities.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Milling machine projects for beginners - part 1 - T nuts; Harol Hall gets started in milling.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:milling cutter chuck, milling vice, milling cutters, measuring equipment remaining essential items, tee-nuts, making the tee nuts, up and down milling, machine speed, machining commences, words of warning, finishing off, screws, studs and washers.
p 18:
Nickel electroplating; Peter Rawlinson decided to investigate plate as a means to rescue some undersized items and acquired a whole new finishing facility.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Rawlinson extra info:for dimensional recovery and appearance; background, the DIY kit, the tanks, the power supply, plating the parts, conclusion.
p 22:
Taming a wandering head; a simple modification for a mill/drill to imporve accuracy.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, deficiencies, solutions, design, manufacture, flexibility, conclusion.
p 25:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 26:
Musing about stainless steels - part 2; ferritic, martensitic, austenitic.
[Materials]
author: Marlow extra info:how can I tell one piece of stainless from another, stabilised, are you sure, a valuable material at high temperature and a pitfall up the wrong way, it came apart in my hand,; how do I examine my stainless steel to see if I have SCC problems, straight out of the stores .. straight into the skip, how do I examine my stainless to see if I have these pitting problems,; how do I avoid pitting on cherished surfaces, strange failure of threaded components, you mentioned magnets. what are the magnets for, tube wall defects, it shouldn't be stainless but it is, brushes with disaster, etc..
p 31:
Lurking under Editor's Bench; useful tools or just rusty metal?.
[Workshop]
author: Fenner
p 32:
Grinding fixture - part 2; lathe tool angles.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Wale extra info:correctly ground lathe tools made easy; carriages, design layouts, making the inserts, in use, conclusion.
p 38:
Constructing a vertical swivelling slide from castings; Mike Thurgood describes modifications to a small slide and the construction of a larger version.
[Lathe]
author: Thurgood extra info:introduction, machining the castings, about the assembly of the vertical slide, the end result.
p 43:
A Hahn and Kolb gap gauge; teutonic intricacy.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:having fun, principles, parameters, plunger, anvil, body, cap, springs and things, a postscript.
p 48:
Workshop equipment at Harrogate; a visit to the exhibition in Yorkshire.
[Exhibition]
author: Sheppard
p 52:
Electrically releasable epoxy adhesive, books, indexing without pain.
[Trade Counter]
p 53:
Spark ignition topics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Perkins
p 53:
Spark ignition topics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shelley; photographs: reader to reader
p 53:
Spark ignition topics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smalley
p 53:
Spurred into action - milling repair.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hayward
p 54:
Drill table repair.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilkinson
p 54:
Metal hardness tester.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cane
p 54:
Sharpening small drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 55:
Cutting oil.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Snedker
p 55:
Pyramid versus pinch rolls - rolling metal work.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 55:
What is it ?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kleiser
MEW Oct 2002 # 85
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; location, and back to the workshop, Donnington exhibition, a return to normal.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Dividing on the Myford Super 7 - part 1; John Britain offers two solutions to headstock dividing.
[Lathe]
author: Britain extra info:bullwheel dividing, and on to other numbers, notes for beginners.
p 15:
Milling projects for beginners - part 2 - an angle plate; Harold Hall describes the required stages.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:introduction, cylindircal square, first face, rough and finish machining, end mills versus face cutters.
p 17:
Drummond half nut replacement; Mr H McNair describes his technique for revitalising an older machine.
[Lathe]
author: McNair extra info:overview, manufacturing operations.
p 18:
the Chester Craftsman lathe; Mike Haughton describes his purchase.
[Lathe]
author: Haughton extra info:delivery, assembly and installation, more on installation, testing and use, later additions, minor gripes.
p 22:
A hydraulic addition to a toggle press; forced with a pressing need for more force John Crammond found the answer in simple hydraulics.
[Workshop]
author: Crammond extra info:first a toggle press, then the need for more grunt, and an instant two ton upgrade.
p 24:
Developing the Comp-U-Mill theme - part 2; Richard Bartlett introduces options for high cutter speeds suitable for light milling or engraving.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:introduction, the fastest options for 1/8 shank cutters (up to 32000), a note on bonding, the fast option for 1/4 6mm shank cutters (up to 22000); the epicyclic gearbox option used as a speed multiplier 4:1, components required for speed step up conversion (assuming 12mm to 15mm mod on input shaft is done); change speed in fast mode, inverting the gearbox to change from multiplier to reducer, note, final points.
p 30:
A small roller box; Peter Rawlinson borrows from industry practice ideal for turning long slender components.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:a small scale design, operating notes, construction notes.
p 36:
Variable ratio rack and pinion steering; Philip Amos sheds light on an apparently simple yet deceptively complex mechanism.
[Gears]
author: Amos extra info:bishop concept, helical gears, manufacture, conclusion.
p 40:
Collet chuck for the Myford lathe; Dyson Watkins presents a design to enhance milling operations using commercially available collets.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:body, collet holder, cone centre, final assembly.
p 44:
Mill head repositioning; Harry J Cosh suggests a straightforward method and adds a handwheel modification.
[Mill]
author: Cash extra info:method, hand wheel modification, experiments with lasers.
p 47:
A tale of two digital read outs (DRO) - part 1; Harry Harrison talks us through the process of selection fitting and using industrial level equipment.
[Measuring]
author: Harrison extra info:decision process, fitting arrangements, and then on to the lathe.
p 50:
The Raymac cutter grinder - update; Raymond McMahon describes a modification to his cutter grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: McMahon
p 51:
Tilgear catalogue, Myford spares, hot melt adhesives, plastic gears, magnifiers, Minicraft starter kit, Pico products,.
[Trade Counter]
p 52:
Vacuum suction.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 53:
Machining Morse tapers.
[Quick Tip]
author: Hopwood
p 53:
Advice sought on gas firing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rochford
p 53:
Mill/Drill mod.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McLatchie
p 53:
On storage and moveable machinery.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Langfield
p 53:
Some sort of clamp - thin piece vice.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 53:
The way it used to be.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
MEW Nov 2002 # 86
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; International Model Boat show, variable speed drives, in the workshop, DRO developments, out and about.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Milling projects for beginners - part 3 - tee nuts and clamping; Harold Hall focuses on 2 simple but essential accessories.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:the clamp bars, tee nuts and other uses, secure clamping, parallels, parallel how.
p 15:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 16:
Motor speed control; a low cost approach.
[Electrics]
author: Zakharov extra info:the humble washing machine is a ready source of useful parts.
p 18:
Simple tools-simple methods - part 1; hand tools for beginners.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:files chisels saws; safety considerations when using a chisel, hacksaw, junior saw, coping saw, short cuts.
p 22:
A tale of two digital read outs (DRO) - part 2; operation and advantages of DRO systems.
[Measuring]
author: Harrison extra info:minor limitations, initial effects, absolute or incremental, and so to lathe, other benefits, which way to look.
p 26:
Retrofitting ball screws to a Wabeco mill; a straightforward improvement to accuracy and longevity.
[Mill]
author: Stephens extra info:background, the alternatives and options, nut brackets, adapting the ball screws, alignment and backlash, conclusion.
p 30:
Parting off with the Quorn; Philip Amos discusses parting off techniques and describes a method for achieving accurate blade geometry.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:background, first considerations, parting off tools, tool positioning, tool shaping, trial, conclusion, appendix - chattering.
p 37:
Rotary grinding; Alan Booth describes a simple approach suitable for small punches or spindles.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Booth extra info:the dead centre, method of operation, vibration, lubrication, end plunge grinding.
p 40:
Tailstock floating dieholder; accurate threads on inaccurate lathes.
[Threading]
author: Watkins extra info:die holder, retaining cap, morse taper shank, sliding tube, key, spring plungers, assembly and use.
p 44:
An angle milling fixture; a device for speeding up angled setups for milling.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the human limitation, the two handed solution, backplate, arm, bolts, machining the angle holes, operation.
p 46:
Chucks how many?; T. Dominey outlines his collection.
[Lathe]
author: Dominey extra info:the collection, applications, not a chuck but still useful.
p 48:
Enhancements to Compumill - part 3; Comp-U-Mill - improving Z axis accuracy, ultra low budget DIY DRO.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:use of the vertical adjuster, eliminate backlash and endfloat in the Z-axis, use of counterbalance for the vertical head, fit a linear positional indicator to the Z-axis.
p 50:
Rodent rules computer program.
[Electrics]
author: Bartlett extra info:the mouse PCB, the optical switches, example as an angular encoder, making slotted disks, using a mechanical saw.
p 51:
A brief note on steel specifications; an outline for beginners.
[Materials]
extra info:the 1983 system, steels for the amateur workshop.
p 52:
Milling advice.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Delaney
p 52:
What was it? The answers..
[Scribe a Line]
author: Curri
p 52:
What was it? The answers..
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rowland
p 53:
Coolant.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Watkins
p 53:
Retirement.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brading
p 53:
Retirement.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Varty
MEW Dec 2002 # 87
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; gripes at officialdom, drawings standards and attitude, wrong method right result, the Model Engineer Exhibition, and finally.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Milling projects for beginners - part 4 - a precision boring head; Harold Hall describes construction of a precision boring head made from stock material.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:material, production planning, the boring head, the turned items, final assembly.
p 18:
The BH600-G - the little big lathe from Warco; Raymond McMahon - an evaluation of a purchase.
[Lathe]
author: McMahon extra info:first impressions, getting to grips, up and running, dimensional checks, conclusions, footnote.
p 22:
Simple tools - simple methods for beginners- part 2; Bob Loader continues his examination of basic techniques by considering the humble file.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:millenicuts, using the files, draw filing, getting things square, breaking up a surface, slots, using a fence, holding awkward shapes, things to remember.
p 27:
A filing rest in a hurry from scrap; Dave Fenner makes more swarf.
[Workshop]
author: Fenner
p 28:
A milling machine extension; Adrian Kruger describes his solution to machine stretching.
[Mill]
author: Kruger extra info:material and facilities, method, turning, milling, conclusion.
p 30:
A gantry crane; Philip Amos offers a moving and handling solution for those involved in heavyweight projects.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:design, fabrication, use, detail, sequence, conclusion and caution.
p 34:
An engraver cutter grinder; Doug Ball examines the geometry of engraving cutters and offers an accessory for sharpening them.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Ball extra info:cutter grinding details, the grinding unit, using the grinding unit.
p 39:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 40:
Enhancements to Compumill - part 4 - budget DRO; Richard Bartlett considers design solutions to the linear to angular translation.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:frictional translator, rack and pinion translator, calibration, helical translator, testing the units in X Y Z configuration, making a very simple linear DRO.
p 43:
Making a very simple linear DRO.
[Measuring]
author: Bartlett
p 44:
A tale of two digital read outs (DRO) - part 3 (conclusion); Barry Harrison concludes his arrangements for fitting DRO scales to his Myford Super Seven.
[Measuring]
author: Harrison extra info:the components, assembly to the lathe, conclusion.
p 48:
DIY Waterslide transfers; part off by ecellence (Glarke Engineering); Enginewise; Chronos; Badger Range; Machine Mart.
[Trade Counter]
p 49:
Two days in the life of an editor; the Midlands Model Engineering Exhibition, and a morning at Myford.
[Visit]
author: Fenner
p 51:
'Dividing in the Super Seven' - some notes to the drawings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brittain
p 51:
Galling of stainless steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gerhart
p 51:
Gas fired boilers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Peddie
p 51:
John Ward castings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Burridge
p 51:
Large scale quick fix.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 51:
Screwcutting stop and spline technique.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Campbell
p 52:
Caveat factotum.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kingham
p 52:
Grinding end mills a little concave?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 52:
Tool and cutter grinding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vogelbein
p 53:
Belt changing aid.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Amos
p 53:
Use of picric acid for burns.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dickie
MEW Feb 2003 # 88
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; an apology, ME Exhibition Sandown Park, motor speed control, real world engineering, in the workshop.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Gear cutting - some trials and tribulations; Brian Perkins offers the benefits of his experience.
[Gears]
author: Perkins extra info:a source of advice, calculations, cutting teeth, the hydra and it's problems, the penny drops.
p 15:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 17:
Getting engineering information from the internet.
[Books]
author: Haughton
p 19:
Useful Workshop Tools by Stan Bray, Unimat III Lathe Accessories by Bob Loader; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 20:
A spring pump centre; Peter Rawlinson describes a simple accessory to facilitate tapping in the lathe and reduces tap breakage.
[Threading]
author: Rawlinson extra info:manufacture, operation.
p 22:
Modification to a Unimat tailstock; M Rhodes describes a lever locking arrangement.
[Lathe]
author: Rhodes extra info:construction, tailstock modification, assembly.
p 25:
Various small items.
[Trade Counter]
p 26:
Milling projects for beginners - part 5 - a dividing head; Harold Hall describes a dividing head.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:manufacture, turned items, assembly, and next.
p 32:
Adding CNC to your milling machine - part 1; Dick Stephen describes how he enhanced his wabeco CNC mill with driver and software changes.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:so why change anything, hardware and software.
p 33:
Loc-Line hose.
[Quick Tip]
author: Murray
p 34:
A tool height gauge; Philip Amos offers a simple design for lathe tool height setting.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:design, machine tools and achievable accuracy, manufacture, checking, conclusion.
p 38:
More information on motor speed control; Vasilii Zakharov expands on his previous article MEW 86 and considers hotpoint equipment.
[Electrics]
author: Zakharov extra info:integrated approach, motor types and safety notes, the hotpoint option, selecting parts, concluding safety observations.
p 40:
The mikrokinescope; Mick Collins builds an alternative to a DTI.
[Measuring]
author: Collins extra info:wobblestick, indicator, deep holes, making a reamer, other tribulations, plunger rod, base fulcrum, scale, plunger limit stops, and then to the sticky part, final setting.
p 47:
A simple roller screw drive (for CNC machines); John Jardine outlines a cut price alternative to ballscrews.
[CNC]
author: Jardine extra info:concept and construction, setting.
p 48:
Improvements to the Warco B600-G lathe; Ray McMahon suggests an improvement to provide a clutch.
[Lathe]
author: McMahon extra info:concept, fitting, visor modifications, conclusion.
p 50:
The 72nd Model Engineer Exhibition at Sandown Park.
[Exhibition]
p 54:
Ballscrews.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 54:
Colchester Bantam.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rich
p 54:
Drill jigs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brading
p 54:
Fenner replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fenner
p 54:
Hall replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 54:
Milling projects part 1+I133.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pickup
p 55:
Fenner replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fenner
p 55:
Loader replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loader
p 55:
Motor speed control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Mounteney
p 55:
Screw threads by Bob Loader.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lord
p 56:
Bevel gears.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Procter
p 56:
CNC.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pumphrey
p 56:
Fenner replies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fenner
p 56:
Health and safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Castellan
p 56:
Motor problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jamieson
MEW Apr 2003 # 89
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; REMAP at Sandown, tales from the shop floor, in the workshop briefly, reader survey and trends.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Shim tool; how to make neat holes in thin metal.
[Drilling]
author: Tierney extra info:background, punches, the die and punch guide, heat treatment, the die.
p 13:
Model rail in Scotland.
[Exhibition]
p 14:
Milling projects for beginners - part 6 - grinding rest; Harold Hall brings precision to the hmble bench grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hall extra info:manufacture, assembly.
p 21:
Work bench additions - part 1; Peter Rawlinson uses metalworking skills to produce woodworking accessories.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:a variety of accessories for woodworking convenience; wobble saw, saw flip stop, router handle, router adapter, first experiences.
p 23:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 24:
A review of threaded fastners and locking methods; Philip amos studies "nuts and bolts".
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:an in-depth look at heads, threads, nuts, and locking techniques; configurations, externally threaded components, head recesses, setscrews, studs, nuts, lock washers, locking methods, conclusion.
p 31:
On round belts and shelving; techniques for joining round polyurethane belts.
[Workshop]
author: Spenlove extra info:background, method, simple metal shelving.
p 32:
Welding equipment; Sumitomo lathe tools; extra versatility for the Peatol lathe; weld backing tape.
[Trade Counter]
p 33:
Reader survey; to help us learn more about you, the readers, and cater accordingly.
p 37:
Scan 2 Cad; Stan Bray describes using this CAD related software.
[CAD]
author: Bray extra info:first hand experience of using this raster to vector software, working with text.
p 40:
Adding CNC to your milling machine - part 2; Dick Stephen continues and describes the assembly of hardware and the use of the software.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:getting it all together, connecting up the gecko drive units, the software, CNCPro programme.
p 43:
A new design of oval chuck; ornamental turning ellipses.
[Lathe]
author: Chambers extra info:outline, background, new design, rotary table, construction using corian, workpiece mounting, golden section, summary.
p 45:
making clocks by Stan Bray; fireside reading - workshop practice series 33.
[Books]
p 48:
Rodent rules; Richar Bartlett gives details of sensor miniaturisation and a specific application to rotary division.
[Workshop]
author: Bartlett
p 50:
Four jaw chuck repair; Peter McKelvey takes us thorugh his repair techniques.
[Workshop]
author: McKelvey extra info:the alternatives, slot cutting, shouldn't work but does.
p 52:
A handy indicator mounting; an up, up, and away DTI - Myford super seven 7.
[Measuring]
author: Cunningham extra info:background, construction, finish, in use.
p 54:
Drawing standards.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ellwood
p 54:
Drawing standards.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jacot
p 54:
Gas burners.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 54:
Metal supermarkets.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 54:
Warco lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Langfield
p 55:
Filing techniques.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
p 55:
Granville lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tait
p 55:
Granville lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilkinson
p 55:
Washing machine motor speed control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Masters
p 56:
Boring heads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke
MEW May 2003 # 90
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; learning something new every day, a correction, miniaturisation taken to extremes, free service from SAGA, engineering at the college of north west london, bikes at Ingliston.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Milling projects for beginners - part 7 - grinding rest accessories; fuller use of the grinder rest.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hall extra info:accessories to enhance the versatility of the grinding rest; the accessories, important safety requirements.
p 17:
Internal boring bar for small holes; easily made with replaceable tips.
[Lathe]
author: Curtis
p 18:
A magnetic picker upper; a cleaner, easier way to lift ferrous swarf and filings.
[Workshop]
author: Boothby extra info:description, design considerations.
p 20:
Fitting slip dials to a drill/mill; a straightforward improvement to save time and frustration.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Amos extra info:assessment, design, detail, down feed, conclusion.
p 25:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 26:
Work bench additions - part 2; Peter Rawlinson concludes his woodworking aids and accessories.
[Workshop]
author: Rawlinson extra info:dust suction, bench clamps, Elektra Beckum saw adaptation, height gauge, infill disc, saw fence.
p 30:
Oxyacetylene, much more than just a way of welding - part 1; maybe out of favour for industrial production, but versatile, and available for the amateur.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:why oxyacetylene, is the welding of thin steels difficult with oxyacetylene, when to gas weld and when not to gas weld; and what about brazing, rusted solid, making the most of what we've got, will it work in a field, best for big jobs or small jobs; a cut above the rest, minimising the costs of processing the oxyacetylene capability, hazards in using oxyacetylene welding/brazing apparatus, lighting up time, but there is a minor problem, easy exercises to develop your welding skills, what about the thicker stuff, and the really thin stuff, filler techniques for steels, some things are easy some things are not, identification of the parent materials as the basis for selection of fillers and fluxes, to flux or not to flux that is the question, cleanliness is next to godliness, brazing and the oxyfuel torch .. a marriage made in heaven, a few cutting remarks, destruction and distress, cutting to a pattern.
p 36:
Dividing on the Super Seven - part 2; additional methods, equipment, and improvements outlined.
[Lathe]
author: Brittain extra info:the sparey dividing device, the radford approach, modifications.
p 40:
Grease from Enginewise.
[Trade Counter]
p 40:
Workshop Drawing by Tubal Cain; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 41:
Drill grinding with the Quorn; several attachments and systems considered.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Morris extra info:marriage of duplex to quorn, jig for four-facet drill grinding, the sharpening process, construction, offset squares, chuck adapter.
p 48:
Some ideas on quick change tooling; which have evolved over many years in the workshop.
[Lathe]
author: Hennessy extra info:base plate and block assembly, Lammas style toolposts, larger tools and parting tools, tool height gauge, other accessories.
p 54:
Parting tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 54:
Screw threads and helix angles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Connelly
p 55:
?.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Langley
p 55:
Drawing standards and errors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thurgood
p 55:
Internet.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Owens
p 56:
Drill sharpening.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kingham
p 56:
Lathe clutch.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 56:
Speed control.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Burton
MEW Jul 2003 # 91
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, future project.
author: Fenner
p 13:
A new approach to making form relieved gear cutters; Eric Rumbo suggests an elegantly simple method to achieve relieved cutter teeth.
[Gears]
author: Rumbo extra info:materials and concept, manufacture.
p 14:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 14:
Tailstock drilling.
[Quick Tip]
author: Foyle
p 15:
Milling projects for beginners - part 8 - grinding rest accessories; Harold Hall describes a more complex grinding rest accessory.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hall extra info:details of an end mill sharpening fixture.
p 20:
A smelting and heat treatment furnace; not to be confused with underfloor heating, this design puts serious foundry capacity in the garage.
[Workshop]
author: Lewis extra info:fuel choice, site safety, pit construction, the furnace, control system, thermocouples, operation.
p 24:
Friction - bearings lubrication; Philip Amos gives a review of theory, use, and avoidance.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:background, general theory, detail considerations, belt friction, machine controls, balls and rollers, lubrication, bearing lubrication, air lubrication, extreme load bearings, friction modifiers, conclusions.
p 31:
Improving the Conquest lathe; Alistair Sinclair gives enhancements to a budget lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Sinclair extra info:why Conquest, what's in a name, so what needs improving, top slide who needs it, the versatile tool post, no free lunch; a leadscrew handwheel, declutching the leadscrew, disengagement gear, in use, unexpected bonus, parting thoughts, future development, contact.
p 38:
Oxyacetylene - much more than just a way of welding - part 2; a deeper examination of a number of topics.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:flame stability gas mixtures fillers fluxes solders brazing; more thoughts about flames, different flames from different mixtures, flame stability and gas pressure, an attack of the bends, filler,; fluxes and solders, which flux, brazing downsides, cutting out the problems, other benefits, all major credit cards accepted.
p 42:
Diamond wheel from Eternal Tools; Little Hogger milling set from Chronos; new Wabeco D4000E lathe.
[Trade Counter]
p 43:
the Taig lathe by Tone Jeffree; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 44:
A cabinet for a small lathe; Bob Loader uses woodwork to improve the convenience of his Unimat.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:simply made, giving storage for tools and other items. unimat 3the materials, the unimat comes home, the framework, drawers, drawer fronts.
p 47:
Dux wheel engine; a gearcutting device for clock making enthusiasts.
[Gears]
author: Duxbury extra info:construction, the bed, the slide, dividing head, the cutting head, pulley, tensioning spring, general notes, additional parts.
p 54:
CAD.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kennedy
p 54:
Joining polyurethane belts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 54:
Joining polyurethane belts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wise
p 54:
Oval chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ponsonby
p 54:
Sharpening end mills and slot drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 55:
Circulating ball screws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fairbairn
p 55:
Granville lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tait
p 55:
Hardening.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 55:
Threaded fasteners.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bradley
MEW Aug 2003 # 92
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; Harrogate exhibition, a day out for two wheel enthusiasts, REMAP yearbook 2003, dates for your diary, Link Up.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Milling projects for beginners - part 9 - grinding rest end mill sharpener; using the grinding rest and end mill sharpening fixture.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hall extra info:setting the angles, sharpening end mills and slot drills end teeth, helical cutter edges, an aside on technique, centre punch, other uses, safety, postscript re screws, studs and washers, conclusion.
p 16:
Table router height adjuster for woodwork.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson
p 20:
More trials and tribulations; a techniques masterclass.
[Workshop]
author: Perkins extra info:finning, piston rings, valves and guides, cams, serrations and splines, bits and pieces.
p 24:
Universal cutter grinder - part 1 - tool and cutter grinder tool rest; Victor Elsendoorn designed this effective tool based on commercially available stock.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Elsendoorn extra info:built without castings, operation, the building process.
p 28:
The 'Piddington' toolholder - now available commercially; a useful addition to the Myford Dickson range of lathes.
[Lathe]
author: Sheppard extra info:background, limitation, solution, operation.
p 29:
Correcting a leaning tower on a mill/drill; no not Pisa, but improving the mill/drill vertical.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Amos extra info:lateral thinking, measurement, action, trials, result, conclusion.
p 30:
Divisionmaster reviewed - an easy answer to accurate indexing; a programmable indexing digital rotary table.
[Workshop]
author: Timmins extra info:versatility, precision, operating modes, features, the future.
p 32:
Plastic injection moulding for the amateur workshop; a practical approach to making plastic parts.
[Workshop]
author: Fouweather extra info:background, initial efforts and frustration, mark 2 injector and heated block, additional equipment, multi-size clamp; preheating device, mould design, mould material, runners and gates, internal diameters of finished components, draft,; air release, design and machining, materials/temperature, tolerance/shrinkage, ball end cutters, sources of raw material, heating/temperature control, examples, health and safety, improvements.
p 38:
Toolmakers sine bars; make easy work of accurate angles.
[Measuring]
author: Tierney extra info:design, material, stress relief, machining, heat treatment and grinding, rollers, jig bored version, operation.
p 42:
Cutting sheet material; vertical milling attachment used horizontally.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Richards extra info:commercial equipment, in search of improvement, operation.
p 44:
Modification of Black and Decker wood turning lathe; quiter, more versatile and accurate - adapted to operate without the power drill.
author: Lloyd extra info:modification procedure, the future.
p 46:
Harrogate 10th anniversary.
[Exhibition]
author: Sheppard
p 50:
My friends the little men; unseen workshop assistants.
author: Wale extra info:specific examples, and they say the camera never lies.
p 51:
Warco collets and chuck; Chronos starter kit for measuring; Folkstone Engineering Supplies CS70 spring steel.
[Trade Counter]
p 52:
Modifications to a Clarke bench drill; enables light milling and improves accuracy.
[Drilling]
author: McQueen extra info:construction, in use.
p 53:
Helix angles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cooke; photographs: reader to reader
p 53:
Lathe clutch; Warco Chester Craftsman AL 300.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeremy
p 53:
Rolls Royce Silver Ghost.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 54:
CAD.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shaw
p 54:
Gas welding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clarke
p 54:
Virus checker.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
p 55:
Hacksaw castings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lubbock
p 55:
Print screen.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 55:
Threaded fasteners.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kelly
p 55:
Vertical miller; TWIN.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ferry
MEW Oct 2003 # 93
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; training at SMEE, and at Dudley College, back in the workshop, reader survey, Model Engineer Exhibition 2003.
author: Fenner
p 12:
The Grindex - tool and cutter grinder; Alan Booth describes his DIY version of a well known grinding accessory.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Booth extra info:function, heath and safety, equipment needed, a master cube, preparing the grinder, 1-2-3 blocks and vee blocks, a two inch sine bar, and then to the grindex, method of operation as follows.
p 19:
Adaptor for Vertex HV6 rotary table; Joe Lloyd gives his suggestion for repeatable on centre chuck mounting.
[Mill]
author: Lloyd extra info:background, construction, experience so far.
p 20:
Circuit design; Harold Hall offer advice for understanding machine electrical diagrams.
[Electrics]
author: Hall extra info:background, wiring diagrams, schematics, design method, diagrams compared, diag 5 features, fail safe, fuse protection; switching in the neutral supply line, essential interlocking, layout of operator controls, good circuit design, golden rule, connection overloads, an insight only, auto control, no volt release, overload reset, the use of electronics.
p 26:
Universal cutter grinder - part 2; no castings, just stock materials.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Elsendoorn extra info:the slide, the frame assembly, the motor support, adjustable tooth rest, electrical circuit, safety, conclusion.
p 32:
A beginers lathe?; Bob Margolis gives initial experiences with a Warco Mini lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Margolis extra info:what do you get, what do you not get, setting up, the lathe, turning work held in the chuck, screwcutting, good points, and not so good points, conclusions.
p 36:
Simply made but useful tools; quality tooling without the expense.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:screwdrivers, handles for files, punches, clamps, tap wrenches, squares, some extra for the lathe, tool holders for throw away tips, an improved boring tool, a crutch centre, a chip guard, a better face plate.
p 42:
We visit the workshop of a modelmaker and motorcycle restorer - Alex Gray; workshop and machinery, completed projects, special tooling, lathe accessories, making life easier, current project, a policeman's lot.
[Visit]
author: Gray
p 46:
Relvolving spindle polishing for the amateur workshop; mops felt wheels.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Bondfield
p 46:
Metal, trader.co.uk; good news from Hemingway; Hobbeboard from Sundeala.
[Trade Counter]
p 46:
Metalworking Tools and Techniques by Stan Bray; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 49:
A co-ordinate table for the milling machine; a straightforward aid to positioning drilling.
[Mill]
author: Brading extra info:construction, summary.
p 50:
Carpet sweepers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove-Spenlove
p 50:
Setting up a milling vice.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 51:
Hotpoint motor - 3 phase electronics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawes
p 51:
Oxy-acetylene equipment for welding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 51:
Roller bearings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 51:
Rotary table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: March
p 52:
Advert.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McLatchie
p 52:
Form tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dew
p 52:
Thread web site.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cory
p 53:
Cleaning chuck threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 53:
Tapered roller bearings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Read
MEW Nov 2003 # 94
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; reader survey, another machine in the workshop, thunder in the glens, model engineer exhibition.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Construction of a pipe bending machine - part 1; based on industrial technique.
[Workshop]
author: Hunt extra info:main fabrication, bushes, spindle, pipe vice clamp, bracket.
p 19:
The Myford Seven dynasty; Mr John Moore, chairman, gives a historical note.
[History]
author: Myford extra info:leading edge to cutting edge, birth of the Super Seven, Super Seven Plus and Connoisseur.
p 20:
The Myford Connoisseur lathe; latest incarnation of the Super Seven reviewed.
[Lathe]
author: Paviour extra info:decision time, colour, spindle nose adaptor, cabinet, electronic variable speed inverter housing, larger capacity headstock; drive motor and controls, long cross slide, tailstock, standard equipment supplied with the lathe, the oil gun, use and impression.
p 26:
A tool and cutter grinding head; Harold Hall describes modifications to a cheap bench grinder for high precision.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hall extra info:rationale, design considerations, grinder spindle, mounting the grinder, inner and outer flanges, the wheels, mounting the wheels, mounting the grinder, direction of rotation, mounting the rest, guarding, using the set up.
p 32:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 32:
Modification to mill/drill - to avoid quill jamming.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Sykes extra info:remedy, comment.
p 33:
A quiet lathe; Maurice Cunnington devised a speed drive with lower noise levels.
[Lathe]
author: Cunnington extra info:belt drive for high speed lathe, revised fine feed drive; background, construction, operation.
p 34:
Washer tool; making washers from sheet metal.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Tierney extra info:punching from sheet rather than parting off; background, washer tool, making the tool, making the washers, fly press, die manufacture, making split dies, cutting clearance, conclusion.
p 37:
Ornamental turning for model engineers - part 1; the horizontal cutting frame described.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards extra info:history and background, the horizontal cutting frame, square shank and sector plate, frame, cutting spindles, pulley system, eccentric chuck.
p 40:
Keeping rust at bay; switch on to corrosion protection.
[Workshop]
author: Manson extra info:surface finish rust damp; the heater, the control electronics, the power supply, heater circuit description.
p 42:
Trepanning in the lathe; Peter Rawlinson offers an improved method to make large holes with less swarf.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:background, existing tooling and a modification, initial experience, further thoughts.
p 44:
Bristol Exhibition 2003; workshop equipment reviewed.
[Exhibition]
p 47:
Simply CNC; Greenwood Tools Ltd.
[Trade Counter]
p 48:
A poor man's bandsaw; no power, just elbow grease and a delicate touch.
[Sawing]
author: Hennessy extra info:background, serendipity strikes, design and manufacture, in use.
p 50:
CAD software; free software at http://www cadstd com.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Latimore
p 50:
CAD.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Noel
p 50:
Injection moulding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Boucher
p 50:
Injection moulding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Prior
p 51:
CNC.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Curtiss
p 51:
Digital read outs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 51:
Microscopes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Folb
p 51:
Milling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fedoroff
p 51:
Oilite bushes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hawksford
p 51:
Oval chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Chambers
p 51:
Patents.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 52:
Metallurgy.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Furness
p 53:
Allen screws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Leigh
p 53:
Burgess bandsaw spares.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Everett
p 53:
Notes on dog clutches.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fenner
MEW Dec 2003 # 95
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a local commendation, MEW index. ME exhibition books. obituary Philip Amos.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Judging tools and workshop appliances; exhibition chief Ivan Law discusses finishes.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Law extra info:it's not all down to spit and polish, why so few, doing it your way, appropriate finish.
p 14:
DeskCNC - a Windows based controller for CNC; recent advances in hands off machining.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:the new control board, the DeskCNC software.
p 16:
A hobbing attachment for the lathe; accurate gears made easy.
[Gears]
author: Whalley extra info:protracted evolution, the work head casting, the change gear quadrant, the mandrel, vertical slide and various parts, operation and set-up.
p 20:
Travel stops for a drill/mill; a straightforward upgrade to improve convenience and repeatability.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Amos extra info:new depth stop, longitudinal stop, subsequent variations, conclusion.
p 24:
Newton Tesla CL 750 inverter drive; latest vari-speed drive put through its paces.
[Electrics]
author: Fenner extra info:unpacking, bench test, bolting on, controls, spindle speeds/inverter flexibility, permutations and combinations, preparatory paperwork, cutting material, use of clutch, overall, it sells itself.
p 26:
Construction of a pipe bending machine - part 2; using both external and internal constraint.
[Workshop]
author: Hunt extra info:barslides, headstock and tailstock, assembly of bars headstock and tailstock, headstock sleeve, bending spindle; pipe vices, finishing and painting, tooling, support pads, vice jaws, bullet head arbors, formers, grooves, bending operations; conversion to opposite mode, conclusion.
p 33:
Index for issues 81 to 92 of MEW.
[Index]
p 37:
Carbide drills from Chronos.
[Trade Counter]
p 38:
Mk 3 wire eroder - part 1; from holes to profiling.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:history and background, technology and design, sourcing wire, two spool arrangement, transmission evolution, keyway and distortion.
p 42:
Chester Craftsman lathe - a progress report; further experience on this popular machine.
[Lathe]
author: Haughton extra info:a quick recap, omissions, screw cutting - filling in the blanks, operation experience, cross slide adjustment, forward/reverse selector; chuck backplate threads, thread indicator and cleaning personal protection, tailstock adjustment, accessories added to the lathe, adaptors, keyless chuck, milling collet chuck, screwed shank tooling, ball turning attachment, conclusions.
p 47:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 48:
The Midlands Model Engineering Exhibition; an overview of some workshop related items.
[Exhibition]
author: Fenner
p 50:
Boring tool grinder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Haythornthwaite
p 50:
Harold hall indexes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall; photographs: reader to reader
p 51:
Electronics CL 300MM lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Latchie
p 51:
Form relieved gear cutters.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rumbo
p 51:
Removing morse tapers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hartland
p 51:
Warco mini lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Titus
p 52:
Cutting long threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: White
p 52:
Micrometer bed stop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sleaford
p 52:
Plastic injection moulding for amateur workshop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: More
p 52:
Warco mini lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tudor
p 53:
Anti-scale paint.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Higgs
p 53:
Safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Davis
p 53:
Stationery steam engine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lloyd
MEW Feb 2004 # 96
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, added website facility, training courses at SMEE model engineer exhibition.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Project for the shaper; Harold Hall undertakes a practical and physical excersie using the Adept shaper.
[Shaping]
author: Hall extra info:shapers, adjustable angle plate, tooling and accessories, manufacture, clapper box, machining the edges, machining the bosses, finish machining, boring the bosses, other shaper applications, shaper in the workshop; shapers, adjustable angle plate, tooling and accessories, manufacture, clapper box, machining the edges, machining the bosses, finish machining, boring the bosses, other shaper applications, shaper in the workshop.
p 18:
Surface mount soldering; technique for miniature electronics.
[Electrics]
author: Fouwear extra info:types of component, resistors and capacitors, semiconductors (transistors and integrated circuits), vision, manipulation aids; actually doing it, an alternative technique for the desperately small stuff, soldering a complete board and dealing with small leg spacing, desoldering components, antistatic precautions, health and safety.
p 22:
Mk.3 wire eroder - part 2; mechanical construction.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:a brief aside on the avoidance of scrap, choice of material, Y and Z axis motion parts, spools, spool carriers, main framework and gearbox, forward and reverse pulley.
p 28:
Drawbar and extractor for the Warco mini mill/drill; to do away with the mallet.
[Mill/Drill]
author: McLatchie extra info:modification, new parts, operation.
p 29:
Easy Fit Drive Belts;.
[Trade Counter]
p 29:
The Complete Car Modeller by Wingrove; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 29:
The Working Shop; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 29:
.
[Books]
extra info:fireside reading; the complete car modeller; gerald wingrove.
p 30:
Half nut quick release mechanism for Myford; a redesigned autofeed trip.
[Lathe]
author: Foyle
p 32:
A CNC wheel cutting engine; clock wheel teeth made easy.
[Gears]
author: Jeffree extra info:overall design, construction, closing words.
p 35:
Gluefilm; an alternative workholding solution.
author: Cox extra info:professional approach, woodworking alternative, experience of use, metalwork application.
p 36:
Blast box; easily constructed for grit blasting.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Hazel extra info:bead blasting grit sand blasting rust removal; raison d'être, design and construction, electrics and filtration.
p 38:
A further helping of getting engineering information from the internet; sound advice for better search targeting.
author: Haughton extra info:relax, searching services, too many hits - try images or groups, other search engines, engines, directories, and metacrawlers, payment for listings and visits, why can't I find it on the web, copyright, online auctions, web favourites, conclusions.
p 42:
A set of steadies for a Logan lathe; replacing lost accessories.
[Lathe]
author: Hennessy extra info:background, general considerations, the fixed steadies, assembling and welding, the travelling steady.
p 46:
73rd Model Engineer Exhibition at Sandown Park; a brief look at workshop equipment.
[Exhibition]
p 48:
Table drive for a small mill; low cost approach to autofeed.
[Mill]
author: Reid extra info:motor source and modification, bronze bush, mounting plate, mounting spacers, motor unit mounting bushes, modification to the hobbymat KT leadscrew, the shaft and nut, the clutch, the clutch activating fork, assembly, electrical connections.
p 51:
Digital read outs (DRO).
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 51:
Patents.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bells
p 51:
Solving right angle triangles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 52:
Drunken threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shaw
p 52:
Lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Willson
p 52:
Removing chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harrison
p 52:
Removing chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woods
p 53:
CM300M electrics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wyatt
p 53:
Lathe belt drives.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parkes
p 53:
Machine slide covers - roller blind.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilkinson
p 53:
On knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Loomes
p 53:
Orac CNC lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Witham
MEW Apr 2004 # 97
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; on the grapevine, development in progress, out and about, course and club at South Kent College.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Drilling projects - part 1 - a tapping guide and screw fixture; Harol Hall offers advice.
[Drilling]
author: Hall extra info:the machine, the accessories, initial setting up, the drilling operation, safe working, speed selection, hole size accuracy the projects, tapping guide, screw holding fixture.
p 16:
How's mike or assessing the accuracy of micrometers; accuracy calibration light fringes or : on health of some micrometers.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:precision reproducibility and accuracy, the injured veteran, mature and experienced, the novice, are the measuring surfaces flat, are the measuring surfaces parallel, calibration of the micrometer screw.
p 20:
Improved access to the Minicraft lathe; and a conversion for sanding.
[Lathe]
author: Helsby extra info:a simple modification for enhanced convenience; background, steel blocks, cross bar, assembly.
p 22:
Musing about ... the wishbone; and a DIY version to sharpen small drills.
[Drilling]
author: Marlow extra info:the supplier, the instruction sheet, does it sharpen perfectly, why can't I get it exactly right, how does it work, how much clearance, choosing an abrasive, making your own wishbone, adjustments, and finally should faults and failures happen.
p 27:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 28:
Mk.3 wire eroder - part 3; completing the mechanical construction.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:principle of vertical movement, gears and pulleys, clutches and brakes, small parts, tank.
p 34:
Keyway cutter - part 1; cutting internal keyways on a lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Aldridge extra info:go easier on your lathe with this device for internal keyways; background, consideration of broaches, back to single tooth, arbor, driver, cage, angular orientation, tongue and screw.
p 40:
Toolholders from Chronos; spring supplier; news from Boost.
[Trade Counter]
p 40:
Lathework a complete course by Harold Hall; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 41:
Going round the (South) Bend; a quick change tool system.
[Lathe]
author: Wright extra info:design and performance requirements, tool holding system, toolbit regrinding, setting for screwcutting, rigidity of the toolbit,; accommodation for a range of rake angles, some remarks of cutting process, the drawings, fabrication, assembly of a toolblock, assembly of the toolpost, set-up for cylindrical turning, tool grinding, the toolpost in use, conclusion.
p 48:
The Chester 626 turret mill; assembly and first impressions.
[Mill]
author: Cox extra info:background, delivery, installation, imperfections, experience to date.
p 51:
Bench project; taking a lesson from industry.
[Workshop]
author: Addy extra info:problem and solution, description.
p 52:
Engraving roman numerals; using home-made copy.
[Horology]
author: Crammond extra info:background, the project in hand, geometry, method, unforeseen problems, other application.
p 54:
Chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Skinner
p 54:
Knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Seipel
p 54:
Morse tapers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox
p 54:
Travel stops.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 55:
Chuck removal.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Winspur
p 55:
Stationery engines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Harvey
p 55:
Warco mini lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gibbs
p 56:
Browning steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Deary
p 56:
Second hand machines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 56:
Self feeder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Beausang
p 57:
Chuck key.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Keogh
p 57:
Denford Orac lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McWilliams
p 57:
Dragons blood in printing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Galer
p 57:
Light glass.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Monk
p 57:
Shell milling cutter.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jamieson
p 57:
Thanks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hartland
MEW May 2004 # 98
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; is life too short, articles by Philip Amos, out and about, a tale of two taps, just rewards.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Machine tool building using epoxy resins; restoring accuracy and lost metal.
[Workshop]
author: Feeney extra info:historical perspective, friction and damping, low friction plastic for sliding purposes, plastic resins for location, uses in model engineering, lathes, milling machines, summary.
p 16:
Drilling projects - part 2 - sash clamp; manufacture, assembly and fitting, jaw assemblies.
[Drilling]
author: Hall
p 21:
Improving a Le Count mandrel (as shown by Ian Bradley and Tubal Cain); revised version for improved grip.
[Clamping]
author: Amos extra info:reworking, concept, manufacture, conclusion; reworking, concept, manufacture, conclusion.
p 23:
Keyway cutter - part 2 - internal keyways; self feed device for internal keyways.
[Lathe]
author: Aldridge extra info:ratchet, pawls, blade, main body, adapters, power driving worm and wormwheels, next steps.
p 28:
The X-3 milling machine; first impressions.
[Mill]
author: Stephen extra info:background, which machine, the machine in pieces, delivery, small mod and little niggles, overall.
p 30:
Mk.3 wire eroder - part 4; printed circuit boards electronics.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:spark eroder PC board, control circuit, safety notes, board and negative, exposure, developing, etching the board, drilling holes, precautions, population.
p 35:
Accessories for a Centec milling machine; DTI holder and work stop.
[Mill]
author: Slater extra info:oh woe is me, there has to be a better way, a dial gauge holder, no room at the top use a work stop.
p 38:
Enhancing the Peatol/Taig toolpost; examination of two commercial items from america.
[Lathe]
author: Jeffree extra info:the Flipper, the Kenbo QC toolpost.
p 40:
Ornamental turning for model engineers - part 2; eccentric chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards extra info:answers to queries, the eccentric chuck, general description, description modern type, construction modern type.
p 44:
A simple prismatic centre finding microscope; improve accuracy and speed in setting up.
[Horology]
author: Golding extra info:optical edge finder; background, the prism, the spacer and side plates, tubes and lenses, assembly calibration, operation.
p 47:
clogs.
[Quick Tip]
author: Winspur
p 47:
Cutters from Clarke; blast cleaning equipment.
[Trade Counter]
p 48:
What, no power!; experimenting with elbow grease.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:the tools, opening up, different materials different methods, other shaping methods, fine surface finish, a simple scribing block, simple construction, a simple rule stand, an emergency radius gauge, post script.
p 52:
Profile turning device - turning radii; a verstile approach to curves.
[Lathe]
author: Fenner extra info:background and function, construction, rear bracket, saddle bracket, profile plate, operation, a word on geometric accuracy.
p 54:
CL300M electrics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Miller
p 54:
Drawbars.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ludwik
p 54:
Patents.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 55:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 55:
Change wheel gearing programme.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bates
p 55:
Logan steadies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Austin
p 55:
Right angled triangles.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Coleman
p 55:
Tailstock.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Powell
MEW Jul 2004 # 99
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; out and about, further education courses, drilling safety, that's not model engineering, in the workshop.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Drilling projects - part 3 - completing the sash clamps; clamping screw, final assembly, cross vice alternative, material specs and sizes.
[Drilling]
author: Hall
p 14:
Centre square - combination set; easily made marking out accessory.
[Measuring]
author: Tierney extra info:background, tools and materials, marking off the form, cutting the form, reaming the dowel holes, the screw holes, assembly, conclusion.
p 17:
A simple tapping attachment; no frills approach to vertical alignment.
[Threading]
author: Unwin extra info:background and philosophy, design and manufacture.
p 18:
A quicker approach to ball handle turning; with geared infeed.
[Lathe]
author: Newton extra info:mechanics of this device, use of the device, postscript.
p 20:
A mending job (or learning how to solder cast iron).
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Wale extra info:oh those compliments, problem assessment, preliminary trial, location jig, grinding and heating, success.
p 23:
Improving a budget drilling vice.
[Clamping]
author: Booth extra info:background, main body and fixed jaw, moving jaw, location using spotting screws, stepped jaws and clamping holes.
p 26:
Mk.3 wire eroder - part 5 - electronics, power electrics, test procedure; concluding article.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rawlinson extra info:electronics, safety, power system, new electrics, external wiring, two cases, wiring, motors, conclusion.
p 32:
Mini lathe accessories - part 1; improved gear cover retention.
[Lathe]
author: Margolis extra info:materials required, machining sequence.
p 33:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 34:
Coping with thin things; various methods considered.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:background, flats, discs, rods, tube, conclusion.
p 38:
A three speed scroll saw; improved versatility from a single speed unit.
[Sawing]
author: Lloyd extra info:background, bearing mounting box, motor mounting, final assembly, conclusion.
p 43:
Programmable DIY DRO; Warco WM20 mill; ultrasonic cleaning bath; from Chronos.
[Trade Counter]
p 44:
Dial gauge internal caliper; for more accurate bore measurement.
[Measuring]
author: Bells extra info:background, construction, final assembly, measurement procedure.
p 48:
Mach 2004; latest industrial technology.
[Exhibition]
author: Read
p 51:
A quarter inch square toolholder for the Hobbymat; a simple, adaptable design.
[Lathe]
author: Chawner extra info:construction, footnotes.
p 52:
Platinum chloride for bluing steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vanherle
p 53:
Platinum chloride and dragons blood.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove-Spenlove
p 54:
Browning steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bidgood
p 54:
Chester turret mill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Boxall
p 54:
Dragons blood in printing.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Turner
p 54:
Horology.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Neill
p 54:
Stent T&C grinder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Singleton
p 54:
UV and plaster of paris.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Clipstone
p 55:
Clamp and cramp.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sawer
p 55:
Half nut quick release mechanism for Myford.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lewis
p 55:
Knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wooding
p 55:
Quiet lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cunnington
MEW Aug 2004 # 100
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; centennial issue, missing identity. good news for watchmakers, courses at Northbrook College.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Blasts from past - comment from previous editors; Stan Bray, Harold Hall, Geoff Sheppard.
[History]
extra info:Stan Bray, the start of MEW, Harold Hall, accidental outcome, changes over time, Geoff Sheppard, out of retirement into MEW, technology for the amateur, and the future.
p 14:
Milling - A Complete Course by Harold Hall; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 14:
The Compact Lathe by Stan Bray; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 15:
The production of high quality printed circuit boards; it really doesn't need an industrial set up.
[Electrics]
author: Fouweather extra info:PCB, printed circuit board software, design, cleaning, iron on resist, etching, etching components other than PCBs, conclusion, health and safety.
p 18:
Holes on a PCD; marking out holes on a pitch circle diameter - the mathematical method.
[Measuring]
author: Hall extra info:no rotary table? then use basic trig; background, hole generation, the formula, a curved slot, using a programmable calculator, using a computer, multiple calculations, adding logic.
p 23:
TIG welding: controlling current; DIY foot pedal control.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Hoskins extra info:background and rationale, how it works, the circuit explained, motor matters, the pedal unit, setting up, and finally.
p 28:
Milling sub-tables; aids to setting up for milling.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:background, material dictates design, a brief diversion, mark II miniature version, tilting variant.
p 30:
My workshops; the steps forward (and back) towards comfortable working.
[Workshop]
author: Brittain extra info:early days, insulated and well lit, first lathe, power source, starting afresh, house move, current accommodation, and equipment, projects.
p 34:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 35:
Ornamental turning for model engineers - part 3 - eccentric chuck; the conventional eccentric chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards extra info:construction, conventional type of eccentric chuck.
p 41:
Arc euro trade, Folkestone Engineering Supplies, Camden miniature steam, Warren Machine tools, Hemingway kits, Newton Tesla (electric drives) limited.
[Trade Counter]
p 42:
Cleaning ball screw assemblies; removing the swarf and restoring accuracy.
[Workshop]
author: Stephen extra info:the problem, dismantling procedure, reassembly.
p 44:
Scan 2 CAD v7.2; converting line drawings to a CAD file.
[CAD]
author: Bray extra info:Scan2Cad v7.2; latest version reviewed; purpose, rasters and vectors, instructions and procedures, OCR facility, conclusion.
p 46:
New lathes for old; special offer by Myfords.
[Lathe]
author: Doris extra info:factory refurbishment at Myford; history, initial examination, re-machining, the saddle, headstock, tailstock, top slide, reassembly, conclusion.
p 52:
Displaying drawings in the workshop.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Timmins
p 52:
Harold Halls drilling project.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whetren
p 52:
Plastics identification chart.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bells
p 53:
Knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kik
p 53:
Protective lacquer.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Richardson
p 54:
Emco v10.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 54:
Verse.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 54:
Wedges.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Garnish
MEW Oct 2004 # 101
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; out and about, real world engineering, evening and daytime classes, 74th model engineer exhibition, a correction.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Rotary table - part 1; Harold Hall describesd building one to the CES (College Enigineering Suppyl) design.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:useful accessory built from castings; general description, manufacture.
p 16:
Improving the Chester Champion mill; fitting digital scales.
[Mill]
author: Ashmore extra info:preparation, wedge block assemblies, reader mounting plate, reader mounting, swarf guard, final assembly, table, saddle, removing the saddle, spindle, general.
p 20:
Metal spinning; Jeff Cox lets us into the secrets.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Cox extra info:complex shapes from flat sheet; terminology, procedure, a complication, annealing, beginners metal, pallet size, problems due to technique, setting up, blank size, parting off, finishing, conclusion.
p 26:
A speed increaser for your milling machine; milling with small cutters.
[Mill]
author: Stephens extra info:for improved finish and more effective use of carbide cutters; rationale, the construction, materials required, experience to date, stop press.
p 31:
Kent Scale Engineering and Supplies; Access Pacific Ltd; Tracy Tools; Enginewise products.
[Trade Counter]
p 32:
Refurbishing a Centec 2A horizontal milling machine; small but capable and now restored.
[Mill]
author: Haughton extra info:background, unplanned, problems to overcome, help, MEW link up, motor mounting, switchgear and wiring, pulleys and belts,; the main 1in arbor, the table and ways, gearbox, paint job, stops, tee nuts and a test run, vice squad, horizontal and vertical, after some use, conclusion, comments, manuals and drawings.
p 37:
Bizarre alchemy; and a strange experimental outcome.
[Materials]
author: Marlow extra info:introduction, time for action, too hot to handle, and for my next trick, explanation, and a post script.
p 38:
Accessories for a Taiwanese lathe - part 1; add ons for a lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Cooke extra info:additions to give accuracy and versatility benefits; the cross-slide, plate sizes, rear tool post, stops.
p 42:
Three phase solutions; from a single phase supply, the options discussed.
[Electrics]
author: Sharman extra info:variable speed inverter, why three-phase, what is three-phase, what are the options, change the motors, install a VSD, phase converters, other issues, power availability and protection devices, acoustic noise, customer support, installation.
p 49:
A scribing block.
[Measuring]
author: Loader
p 52:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 52:
Atlas lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spick
p 52:
Bandsaw.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Berrecloth
p 52:
Knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Buckley-Golder
p 52:
Moving machine tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pilkington
p 52:
Printed circuit boards.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox; photographs: reader to reader
p 52:
Taper tooling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 52:
Trigonometry.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Moignard
MEW Nov 2004 # 102
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; model engineering in bangor, and next the information police, in the workshop, 74th Model Engineer Exhibition.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Collets and collet chucks; for speed and accuracy.
[Clamping]
author: Rawlinson extra info:5C collets and accessories, emergency collets, Myford collets, ER collets, Clarkson collet, tapping collet, home made collet, r8 collets, CDBX 1, single and double angel collet, multisize and multibore collets.
p 17:
Keyway and plane cutting system using an ML10 lathe; hand operated low cost facility.
[Lathe]
author: Wilton extra info:background, components required, setting up and operation, dividing with an Myford ML10.
p 20:
Rotary table - part 2; CES kit.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:concluding construction of the CES kit; table, cutting the tee slots, cover plate, worm wheel, cover plate drilling, eccentric spindle, handwheel, graduation ring, worm spindle, remaining parts and operations, assembly, worthwhile, the larger table.
p 26:
Spray guns; National Motorcycle Museum.
[Trade Counter]
p 26:
Milling by Stan Bray; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 27:
Tailstock modification for a Clarke Metalworker; a straightforward improvement to a budget machine.
[Lathe]
author: Palmer extra info:the tailstock, design considerations, manufacturing, the lead screw, the clamp and bearing block, body casting, assembly and operation.
p 30:
Retrofitting the X3 milling machine - part 1; conversion for CNC operation.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:rationale, selecting the ball screws, materials required, selecting the stepper motors, slideway friction, dismantling the machine, correcting minor imperfections.
p 34:
Dressing screws; dressing or cutting machine screws to length.
[Workshop]
author: Bondfield
p 36:
Springtime at Harrogate; a look around the workshop equipment on display.
[Exhibition]
author: Sheppard
p 39:
Four way tool post; with integral tool angle.
[Lathe]
author: Golding extra info:background, basic design, materials and construction, usage and tips, conclusion.
p 42:
Lathe tool height gauge (optical); avoid contortions with an optical approach.
[Measuring]
author: Wale extra info:background, better mouse trap, remote gauging, setting four jaw, conclusion.
p 44:
Toolmakers clamps - make your own; a project aimed at new recruits to the hobby.
[Clamping]
author: Tierney extra info:materials, item 1, avoiding damaged threads, tapping, item 3, item 4, without the lathe, assembling item 4, drilling the pin hole, machining the angles, adding the bracket, drilling the bracket, assembly, simplified version, conclusion.
p 49:
Backplates and faceplates for D1-3 lathes; make your own faceplates.
[Lathe]
author: Leith extra info:a DIY approach to making these expensive items; making two gauges, holes for camlock studs, getting studs.
p 52:
Moving 3/4 ton lathe single handed; machine relocation.
[Workshop]
author: Gays
p 53:
Cheaper esso nutto 44 oil.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fletcher
p 53:
Drill sharpening with a lapping or honing jig.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 53:
Gear wheels.
[Scribe a Line]
author: James
p 53:
Knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 53:
Making PCB's.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fouweather
p 54:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 54:
3 jaw chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Golding
p 54:
Leaf pinion.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cowing
p 54:
Speed increaser.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ponsonby
MEW Dec 2004 # 103
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; issue 100 subscription winners, free software, in the workshop, model engineer and exhibition.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Wood in metalworking workshop; Harold Hall gives an insight into selection, working and finishing.
author: Hall extra info:timber carving finishing oil wax french polish lacquer adhesives router; applications, conversion methods, stability, conversion methods (2), appearance, getting to work, the species, wood for carving; obtaining your timber, finishing, adhesives, PVA, extramite, epoxy resin, design, the task in hand, a router, a final comment.
p 17:
A high speed tailstock drilling attachment for the ML7; small drills are best run fast.
[Drilling]
author: Jeffree extra info:general arrangement, detail and dimensions, chuck drive shaft, ram tube, motor modifications, motor mount and slit clamp, pivot pin, operating levers, assembly and adjustment.
p 20:
Floating toolholder; for tapping, reaming etc. even with an inaccurate tailstock.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:no 2 morse taper support, die holder, sliding tube, key, spring plungers, retaining cap, collet and cap, collet, collet adaptor, collet milling jig, locking ring (centralising) assembly and use.
p 25:
An alternative method of making tee bolts and studs; with a large element of recycling.
[Workshop]
author: Hurst
p 26:
Retrofitting the X3 milling machine - part 2; mechanical modification for CNC operation.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:fitting the ball screws, the screw rods, fitting the ball nuts, fitting the Y axis screw, fitting the X axis screw, fitting the Z axis screw, fitting the Z axis stepper motor, attaching the X and Y axis motors.
p 32:
VMC low speeds; very low spindle speeds for VMC mill.
[Mill]
author: Warner extra info:26 rpm and ultra low cost; background, modification, results and assessment, conclusion.
p 34:
The beginner's guide to jigs, lash-ups and bodges; a practical approach from down under.
[Workshop]
author: King extra info:why jigs, sophisticated or simple, working with castings, bodges, lash ups.
p 36:
Chronos; Arc Euro; Warco; Pro Machine tools; Hemingway; CuP alloys; SSD drives boost engineers tool room.
[Trade Counter]
p 38:
Accessories for a Taiwanese lathe - part 2; gadgets for dividing.
[Lathe]
author: Cooke extra info:simple changewheel, and for larger numbers, clinometer, microstop attachments, some afterthoughts.
p 42:
DIY air-turbines for PCB's, engraving and internal grinding, etc; alternative approach to high cutter speeds.
[Mill]
author: Bartlett extra info:background, brushless motor, turbines, building, body including spider, vacuum belts, machine mount, spindle, assembly, testing, other uses, addenda.
p 46:
Abrasive cutting discs in home workshop; towards precision grinding, without a grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Bondfield extra info:improvisation for tough jobs, safety first, making an arbor, mounting the work, powered spindles, conclusion.
p 52:
Atlas lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 52:
Moving heavy machinery.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Powell; photographs: reader to reader
p 52:
Moving heavy machinery.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stanton
p 53:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 53:
Crankshaft straightening tailstock mods.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 53:
Taylor chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Castellan
p 53:
Three phase convertors.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Colman
p 60:
Midlands model engineering exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Fenner
MEW Feb 2005 # 104
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; 74th model engineer exhibition, a correction, in the workshop, model engineering classes.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Holders for ER collets; low cost route to better concentricity.
[Clamping]
author: Morris extra info:collet body closing cap; background, the body, the closing gap.
p 16:
In car hoist; hoist disabled electric hoist mini crane lifting.
author: Rawlinson extra info:built for one purpose but useful for others: the problem, a solution, important safety note, the electric hoist, electrics, initial failure, hoist fabrication, lifting problems, mark two steel work, in use.
p 18:
Taps and dies chosing and using; internal threads, external threads, torque, tapping drill sizes, core diameter.
[Threading]
author: Hall extra info:there's more than one way of skinning the cat, or cutting a thread; background, internal threads, tap forms, tap materials, tap accuracy, availability, what to obtain, external threads, tapping, the torque factor, tapping drill size, choosing the drill size, core diameter, mechanical aids to accurate tapping, cutting lubricant, blunt taps, external threads; mechanical aids to accurate external threads, under power, other possibilities, other tap forms, finish, machine tapping, machine cutting of external threads.
p 25:
Greenwood tools; MG engineering; Shumatech DRO; HY4 precision; toolbay.biz.
[Trade Counter]
p 26:
Comp-U-Guide - a universal programmable DIY DRO system; DRO, budget chinese scales, mouse based transducers.
[Measuring]
author: Bartlett extra info:an overview, mode 1 absolute DRO, mode 2 relative DRO, mode 3, what is required, macro commands, building and testing from the basic kit, building.
p 30:
Retrofitting the X3 milling machine - part 3; CNC conversion stepper motors.
[CNC]
author: Stephen extra info:with an added electronic handwheelwiring up the stepper motors, assembling the stepper motor drive unit, materials required for electronics, the assembly manual control unit, final comments.
p 37:
An auto feed stop for a Chester Craftsman lathe; added electrical safety feature.
[Lathe]
author: Haughton extra info:disaster, removing the carriage gibs, removing the carriage, removing the apron, spare parts, modifications and rebuilding, an electrical emergency stop, mounting block for the rear shears, rewiring the lathe, in conclusion, warning.
p 43:
A simplified spark erosion machine; for hard material and broken taps.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Oakes extra info:background and philosophy, construction and operation, electrical considerations, performance, conclusion.
p 48:
Worden modification; dust containment and wheel guard.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Whetren
p 50:
supplier visit - simply CNC; visit to the builder of CNC milling packages.
[CNC]
author: Fenner extra info:background, mechanical details, demonstration and software, high speed spindle, conclusion.
p 51:
Knurling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bellamy
p 51:
Taylor lathe chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Crooks
p 52:
Cowells lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Carson
p 52:
Dressing screws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hugel
p 52:
Technical assistance required Deckel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Doherty
p 53:
Chemicals and toolposts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Winks
p 53:
Metalworker tailstock.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brennan
p 53:
Startrite drilling table.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 54:
Link up.
[Link Up]
p 54:
Variable speed drive box.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pendreigh
MEW Apr 2005 # 105
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; new electrical regulations, in the workshop.
author: Fenner
p 13:
Tapping stand; keep threads in line.
[Threading]
author: Hall extra info:design considerations, base, rear column, head assembly, turned items, assembly, using, assembly problem, manufacturing, alternative.
p 18:
You'd like it flat? scrape it; scraping flat surfaces.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Loader extra info:beginner's guide to the black (more correctly blue) art; just a touch of nostalgia, an expert instructor, types of scrapers, three square, half round, the technique of flat scraping, sharpening, making a start, the sting in the tail, reasons for scraping, finishing, things to remember.
p 22:
Micrometers for Southpaws; Bill Morris takes a sinister view of a dextrious instrument.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:ambidextrous left handed micrometers.
p 24:
Temporary restraint or latches catches pins bolts and bars; a compendium of devices.
[Clamping]
author: Amos extra info:introduction, definition, operating means, gravity operation, spring operation, magnetic latch, sliding latch, roller latch, toggle, ratchet, conclusion.
p 30:
Adjustable saddle stop for Myford 7; neat accessory for improved repeatability.
[Lathe]
author: Stauber extra info:rationale, design concept, manufacture of main components, small parts, mounting and assembly, using the saddle stop.
p 35:
Inconclusive experiments; Bentley spark plugs casting welding electrodes.
author: Fenner extra info:process trials and tribulations; background, casting method, welding method.
p 38:
74th model engineer exhibition at Sandown Park.
[Exhibition]
p 40:
Long small bolts roller box; combination tool for quantity production.
[Lathe]
author: Harvey extra info:back to the beginning, manufacture, operation.
p 44:
Comp-U-Guide - part 2; mode 1 DRO, mode 2 preset, macro routines.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:using the system.
p 46:
Tilgear, Chester, Chronos, magnifiers from Norville, Warco.
[Trade Counter]
p 48:
Powered top slide; powered topslide conversion for lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:for an even finish on a taper; the raison d'être, what's in the bits box, putting it together, attachment, control electrics.
p 49:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 50:
A technique for finishing 4 stroke valves; new use for that diamond lap - diamond hones surface finish on valve seats.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Curtis extra info:the problem, the solution.
p 52:
Chuck lock for screw-on lathe chucks; an added safety measure.
[Lathe]
author: Cooke extra info:hidden opportunity, machining, brazing, operation, footnote.
p 54:
Advert.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Anderson
p 54:
Bandsaw problems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 54:
Clarke metalworker mods.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Palmer
p 54:
Political correctness.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wilson
p 54:
Tee slot top slides.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 55:
Atlas lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hailey
p 55:
Chuck key safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Grafton
p 55:
Hardwoods.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Atkinson
p 55:
Political correctness.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bilinge
p 55:
Straightening Briggs and Stratton cranks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Summers
p 55:
Turning rings and tubes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Egaa
MEW May 2005 # 106
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; index for MEW issues 93 to 104, rip off britain?, age and infinity not a barrier, training at the society of model and experimental engineers, in the workshop.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Two heads are better than one? - part 1; this first one for light duty boring.
[Mill]
author: Bells extra info:background, the light duty boring head, construction, arbor, a few notes on taper turning, large and small bullets, body, slider, leadscrew, key, leadscrew collar, final assembly.
p 18:
Drill grinding with the Quorn tool and cutter grinder; simple accessory makes for added convenience.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hugel extra info:twist drill grinding four facet method; notation and sign convention, setting angles, bent bar solution.
p 20:
Tee slot cutter; machining and heat treatment to make your own.
[Mill]
author: Hall extra info:saving cash and making non-standards; background, manufacture, hardening and tempering, more detailed explanation.
p 22:
'Zapping' NiCads batteries; performance recovery nickel cadmium cells.
[Electrics]
author: Fletcher extra info:delivering the electrical kiss of life - cell failure, recovery technique.
p 24:
The beginners guide to black arts of workshop acquisition; a treatise on best value.
[Workshop]
author: King extra info:auctions, dealers, local works, boot sales and rallies, junk shops, club sales, summary.
p 26:
Toolroom tips - part 1; counterboring countersinking screws.
[Workshop]
author: Blind Pugh
p 27:
Out and About; model rail Scotland, Scottish motorcycle show.
[Exhibition]
extra info:a quick look at a couple of shows.
p 28:
Getting to grips with a Griptru; advice on achieving optimum precision.
[Lathe]
author: Brown extra info:setting up griptru lathe chuck pratt burnerd; accuracy in context, traditional fitting, enter the griptru.
p 30:
Compuguide (was Comp-U-Guide) - part 3; intelligent DRO manual CNC.
[CNC]
author: Bartlett extra info:machining to CAD data, mode 3: using programmable functions, first example, plan for cutting, second example.
p 33:
Index for issues 93 to 104 of MEW.
[Index]
p 37:
Newton Tesla, Carrs and C+L Finescale, Hemingway kits, Arc Euro trade, Boost energy, MEW index.
[Trade Counter]
p 38:
TIG welding of aluminium and its alloys in the home workshop - part 1; the pros and cons of AC welding.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:money well spent to thrown away, what do you get for all that extra cost, are AC machines difficult to use; stand back and what do you see, despite all that there must be positives, the pleasure factor, are repaired items fir for service, and to cap it all no breakfast, which is the best TIG for my workshop, why such caution about investing in AC TIG.
p 44:
The centering microscope; construction of Hemingway kit.
[Measuring]
author: Stephen extra info:the history, the construction, the body, the objective holder, the side arm, the arbor, the prism mounting, objective lens mount, making the graticule, scribing the circles, anodising the microscope, assembling and centring the microscope.
p 50:
A collet slitting jig for lathe; a short cut for clockmakers.
[Workshop]
author: Brading extra info:rationale, construction, use.
p 51:
Another penny finally drops; Herbert 2D capstan lathe, Myford, Dickson tool holders.
[Lathe]
author: Fenner extra info:improved convenience in parting off; background, solutions, construction, operation.
p 52:
Demagnetiser.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hawkridge
p 52:
ER collet holders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hewson
p 52:
Leaky fuel tanks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Littlejohn
p 52:
Star drilling machine.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whetren
p 52:
Taps and dies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Monk
p 53:
Tapping drill sizes.
[Scribe a Line]
p 54:
Collet holders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parkes
p 54:
Solder lead free solder - WEE legislation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Usher
p 54:
Three phase from single phase 3 phase from 1 phase.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fletcher
p 54:
Tool post american.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cohon
p 55:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 55:
Chuck keys.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bray
p 55:
Disabled car hoists.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hale
p 55:
In reply to W Pendreigh's gearbox problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 55:
Speed increasers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Anderson
MEW Jul 2005 # 107
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; REMAP 2005 yearbook, in the workshop, new projects.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Drilling holes in the right place; accuracy without sophisticated equipment.
[Drilling]
author: Loader extra info:problems with marking and drilling, scribers, make it visible, use every possible aid, aids for centre punching, why use a centre punch; drill construction, drill modifications, backing off the rake, long series drills, home made long series drills, core drills, some improvisations; drilling oversize, flat bottoming, sharpening, some of the pioneers, hole boxing, and example of boxing, button boring, setting the buttons.
p 18:
Two heads are better than one? - part 2; the heavy duty boring head.
[Lathe]
author: Bells extra info:heavy duty boring head, construction notes, body, head, leadscrew nut, gig strip, leadscrew location details, leadscrew, locking collar, washer, leadscrew collar, dial, final assembly.
p 24:
A kinematically mounted indicator stand for a South Bend lathe; for repeatable measurement - a dial indicator.
[Measuring]
author: Wright
p 26:
Indexing handwheel for a Myford lathe; unfixing Myford leadscrew scale.
[Lathe]
author: Cunnington extra info:zeroing feature for the leadscrew wheel; background, construction.
p 28:
Tipped slotting tool; replaceable tips.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:carbide benefits without cost; background, making a holder.
p 30:
Copying attachment for the Warco 300/2 lathe/mill; profile turning.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Barrett extra info:for tapers, profiles, and repeat workbackground, base unit, intermediate slide, top slide, toolpost, stylus, depth adjusting screw, spring, spring locator; locking screw, gib strip, locking plate, clamp, cross bar, height bar, template holder, assembly, using the attachment.
p 37:
Hemingway, Arc Euro trade, Chronos, Camden.
[Trade Counter]
p 37:
Photo Etching by Brian King; fireside reading.
[Books]
extra info:workshop practice series 36.
p 38:
TIG welding of aluminium and its alloys in the home workshop - part 2; AC welding, is it worthwhile?.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Marlow extra info:getting it together. centreline cracking can I avoid it, success or failure can hinge on detail, choosing your filler materials, the welding and the alloys miscellany, proceed at a cracking pace, a few closing thoughts.
p 44:
Unimat 3 split nut lead screw clutch; improved convenience for a popular machine.
[Lathe]
author: Rhodes extra info:initial components, makeshift mill table, reassemble top make more parts, saddle off and on once more, rack and pinion.
p 49:
Some ideas on tool storage.
[Workshop]
author: Hennessy extra info:background, taps, dies, tapwrenches and dieholders, change wheel storage rack, a saw and cutter rack.
p 52:
CNC and Turbocad.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stephen
p 52:
Chester Craftsman lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parker
p 52:
Reply to W Pendreigh's gearbox problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Laing
p 52:
Reply to W Pendreigh's gearbox problem.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith; photographs: reader to reader
p 52:
Taps and dies.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bachanek
p 53:
Bearings.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Swali
p 53:
Single point thread cutting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Notley
p 53:
Spark plug electrodes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Castellan
p 54:
Scraping.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 54:
Tailstock mods to a Clark metalworker.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hampshire
p 55:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 55:
Drilling machines~ raising and lowering.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hall
p 55:
Myford Super Seven gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 55:
Taylor chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Meredith
MEW Aug 2005 # 108
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; three phase from single phase, bull wheel tooth count, in the workshop, matchmaker - the saga continues.
author: Fenner
p 12:
The lathe only workshop - part 1; a new series by Harold Hall what can be achieved with limited equipment.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:cutter chucks, vertical slide, tee slotted cross slide, machine vice, saddle stop; work piece clamps, limited capacity, drilling machine, cutters, the milling process, some brief comments worth bearing in mind, the series to come.
p 16:
Concentricity of a cross drilled hole; countersinking internal holes; quick tips from Peter Foyle.
[Quick Tip]
author: Foyle
p 17:
Two heads are better than one? - part 3; hints and tips for operation and tooling.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Bells extra info:using the boring heads, cutting tool options, cutting tool geometry, top rake, lead angle and tip radius, practical recommendations.
p 20:
Sheet metal etching - part 1; an alternative approach to delicate components.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Purvis extra info:historic difficulties, current industrial practice, DIY or outsourcing, similarity to PCB, design and artwork production, making the masks.
p 26:
Tailstock off centre tool; machining slow tapers.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:for taper work without disturbing the lathe setting; the origin, the tool, machining, thread protection back to the machining, in use.
p 28:
Stent modifications; alterations to well known tool and cutter grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Parkes extra info:background, turnaround.
p 30:
Gear hobbing without change wheels - any number of teeth up to 999; electronic synchronisation system.
[Gears]
author: Thompson extra info:background, electronic alternative, heavy duty and mk II versions, vero board version, board construction, accuracy and options, conclusion.
p 35:
Machine vice for the Myford; a useful accessory with fabricated construction.
[Clamping]
author: Watkins extra info:background, the body, long slot, sliding jaw, screw retaining plate, jaw bottom plate, screw, comments.
p 38:
Myford, Warco, Arc Euro Trade, D&M Machining services, Eternal Tools polishing kit, Chester (UK), engineers tool room, Jean Burhouse, Reeves 2000 press release.
[Trade Counter]
p 40:
Hand Scraping; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 40:
Machine Shop Essentials, Questions and Answers by Frank Marlow; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 40:
Model Engine Mechanics by Gordon Cornell; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 41:
Stirling and Hot Air engines by Roy Darlington and Keith Strong; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 41:
The Complete Car Modeller (2) by Gerald Wingrove; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 42:
Drill grinder - part 1; drill point geometry.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Winkel extra info:what's in a point and how to achieve it; philosophy and theory, grinder layout, setting, grinding the drill, the critical situation with the clearance angle, results of grinding experiments, test summary.
p 47:
Round with dovetail advantages; achieving vertical alignment.
[Mill]
author: Crammond extra info:an improvement for round column machines; background, simple addition, lower bracket, bracket assembly, head rework, top bracket and bush, operation and evaluation.
p 50:
Toolroom tips - part 2; oil blacking blueing.
[Workshop]
author: Blind Pugh extra info:the industrial approach, the DIY alternative, blueing, tooling, a 'silly' tailpiece.
p 51:
Two capstan handles; precise manual control.
[Lathe]
author: Gooden extra info:background, lathe application, drill application.
p 52:
A cheap quality universal motor speed controller; furthering the best traditions of recycling.
[Electrics]
author: Leggett extra info:background and bargain hunting, checking and testing, mounting and using.
p 53:
Chucks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 53:
Demagnetiser.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wood
p 53:
House wiring.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 53:
TIN coated drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thornton
p 54:
Cross slides.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dawson
p 54:
Lignum vitae.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Munden
p 54:
NETTO.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jager
p 54:
Ni-Cads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Grainger
p 54:
Reamers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Pitt
p 54:
Screw threads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Woodley
p 54:
Wax.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Banton
p 55:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 55:
CNC conversion.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jamieson
p 55:
Chuck keys.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rowland
p 55:
Viceroy 5 lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Chambers
MEW Oct 2005 # 109
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; Northern showroom, more data from Colin Usher, from paper engines to paper cars, and then the workshop police?, Midlands Model Engineering Exhibition, 75th Model Engineer Exhibition.
author: Fenner
p 12:
CNC for free (well almost); low cost computer controlled mill.
[CNC]
author: Fouweather extra info:background, the complete CNC package, CAD, DXF to G code converter, simulation, software drivers, electronics to drive the stepper motors, power supplies, other software; the milling machine, construction, master utilities program, connections for master program, the next machine, conclusion.
p 17:
The lathe only workshop - part 2; a grinding rest produced on the lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:common design feature, problem overcome, manufacture, rectangular bar parts, base angle, the dovetails, turning operations, assembly, using the rest, end mills, an important lesson.
p 25:
TasDevil laser line scanner, arc euro trade, www.lathes.co.uk.
[Trade Counter]
p 25:
Model Engineers Handbook by Tubal Cain; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 25:
The Amateurs Lathe by L H sparey; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 26:
Microwave timber seasoning; a culinary technique for cabinetmakers.
[Workshop]
author: Cox extra info:wood moisture content, warning note, the microwave alternative, rosewood resins, results.
p 28:
Sheet metal etching - part 2; fragile parts and no cutting forces.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Purvis extra info:exposure, developing, etching, removing the resist, metal thickness and quality, storage, computer design, use of layers, equipment the final stages.
p 35:
Drill grinder - part 2; continues with the construction of the machine.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Winkel extra info:an overview of the grinder, notes on building methods, notes on drawings, assembling the grinder housing.
p 41:
Moving workshops; more involved than moving house.
[Workshop]
author: Morris extra info:planning, help the professionals, boxed and packing, moving the immovable, placement, lashings, hand tools first, pulling down the roof, post script.
p 45:
ICE program review; a design and analysis tool for two strokes.
author: Stride extra info:model aircraft engines diesel glow plug BHP torque tuned pipes; background, design manual and ICE program, program purpose, program basics and principles, program overview, data details, outputs tables graphs, examples tuned pipe effects, conclusions.
p 48:
Myford Seven cross slide lock and shear scraping; useful accessory and a technique for restoring accuracy.
[Lathe]
author: McIntosh extra info:beam deflection, hand scraping, lathe bed wear.
p 50:
Facilitating the use of the four jaw chuck; time saving tips and gadgets.
[Lathe]
author: Amos extra info:setting up, jaw operation, brace type key, concept, bent bar key, manufacture, conclusion.
p 52:
Bullwheel/backgear on Myford Super 7 and Sigma lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Moore
p 52:
Crossness pumping station.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Bartlett
p 52:
ML7 gearbox.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Coyle
p 52:
ML7.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 53:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 53:
Centering microscope.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dryburgh
MEW Nov 2005 # 110
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, chipmaster topslide renovation, the model engineer exhibition 29-31 december, a correction issue 108 electronic gear hobber, college courses at stafford and leicester.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe only workshop - part 3; in the finest traditions of silk purse.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:sliding surfaces grooves moving jaw keep plates jaws modified vice; rationale, sliding surfaces, grooves, moving jawkeep plate, jaws, postscript.
p 15:
Modifications to the X3 milling machine; belt drive transmission.
[Mill]
author: Stephen extra info:replacing the gear drive with an HTD belt, background, making and fitting HTD pulleys, making pulleys other methods, general calculations for pulleys.
p 18:
A gear cutting attachment for the lathe; milling head for use with Myford.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:background, end housings, body, bearing adjuster nuts, spindle, drive pulley/flywheel, bearing retaining flanges, jockey pulleys, setting up and use.
p 24:
Tail stock drilling centre; an aid to accurate cross drilling.
[Drilling]
author: Wale extra info:achieving accuracy, cutting the vees, clamp screw holes, use.
p 27:
Drill grinder - part 3; concluding drawings.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Winkel extra info:drawings for drill grinder parts 52-54-55-60-62-66-67-70.
p 28:
Tailstock power system; cut down on wrist ache.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the reason, wider application, first thoughts, second thoughts, one step forward two steps back, initial operation, the electronics, bipolar driver, control box, conduit box, component parts, operation.
p 34:
Ornamental turning for model engineers - part 4; a look at the eccentric cutting frame.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards
p 38:
Toolroom tips - part 3; disasters recovery and avoidance.
[Workshop]
author: Blind Pugh extra info:clangers and cover ups; a couple of definitions, recipe for disaster, recovery techniques, milling machine application.
p 40:
Harrogate 2005; an overview of workshop equipment exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Sheppard
p 43:
accessories for Chronos, CNC mill from Warco, new distributor for DivisionMaster products.
[Trade Counter]
p 44:
An introduction to aluminium and its alloys - part 1; guidance on the material, casting and furnaces.
[Materials]
author: Furness extra info:background, an insight, the types and identities of alloys, alloy selection and method of casting, the reuse of scrap, alternatives to scrap, aluminium melting; furnaces, choice of fuel, metallurgical considerations, basic gas fired furnace design, small furnaces.
p 50:
Quick change toolpost for Unimat 3; a time saving attachment suitable for smaller lathes.
[Lathe]
author: Rhodes extra info:manufacture.
p 52:
Bagpipe Museum.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Varty
p 52:
Chemical milling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox
p 52:
Health and safety.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith; photographs: reader to reader
p 52:
Model engine mechanics.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Heasman
p 52:
Quick tip 108.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Burgess
p 53:
CE marking.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Willson
p 53:
CNC.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lambourn
p 53:
Encoders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Campbell
MEW Dec 2005 # 111
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, building a case for stuart triple expansion engine, new from Alan Munday, index, ready made board for 555, apologies, 75th model engineer exhibition, dates for the diary, correction beam deflection MEW109 p49.
author: Fenner
p 12:
A self-build DRO for Chinese scales - part 1; budget box, digital readout with on board intelligence.
[Measuring]
author: Haughton extra info:summary, digital calipers and scales, capacitance, inside a typical Chinese scale, a Centec 2A horizontal mill, scale modifications; Shimatech DRO 350, assembling the DRO-350, the case, cables plugs and sockets, the power supply testing the DRO and individual scales.
p 17:
The lathe only workshop - part 4; construction of a small angle plate.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:angle plate alternative, casting, finish machining; angle plate alternative, casting, finish machining.
p 20:
A CNC headstock dividing attachment for the ML7; modifying a classic design.
[CNC]
author: Jeffree extra info:the modifications, bearing blocks, main bearing bar, worm shaft, motor mount, swinging latch and clamping plate, assembly and adjustment, final words.
p 24:
Taper turning attachment - part 1; taper turning attachment for a Smart and Brown lathe - for accurate shallow angle tapers.
[Lathe]
author: Leafe extra info:design, construction, base plate, attachment to the lathe bed, other makes of lathe, once more to the base plate, guide bar, an alternative guide bar, yet again the base plate, graduating the base plate.
p 30:
A plain spindle head for X3 milling machine; is a quill feed really necessary?.
[Mill]
author: Stephen extra info:making the head, having the head cast, fabricating the head out of mild steel plate, belt and head cover, making the spindle housing, making the spindle, making the draw bar, attach the spindle housing to the head, fitting the motor.
p 36:
An introduction to aluminium and its alloys - part 2; furnace construction and associated equipment.
[Materials]
author: Furness extra info:small scale liquid metal hazards, refractory installation preparations, furnace base, furnace body, refractory installation, furnace base, furnace body, furnace lid; surplus refractory, refectory drying and heatup procedure, temperature measurement, liquid metal working tools; handling tools, workshop ventilation and fume removal, personal protection, large scale liquid metal hazards, liquid metal treatment prior to casting, flux treatment, degaussing, other treatments, conclusions, purchasing notes.
p 41:
Arc Euro trade, machine-DRO.co.uk, Chronos, Motors Direct.
[Trade Counter]
p 41:
Dividing by Harold Hall.
[Books]
p 42:
Low voltage power hacksaw - part 1; space saving power saw, using a car wiper motor.
[Sawing]
author: Wightman extra info:low cost and simple construction; concept, frame, blade mountings, swinging arm, motor mounting.
p 46:
Machining ball handles by generating on the mill; quorn ball handles generating milled spheres.
[Mill]
author: Woodward extra info:an alternative approach to creating spherical surfacesbackground, setting out and setting up, boring head adjustment, further thoughts and other applications.
p 48:
Resistance soft soldering; instant soldering irons spot welding with solder cream.
[Welding/Brazing/]
author: Rawlinson extra info:a different take on a basic art, the mental prompt, equipment to hand, first thoughts, second thoughts, modifications, first use, home build, control, safety.
p 50:
A day out at Leamington Spa; the Midlands model engineering exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Jeffree
p 52:
Centering microscope.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Morris
p 52:
Compensating pendulum.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Sheppard
p 52:
DIY CNC milling.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rutter
p 52:
Moving workshops.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Moignard
p 52:
Threading.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Buckley
p 52:
Top slide.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Martin
p 53:
Boost energy systems.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Strawford
p 53:
Moving workshops.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Long
p 53:
Powered topslide conversion.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 53:
Re MEW 109 Myford 7 shear scraping.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Willson
MEW Feb 2006 # 112
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; move to 10 issues, TIG welding, big boy's toys, the many shades of stainless, Sandown, phone calls, hacksaw video.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe only workshop - part 5; the working precision kit, a small vice.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:manufacture, assembly.
p 16:
Friction dial handwheels for the Unimat 3; index dials handwheels handles.
[Lathe]
author: Rhodes
p 18:
WebCams in the workshop; using a webcam in workshop, graticules,d camera's.
[Measuring]
authors: Stephen, Jeffree extra info:centring and seeing the impossible; raison d'être, development process, webcam centring unit - requirements, software, hardware, the graticule, focussing the camera; constructing the camera unit, adjusting and securing the camera, finale centring of the unit, general points, other applications of webcam in the workshop.
p 24:
Multi-facet sharpening of larger drills; a neat jig for 4/6 facet sharpening.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Riley extra info:one stage further, description, results, conclusion.
p 27:
Power file holding fixture; Black and Decker powerfile.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Wilkes extra info:frees both hands for improved control; construction.
p 28:
A self-build DRO for chinese scales - part 2; an intelligent readout at budget price - mounting guarding performance.
[Measuring]
author: Haughton extra info:mounting the scales on the mill, scale guards, mounting the DRO on the mill, replacing the batteries and ground loops, a comparison with a newall microsyn, in summary, what's next.
p 32:
Low voltage power hacksaw - part 2; space saving power saw using a car wiper motor.
[Sawing]
author: Wightman extra info:cheap and simple for home construction; base, stop, vice, mounting and painting, connecting up, a few afterthoughts.
p 36:
A back gear for mill-drill; Chester Champion mill-drill.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Sumbler extra info:space saving speed reduction system to a Chester Champion; background, geared approach, modification and construction, back gear assembly, quick tip on speed measurement.
p 38:
Chester Lux geared head milling machine; first impressions of this versatile machine.
[Mill]
author: Spalding extra info:prompted to buy, vertical digital scale, DRO, work experience, delivery.
p 40:
Home workshop technology; an historical overview of the home workshop.
[History]
author: Amos extra info:history, early home workshops, the lathe, techniques, present status, relation to industry, the future, priorities, conclusion.
p 42:
Taper turning attachment - part 2; taper turning attachment for a Smart and Brown lathe.
[Lathe]
author: Leafe extra info:long small angle cuts made easy for a Smart and Brown lathe; recess for guide bar adjusting screw, adjusting screw and housing, slide, alternative construction, slide attachment details, other lathes, cross slide feed screw disconnection; guide bar clamping nuts, assembly, alternative thoughts, alternative construction.
p 47:
Drilling flat sided square holes; yes and with a rotating tool.
[Drilling]
author: Parkes extra info:background, method 1, constructing the bit, method 2, construction of the wobble bit.
p 50:
Lathe or machining centre?; CNC technology in industry lathe or machining centre.
[CNC]
author: Fenner extra info:multifuctionality of latest equipment; company background, sliding head the basics, machine developments, software advances, latest machine - star SV32, results so far.
p 52:
digital handwheel from Arc Euro trade, winter offers from Tilgear, new products from Engineers Toolroom, cheap ballscrews.
[Trade Counter]
p 53:
WEEE.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jeffree
p 55:
Aluminium and its alloys.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Douie
p 55:
Encoders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Castellan
p 55:
Precise gauge blocks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Leafe
p 55:
Workshop police.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Demachy
MEW Mar 2006 # 113
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; magazine ownership, in the workshop, heating, unconventional tooling sources, Remap at Sandown.
author: Fenner
p 12:
The lathe only workshop - part 6; cross drilling jig - versatile tooling item from hemingway.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:body, the vee groove, bush holder assembly, miscellaneous turned parts, in use.
p 17:
Mini vice; small scale workholding.
[Clamping]
author: Loader extra info:gripping stuff for small scale parts; jaws, adjusting screw, tommy bar, tommy bar caps, guide rods, post.
p 20:
Louvre tool; for ventilation slots.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Rawlinson extra info:air flow with style from this press toolbackground, press requirements, pressing jobs, other forms of power, alternative methods, size, manufacture, hardening, mounting, use.
p 24:
75th Model Engineer Exhibition at Sandown Park; a brief look at workshop equipment.
[Exhibition]
p 28:
Getting power around corners - part 1; review of power transmission methods.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:transmission techniques reviewed, background, introduction, linear transmission, bell crank, ropes, cordage, wire rope; eccentrics and cams, rack and pinion, screw and nut, misalignment, double slider or oldham coupling, rubber block coupling, disc coupling, gear coupling, chain coupling, flexible tube coupling.
p 33:
Broadband internet access.
[Electrics]
author: Haughton extra info:a fall off in performance, asymmetric DSL, contention ratio, internet speed freak, large on-line catalogues, emails, screen dumps and digital photography; videos and software downloads, yahoo interest groups, golden oldies, skype, broadband safety, in conclusion.
p 35:
Making Simple Steam Models by Stan Bray; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Bray extra info:Hero's engine, de winton clapper engine.
p 36:
X3 CNC - further options; alternative mechanical and electrical details.
[CNC]
author: Jeffree extra info:leadscrew mods, motor mounts, choices of motor and drivers, installing the power supply, installing the motor drivers, driving the mill, performance, heavy tests, final comments.
p 42:
Musing about - a problem to die for; caring for those cutting edges.
[Threading]
author: Marlow extra info:a sense of foreboding, cause and consequence, even worse, just sometimes, caring for what you've got, it's widget time.
p 44:
Lathe suds dispenser base; getting the coolant where you want it.
[Lathe]
author: Leonard extra info:design of the new base, machining, assembly, conclusion.
p 46:
Power feed for Naerok 350 Mill-Drill - part 1; a proven design for power traverse.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Raffan extra info:modifications to the machine, drive motor, gear ratios, materials, backplate, bearings, idler backplate, guide pins.
p 51:
miniature live centre, new mill from Warco, machine DRO, DivisionMaster.
[Trade Counter]
p 52:
Taper setting tool for a Chipmaster; for accurate top slide adjustment.
[Lathe]
author: Fenner extra info:top slide taper setting attachment for a Chipmaster lathe; background, concept, accuracy, repeatability, construction, inspection.
p 54:
Boring barrels.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Taylor
p 54:
Compensated pendulum.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McIntosh
p 54:
Expansion of stainless steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Notley
p 54:
Northumbrian pipes, Irish bagpipes, Uillean pipes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hennessy
p 55:
555 chip.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fletcher
p 55:
Low cost shaft encoders.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gilligan
p 55:
Resistance soft soldering.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Antrobus
p 55:
Resistance soft soldering.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rawlinson
p 55:
Screwcutting gearbox for ML7.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Oldham
p 55:
Slocombe drill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 55:
Toner transfer paper.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fouwear
MEW Apr 2006 # 114
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; real world engineering, calling all authors, in the workshop, do I really need one, a correction, generating spheres, windscreen wiper motors.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Cylindrical grinding attachment; extend the versatility of a tool and cutter grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Curtis extra info:background, spindle, spindle body, headstock, countershaft, spacers, pulleys, base plate, motor support, belt guard, using the grinding headstock.
p 18:
Lathe only workshop - part 7; making the small vee block from Woking Precision.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:preliminary work, finish machining faces, machining the vees, matched pair.
p 21:
Getting power around corners - part 2; review of power transmission methods.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:significant misalignment, intentional misalignment, rotary transmission, rope drive, line shafting, flat belting, round belting; synthetic round belting, vee belts, toothed belt, chain drives, conveyors, spur gears, helical gears, rack and pinion, bevel gears, spiral bevel gears; hypoid gears, worm and wheel, the differential, intermittent rotation, non-mechanical means, electric, pneumatic, steam, hydraulic, conclusion.
p 28:
Reflections and things; a compendium of hints and tips for novices and experts.
[Workshop]
author: Twist extra info:toolroom and heat treatment, hints and tips, lathe tips, marking out tips, scraping tips, drilling tips, milling tips, storage and bench work tips.
p 32:
Power feed for Naerok 350 Mill-Drill - part 2; powered table traverse for this popular machine.
[Mill/Drill]
author: Raffan extra info:operating lever, drive-shaft gearbox, gear train, telescopic shaft, drive shaft, the controller, conclusion.
p 38:
Nice near control panels - adding a finishing touch; manufacturing panels and boxes for machine controls.
[Workshop]
author: Riley extra info:the design process, preparing the panel, cover sheet, assembly, other possibilities, results.
p 40:
An alternative route to milling light alloy; without an expensive milling machine.
[Mill]
author: Davies extra info:milling light alloy with a router; recommendations and caveats on technique, final observations.
p 42:
Chucks away and steady as she goes; tips for non standard working on lathe chuck.
[Clamping]
author: Bondfield extra info:advice on workholding, a simple steady, and dividingbackground, and old iron, going nuts, steady on now, better boring, easy dividing.
p 45:
Ultrasonic cleaner, Clarke Engineering, Tilgear; colin usher aldi http://www colinusher info.
[Trade Counter]
p 46:
A cheap and simple turns counter; modifying a calculator into a simple turns counter.
[Measuring]
author: Fletcher extra info:keep track when coil winding; necessity is the mother, modifying the calculator, operation, other calculators.
p 48:
Toolroom tips - part 4; tapping, screw cutting.
[Workshop]
author: Blind Pugh
p 51:
Tailstock lock for Prazimat lathe; avoid playing 'Hunt the spanner' with this neat improvement.
[Lathe]
author: Whetren extra info:background, bearing block, lock plunger, cam spindle, lock handle.
p 54:
Modification for the Chester DB8 centre lathe; to speed up chuck changes.
[Lathe]
author: Unwin extra info:background, special nuts, nuts.
p 55:
Flat sided holes, square holes, drilling square holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: King
p 55:
Rust.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shaw
p 55:
Webcams PNG files.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Elion
MEW May 2006 # 115
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, fencing, pulse jet, more nonsense from Euroland, industrial practice.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe only workshop - part 8; five inch two jaw chuck - first of two articles covering this hemingway kit.
[Clamping]
author: Hall extra info:jaws, jaw plate, adapter.
p 17:
Creating a home foundry; for aluminium casting.
[Workshop]
author: Brittain extra info:search for furnace, moulding box, other tools, safety, making a start, success.
p 20:
Simple and sometimes primitive heat treatment; hardening, tempering and annealing made easy.
[Workshop]
author: Loader extra info:a little knowledge, the effect of heat on steels, hardening technique, ways of judging temperature, by colour, by scale, quenching, tempering; teamboats toaster, heat sources, heating devices, blow torches, cooks blow torch, gas stove, plumbers blowlamp, case hardening, softening, blueing and oil blacking.
p 24:
Angle setter; protractor.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:a measuring/setting tool to reach the parts others cannot; general design, manufacture, in use.
p 27:
Machine Mart, Engine Wise, routout CNC.
[Trade Counter]
p 28:
Grinding and making lathe tools; not as difficult as you might think.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Cooke extra info:hollow ground angles, simple tool rest, grinding and honing, and for tiny tools, brazed tip carbide tools.
p 30:
Saddle stop for the Myford; an essential accessory for repeatable length control.
[Lathe]
author: Watkins extra info:general design, bracket, thimble, barrel, threaded insert, graduating thimble, and barrel, assembly.
p 34:
Fitting an electronic speed control to a Warco 6in. lathe; Newton tesla inverter drive package for the BH600.
[Lathe]
author: Langfield extra info:background, kit supplied, safety devices, fitting, experience.
p 35:
Tool and Cutter Sharpening by Harold Hall; fireside reading.
[Books]
author: Hall
p 36:
Quick change toolpost; a straightforward design for home construction.
[Lathe]
author: Bells extra info:background, description, in use, construction notes, body items, tool holder, adjustment nut, clamp, cam, handle, spanner, assembly.
p 42:
Ornamental turning for model engineers - part 6; eccentric cutting frame described.
[Lathe]
author: Edwards extra info:the convention al type, the head, spindle, the pulley, the shank, leadscrew, the end-plate, the micrometer head, screw and clamp, nut.
p 48:
A recirculating cleaner for airbrushes; a near zero cost device to conveniently economise on thinners.
[Workshop]
author: Smac extra info:a smelly, messy job, manufacture, operation.
p 49:
RevMaster a simple tachometer - part 1; to give an accurate indication of spindle speed.
[Electrics]
author: Jeffree extra info:anatomy of a PIC, peripheral devices, PIC 16F84, PIC 16F877, development and support, circuit design, PCB layouts.
p 54:
D drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Summers
p 54:
Grinding.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tedcastle
p 54:
Truncated icosahedron.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Cox
p 55:
REMAP.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Garnish
p 55:
Taper setting.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 55:
VMC mill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Warner
MEW Jun 2006 # 116
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; out and about, pre 65 trial, in the workshop, motorcycle lifts, pulsejet manufacture.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe only workshop - part 8; completing the two jaw chuck (part 2).
[Clamping]
author: Hall extra info:body, using the faceplate, jaw slides, jaw screw, gland, drilling for jaw screw, assembly.
p 17:
An all steel workshop; self built to professional standard.
[Workshop]
author: Gays extra info:finding the right materials, designing and planning, the foundations, erecting the framework, cladding, cutting the panels, fitting the windows, the doors, fitting out.
p 22:
A low cost CNC dividing head; headstock indexing with RoutOutCNC software.
[Mill]
author: Ross extra info:background, mounting the hardware, the electronics, the software, next steps, costs.
p 26:
RevMaster - a simple tachometer - part 2; accurate spindle speed indication.
[Electrics]
author: Jeffree extra info:etching the PCBs, drilling and populating the boards, final assembly, mounting the rev counter on a mill, choosing a sensor and measuring range.
p 30:
Vertical spindle alignment table; for spot-on re-setting of tilting heads.
[Mill]
author: Rawlinson extra info:raison d'être, cost cutting design, use, postscript.
p 32:
Needle scaler; not just for rust removal.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Marlow extra info:forming sheet metal, restoration of springs, rust removal, surface finish; in normal use, and now for the fascinating bit, and yet further benefit.
p 34:
Making chuck jaws.
[Lathe]
author: Thornton extra info:background, check measurement, jaw blank and slots, cutting teeth, fixture details, and finally.
p 39:
Shape; an introduction to tolerance symbols and measuring techniques.
[Measuring]
author: Amos extra info:diametric tolerances, symbols, manufacture, measuring equipment, specifics, straightness, squareness, flatness, parallelism, angularity, roundness, concentricity, profile, conclusion.
p 42:
RoutOutCNC, Engineers tool room, Arc Euro Trade,Warco, Chronos, Enginewise.
[Trade Counter]
; photographs: shape
p 44:
Tailstock adjuster.
[Lathe]
author: Potts
p 46:
Dividing the circle; to a higher order of precision.
[Measuring]
author: Morris extra info:personal beginnings, craftsmen of old, how did they do, self-contained standard, circular scales, eccentricity, precision polygon, soft grinding, lapping, calibrating the polygon, calibrating a circular table, degradation of workmanship; PCD standards, precision polygon, spot grinding, lapping, calibration, autocollimators, circular scales, optical systems, calibrating a polygon.
p 53:
Damp in workshops.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lait
p 53:
Digital readouts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rhodes
p 53:
Wire ropes fist grip gripple.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gays
p 54:
Cross drilling jig.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Drayton
p 54:
Drummond lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brown
p 54:
Help required Peerless lathe.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Duffy
p 54:
Reply to MEW 113 condensation temperature.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Tedcastle
p 54:
Twist drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Peters
p 55:
Counterbore bits.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kemp
p 55:
The Backyard Foundry by Terry Aspin; backyard foundry.
[Books]
MEW Jul 2006 # 117
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, motorcycle lift, a correction, RevMaster PCB, into the 21st century.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Lathe only workshop - part 9 - rectractable tool holder; the GHT design from Hemingway.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:the tool slide, the body, bridge piece, gib strip, the tool slide, the turned items, final assembly, conclusion.
p 16:
Sensitive drill feed; delicate touch on a big machine.
[Drilling]
author: Rawlinson extra info:Startrite drill, background, application, construction, in use.
p 22:
Display frame; holder for engineering drawings.
[Workshop]
author: Rhodes extra info:organise and view those drawings; concept, preparing the drawings, concluding construction.
p 24:
A plain man's guide to saws and sawing; valuable advice for beginners.
[Sawing]
author: Loader extra info:common faults when sawing, ways and means, hacksaws as roughing tools, beware of the set, more hacksaw devices, other useful saws, junior saw, coping saw, razor saw, jab saw, beware of imitations, reminders.
p 29:
Chronos laser, Tracy tools to the rescue, Welders warehouse, Tilgear catalogue.
[Trade Counter]
p 30:
Sharpening with diamond discs; clean and simple.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Sparrow extra info:history, concept and power unit, milling cutters, drills, making the flexible drive carrier, vertical support, baseplate, bed guide plate, assembly of items, holder, holder backplate, guide pins, final assembly, using it.
p 35:
The world comes to Harrogate; workshop equipment at the recent exhibition.
[Exhibition]
author: Sheppard
p 38:
Visit to Newall Measurement systems; a peek behind the scenes at this premier British manufacturer.
[Measuring]
author: Houghton extra info:DRO chinese scales, spherosyn and microsyn, site visit, scale adjustment and calibration, scale head manufacture, digital display units, scale mounting, evaluation of competitors scales, repair and service, incremental and absolute, conclusion.
p 40:
Lathe spider; to hold thin work squarely.
[Clamping]
author: Cox extra info:Myford ML7, design considerations, a stage further.
p 44:
Self-releasing mandrel handle - sized for the Warco 220 lathe; no shock loads on the headstock bearings.
[Lathe]
author: Shaw extra info:background, design, conclusion, operation, appendix.
p 48:
Bending tools; use a fly press.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Tierney extra info:grain direction, spring back.
p 51:
A simple spark erosion machine; remove taps or cut holes in hard material.
[Spark Erosion]
author: Rumbo extra info:background, initial design, mark two, further development, circuit details, conclusion.
p 53:
Counterbores.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Keil
p 53:
Low cost dividing head.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ross
p 53:
Power feed for RDM 350.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Fletcher
p 54:
Bridgeport sump cleaning.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Jefferies
p 55:
Expansion rates for stainless steel.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shepherd
p 55:
Motorcycle lift.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Whetren
p 55:
Socket tip.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stagemam
MEW Aug 2006 # 118
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; out and about - Lathalmond and Glamis, in the workshop, Griptru chuck replacement jaws, variable pitch worms.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Low profile workpiece clamps; staying out of the cutter path.
[Clamping]
author: Hall extra info:workpiece shape, clamp sizes, clamp 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5, in use, fixed jaw, impossible tasks, lightweight tee slots, a marking out device.
p 18:
Fixing a Moore and Wright Micro 2000; repairing a digital micrometer - restoring lost accuracy.
[Measuring]
author: Leafe extra info:euphoria diminishes, the internet and MEW to the rescue, adjusting the micrometer, caution.
p 20:
Modification to a quick change tool post; improvement to the new Chronos product - easy change for added convenience.
[Lathe]
author: Harris extra info:background, symptom and cause, procedure, postscript.
p 22:
Improvements to the Clarke CL500M lathe - part 1; upgrading a budget machine.
[Lathe]
author: Wilks extra info:lower minimum headstock speed, rotary forward and reverse switch.
p 27:
Electromechanical Building Blocks for the Model Engineer by Pat Addy; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 27:
Model Marine Steam by Stan Bray; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 27:
Tools to Make Life Easier by Peter Rawlinson; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 28:
Drill sharpening attachment - for four facet grinding; a device that may be used with the diamond disc sharpener in vol 117.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Sparrow extra info:base spacer and table, clamp frames, vee blocks, backstop frame, backstop clamp plate, flipper arm, other parts, assembly, using it.
p 33:
Index for issues 105 to 116 of MEW.
[Index]
p 37:
More power to your elbow - part 1; adding power traverse to the popular Wabeco mill.
[Mill]
author: Haythornthwaite extra info:background, design considerations, first purchase, construction, pulleys, leadscrew extension, stepper motor, motor mount and guard, marking out.
p 42:
Myford VM-E CNC retrofit - part 1; addition of ballscrews to the X and Y axis.
[CNC]
author: Edwards extra info:CNC conversion for this larger milling machine; background, ballscrew selection, fitting the Y axis screw, fitting the X axis.
p 46:
Warco new products, Souther springs and pressings, MEW index in DOS format, L S Caine electronic services, Chronos laser centre.
[Trade Counter]
p 48:
Co-axial centering gauge; DIY version of professional kit.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:background, the grey cells are stirred, ensuring accuracy, assembly and test, operation, legitimacy.
p 53:
Making chuck jaws - scroll geometry.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Munday
p 53:
Making chuck jaws.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Gays
p 53:
Tool enquiry.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Watkins
p 54:
Chester Champion mill-drill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Lewis
p 54:
Guildford college.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Scanlon
p 54:
Myford mods.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Edwards
p 54:
Seig X1 X2 Warco Chester Champion.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shaw
p 55:
Lathe tail stocks.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wale
p 55:
Motorcycle lift.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stagemam
MEW Oct 2006 # 119
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; castings, lever locking topslide, motorcycle lift safety, fine surface finish, website, in the workshop.
author: Fenner
p 12:
A lever locking topslide - part 1; swivels, slides and retracts.
[Lathe]
author: Jackson extra info:the locking arrangement, advantages, cross slide requirements.
p 18:
Drill grinding with the Quorn tool and cutter grinder; reproducing as new performance.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Hugel extra info:conically shaped drill flanks, practical considerations.
p 22:
Basic electrical theory - part 1; starting with Ohm's law.
[Electrics]
author: Hall extra info:the supply, voltage/current, DC supplies, basic circuits, choice of values, two speed motor, voltages in a loop, power; importance of the power consumed, capacitance, inductance, electricity generation, back to inductors, inductors and capacitors compared.
p 28:
Link Up.
[Link Up]
p 28:
Myford collets, Pro Machine tools, Loctite, Arc Euro trade.
[Trade Counter]
p 30:
Improvements to the Clarke CL500M - part 2; three further modifications discussed.
[Lathe]
author: Wilks extra info:finer self-acting feed, left hand screw-cutting modification, calibrated hand wheel on mill drill head, conclusions and work.
p 35:
Review of the Chester 626 mill; considerations after a year or so of ownership.
[Mill]
author: Haughton extra info:price, delivery, manuals, toolbox, Align X-Axis power feed, Newall digipac 2-Axis DRO, quill chucks, lubrication, guards, tee nuts and clamps; belts and speeds, panning and tramming the head, the quill, R8 tooling.
p 40:
More power at your elbow - part 2; Wabeco power traverse by stepper drive.
[Electrics]
author: Haythornthwaite extra info:overall design considerations, oscillator circuit, hand held control unit, connecting the units.
p 44:
Myford VM-E CNC retrofit - part 2; tackling the Z- axis - addition of a ballscrew to the Z-Axis.
[Mill]
author: Edwards extra info:finding the best z axis approach, fitting the z axis, machining the ball screws, go on admit it, two incidental improvements, conclusion.
p 49:
Really short work with a band saw; handling small pieces of material in a band saw.
[Sawing]
author: Whetren extra info:getting a grip of small offcutsbackground, adding angle, sacrificial block, further modification, experience.
p 52:
Drill grinder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Wallace
p 52:
Motorcycle lift.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Barnard
p 52:
Retracting toolholder.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Margolis
p 53:
Condensation.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dunnet
p 53:
Drill extension.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ray
p 53:
Lathe bed heaters.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Shaw
MEW Nov 2006 # 120
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a correction MEW index, out and about, temporary closure, editor required, model engineer exhibition, in the workshop, stripping a 77 Triumph Bonneville.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Basic electrical theory - part 2; AC power for beginners.
[Electrics]
author: Hall extra info:AC power, voltage values, impedance, power in an AC circuit, power factor correction, AC to AC conversion, AC to DC conversion, resulting voltage, zener diodes.
p 16:
Taig/Peatol mill conversion - part 1; mechanical modifications.
[CNC]
author: Jeffree extra info:motor mount and couplings, leadscrew modifications, feed nuts, reassembling the axes, results.
p 19:
Buying engineering stuff on EBay; a starter guide to internet trading.
author: Haughton extra info:in the beginning, how to get started with eBay, search keywords, who is selling, registering as a buyer, meet the seller; in the begPayPal or plastic, registering as an eBay seller, charges, cost eBay charges fall on the seller, fraud, other ways of shopping online, free cycle, register.
p 22:
The business of measuring; systems, standards and equipment.
[Measuring]
author: Loader extra info:enter the modern standards, snags and problems, the new standard, line standards, rules, the vernier system, end standards, balls blocks and rollers; micrometers, many different micrometers, special micrometers, getting the feel right, digital read-outs, DRO, a modification, measuring by comparison.
p 26:
The Bristol model engineering exhibition 2006; a brief look at the workshop equipment on show.
[Exhibition]
author: Read
p 28:
Renovating a Myford super seven 7 lathe - part 1; work on a sorely abused example.
[Lathe]
author: Thurgood extra info:synopsis, acquisition, problems requiring remedial work, raising blocks, coolant tray, tailstock, grease nipples, swing head, missing topslide, lathe carriage, lathe mandrel, backgear broken tooth.
p 33:
Lever locking topslide - part 2; further design points and initial advice on manufacture.
[Lathe]
author: Jackson extra info:top slide arrangement, screwcutting retract, toolpost, making it, annulus, cross slide.
p 38:
Curling tools; continuing with presswork.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Tierney extra info:precision bending, the curling operation, first stage tool, the hinge closing tool, machining forms, the combination tool, conclusion.
p 42:
Some thoughts on cutter grinding; attachments, modifications and methodology for the Clarkson Mark One.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Curtis extra info:relieving end teeth end mills and slot drills, reforming end teeth slot drills, gashing end mills, relieving flutes end mills and slot drills, surface grinding, lathe tooling, cylindrical grinding, conclusion.
p 45:
A pair of comparators - part 1; accurate bore measurement made easy.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:design, machining the slide frames, adjustable stop, operation.
p 50:
Tungsten carbide tool tips for the home workshop; home brewed brazed tip tooling.
[Lathe]
author: Bondfield extra info:advantage of home made tool bits, concluding footnotes.
p 52:
Chronos laser centre finder, Working Precision Models joins Hemingway Kits, new catalogue from Arc Euro trade.
[Trade Counter]
p 53:
Tribology and the appropriate choice of friction parts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Vogelbein
MEW Dec 2006 # 121
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; Xmas approaches, Midlands Exhibition, correction and omission, in the workshop, exhibition all change.
author: Fenner
p 12:
A nine inch disc sander; a low cost home made disc sander.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Wightman extra info:background, construction, wiring, hindsight, safety notes.
p 16:
Basic electrical theory - part 3; beginner's guide to logic, electronic components and motors.
[Electrics]
author: Hall extra info:logic, binary numbers, transistors, thyristors, LEDs, light sensitive devices, other electronic devices, electric motors, induction motors, commutator motors, AC/DC commutator motors, speed control, available power, the internet, a final comment.
p 20:
Centrecam - part 1; using webcam technology as a centering device, Logitech QuickCam express.
[Measuring]
author: Trethewey
p 25:
Taig/Peatol mill CNC conversion - part 2; adding computer control to this popular machine.
[CNC]
author: Jeffree extra info:size is important, torque, how much torque is enough?, torque calculations, the stepper drive, drive system enclosure, power supply, drive LEDs, drive power wiring, motor socket connections, signal connections, deskCNC board, closing comments.
p 33:
Index.
[Index]
p 34:
Pinstriping american style; brushing up on lining out.
[Surface Finishes]
author: Read extra info:some history, pinstriping UK, the course, conclusions.
p 37:
Pair of comparators - part 2; external measurement.
[Measuring]
author: Rawlinson extra info:covering external measurement, the outside comparator, manufacture, operation, saving money.
p 40:
Renovating a Myford super 7 lathe - part 2; using a variety of repair techniques.
[Lathe]
author: Thurgood extra info:the tailstock body, tailstock barrel, countershaft cone pulley, 2-step motor pulley, lathe bed, 60t backgear assembly or bull wheel, 17/53th backgear cluster, cross slide assembly, cross slide body, cross slide feed screw assembly.
p 46:
Correcting an out of square drill press table; accuracy improvement on a budget offering.
[Drilling]
author: Leonard extra info:checks, machining the bracket, machining the table, conclusion.
p 48:
Lever locking topslide - part 3; concluding the description of this ingenious accessory.
[Lathe]
author: Jackson extra info:annulus centre pad, stirrup lever and eccentric, swarf guard, screwcutting retract, Myford seven 7 top slide.
p 53:
Chester 626 mill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Johnson
p 53:
MEW issue 8.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dinning
p 53:
Polly models honing kit.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 54:
Warco mill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Heskett
p 55:
Aldi.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Green
p 55:
Clarke and Warco lathes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Maddalena
p 55:
Rust.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Snedker
p 55:
Website.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McGillicuddy
MEW Feb 2007 # 122
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; in the workshop, BUMA cylinder boring, disc skimming, wheel lacing, corrections engineering plans handbook, remap, new website.
author: Fenner
p 12:
Large rear tool post; constructing this useful accessory from the Hemingway range.
[Lathe]
author: Hall extra info:background, manufacturing, assembly.
p 17:
A small router table; ideal for occasional woodwork.
[Workshop]
author: Haughton extra info:fine height adjustment, router base plates, polycarbonate, the router table top, circle-cutting jig, starting pin, guide bushings, a router fence, fence checks, feather boards, read all about it, final thoughts.
p 22:
Feedscrew traverse for the Worden tool and cutter grinder; added facility for this popular grinder.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Whetren extra info:nut feedscrew collar bearing lock ring handwheel nut carrier feedscrew support slide bar support quadrant; background, construction, using the fine feed, and finally.
p 26:
A novel hygrometer; check up on your workshop humidity.
[Workshop]
author: Hall extra info:background, the principle, the timber, manufacture, finishing.
p 27:
A new angle on bending; the Warco Magnum - from concept to production.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Prince extra info:sheet metal folder, bending forming blocks, flypress, bend roll and shear machines, magnum bender specification, machine construction, bending bars, magnum bender operation, taking the bender to market.
p 30:
Gear cutting using CNC - lightweight stepper driven dividing head for clockmaking; let the computer do the legwork.
[Gears]
author: Stephen extra info:materials required, construction, spindle, mandrels, worm mounting plate, worm mounting plate, worm bearing assembly, attaching the stepper motor, the shroud, using the dividing head to cut wheels, G-code programming.
p 35:
CentreCam - part 2; positioning and measuring now with illumination.
[Measuring]
author: Trethewey extra info:improving clarity by adding illumination; background, the lighting problem, possible solutions, LED illumination, resistor values, construction, in use, measurement accuracy, height gauge block, conclusions.
p 38:
Renovating a Myford super 7 lathe - part 3; work includes the headstock, carriage, and a new tray.
[Lathe]
author: Thurgood extra info:top slide feedscrew, top slide assembly, carriage assembly, lathe motor single phase and rotary switch, motorising assembly and headstock belt guard, headstock it's removal and replacement, lathe tray, carbon arc brazing.
p 44:
Warco, Tracy tools, Chester, Arc Euro Trade.
[Trade Counter]
p 45:
How (not) to Paint a Locomotive by Christopher Vine; fireside reading.
[Books]
p 46:
Adjustable grinding tooth rest; for improved convenience and accuracy in tool grinding.
[Grinding/Sanding]
author: Rawlinson extra info:design criteria, solution, assembly.
p 50:
Workshop equipment at Leamington Spa; Dave Fenner visits the Midlands show in October 2006.
[Exhibition]
author: Fenner
p 53:
Chester UK 626.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Thomson
p 53:
Continuous ink supply for desk top printers.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rawlinson
p 53:
eBay.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Parry
p 54:
12 volt cordless drill.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ellis
p 54:
Motorcycle lift.
[Scribe a Line]
author: MacKay
p 54:
Web sites.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Stevenson
p 55:
Miles, nautical miles and metres.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hugel
p 55:
Setting up aid for vertical milling machines.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brading
MEW Mar 2007 # 123
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a warm welcome to the new editor, and a partial farewell, in the workshop, oil blacking, model engineer exhibition, publication schedule.
author: Fenner
p 12:
ER 32 collet chuck for the lathe; useful accessory for precision turning.
[Clamping]
author: Hall extra info:ER collets, the collet chuck, manufacture, lathe collet body, between centres test bar, closing ring.
p 16:
Turning tools for the beginner; basic essentials for tyro turners.
[Lathe]
author: Loader extra info:shapes and angles, clearance angles, rake angles, favourite shapes, side cutter, turning and facing, square nosed rougher; radius turning and facing tool, parting off or grooving, screw cutting, combination n facing chamfering, materials, high speed steel,; carbon tool steel, tipped tools, locking screw, sharpening the tools, an improvisation, sharpening techniques, hones and stones.
p 22:
the Quoin and other pushers; compressive devices reviewed.
[Workshop]
author: Amos extra info:the device, other push clamps, wedge, double wedge, chuck removal, sash clamps, flooring cramp, machinists jack, bottle jack, hand pump kit, conclusion.
p 25:
A clamp-on straight edge; simple accessory aimed at woodworkers.
[Workshop]
author: Leafe extra info:background, wood butchery, initial thoughts, design considerations, construction.
p 28:
Renovating a Myford super 7 lathe - part 4; concluding the rebuild.
[Lathe]
author: Thurgood extra info:raising blocks, cabinet stand, electrical wiring and switches, quick change gearbox, unexplained phenomena, graduated dial for the tailstock handwheel; adjustable height tool holders, a detent for the bull wheel for graduating purposes, minor modifications to the gearbox; realigning the tension spring for the changewheel guard backplate, roller and plunger assembly for the belt guard, redundant volume in the cabinet stand, finishing lathe on its cabinet stand, a final point to check.
p 34:
Did you know .... - part 1; methods used by jewelers - technology transfer from a goldsmith.
[Workshop]
author: Wooding extra info:the basic processes, the tools, the rolling mill, draw-plates, the piercing saw, using the tools, making wire, making tube.
p 38:
Shaping up to a cross slide; with tips on the use of the shaper.
[Workshop]
author: Morris extra info:background, first find some cast iron, safety first, cutting tools, roughing, the dovetail, seat for topslide, graduating, topslide base, mounting the feednut, gib, a back tool post.
p 44:
Machining large radiuses on the lathe; quick set up leading to quality results.
[Lathe]
author: Rawlinson extra info:the raison d'être, solution, method, further thoughts.
p 48:
Slim lathe dog; the need for a slim line lathe dog.
[Lathe]
author: Latheworks
p 51:
London Model Engineering Exhibition 2007.
[Exhibition]
author: Read
p 52:
Evaluating capacitors; straightforward route to determining capacitance.
[Electrics]
author: Fletcher extra info:background, preliminary safety note, equipment, method, preliminary test, actual capacitor test, a note on electrolytic capacitors.
p 54:
College Engineering Supply, Arc Euro Trade, new products from Warco, Engineers Tool Room.
[Trade Counter]
p 55:
Jacobs chuck.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Allan
p 56:
Amolco.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Ross
p 56:
Digital read out sensor.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Skeggs
p 56:
GWR king plans.
[Scribe a Line]
author: McCambridge
p 56:
Tube bending.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Green
p 56:
Twist drills.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Brown
MEW Apr 2007 # 124
p 11:
On the Editor's Bench; a hard act to follow, business as usual, future articles, in the editors workshop, missing references, error correction MEW 121 taig CNC conversion.
author: Clark
p 12:
A milling head alignment guide for the Unimat 3; improved accuracy when milling.
[Mill]
author: Rhodes extra info:the guide bar, the half nut the release lever, modifying the head casting, the feed screw, locking lever.
p 16:
A guided die holder; keep your threads straight.
[Threading]
author: Hall extra info:two options, likely to wander, screwcutting ruled out, manufacture, the body, the bushes, using the holder.
p 18:
Did you know .... - part 2; methods used by jewelers - chain making for the beginner.
[Workshop]
author: Wooding extra info:making chain, making a draw-bench, a few words about soldering.
p 21:
A face plate for uncle George; Hobbymat MD 65.
[Lathe]
author: Clark extra info:adapting a Clarke faceplate to a Hobbymat MD65; background, faceplate availability, plenty of access, adaptor design considerations, the register end, the fixing holes, the faceplate end, fitting the faceplate, checking for true running, final thoughts.
p 24:
The super glue chuck; a replacement for the wax chuck.
[Lathe]
author: Morris extra info:background, the chuck discovered, making the chuck, examples of use, centring a tool edge, repeatability, stuck fingers.
p 26:
Modifications to a Clarke bandsaw; cutting metal long and the short of it.
[Sawing]
author: Hurst extra info:power hacksaw machines, fixed jaws, fitting the jaws, moving jaw, sawing small work pieces, support screw, extended jaw, sawing large work pieces.
p 30:
A metal bashing masterclass; sheet metal for the car enthusiast.
[Sheet Metal]
author: Fenner extra info:background, new floor needed, forming ribs, restoring flatness, finishing touches.
p 32:
Thermal drilling; drilling and forming a hole with heat.
[Drilling]
author: Fenner extra info:background, process, production considerations.
p 34:
Headstock dividing on the Myford series seven 7 lathes; an unusual method of mounting the Myford dividing attachment.
[Lathe]
author: Cox
p 36:
Replacement drive belts for the Unimat SL Unimat 3 Toyo/Sakai/Record/Manix ML-210; 0-rings make economic belts.
[Lathe]
author: Doris
p 37:
Holding and clamping awkward shapes; how to hold that difficult component.
[Clamping]
author: Loader extra info:working on large diameters, reverse jaws are useful, accurate lining up, saddle boring, using built in datums, the faceplate datum, the tool post as a datum.
p 42:
Pneumatics; a beginners guide to compressed air systems.
[Workshop]
author: Haughton extra info:the composition of air, the gas laws, absolute and gauge pressures, compressors, home workshop DIY air compressors, air treatment, inlet filters, coolers; filters and water traps, air driers, lubricators secondary air treatment, relief valves, pressure regulators, pressure gauges and regulators service units, measuring airflow rate; tubes and fittings, uses of compressed air, air tools, valves, multi-port valves, construction, spool or slide valves, actuators cylinders, actuators rotary, actuators grippers, logic controllers, paint spraying, vacuum.
p 49:
A visit to the tool box; David Clark visits a second hand tool shop in Colyton Devon.
[Visit]
author: Clark extra info:various tools, the main display, a worldwide service.
p 50:
Simple trepanning; save time by trepanning instead of turning.
[Lathe]
author: Wilson
p 52:
Folkestone Engineering Supplies, Pro Machine Tools, Tilgear, Myford, Bede Tools and Machinery, Tracy Tools.
[Trade Counter]
p 54:
A moving experienc.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Burt; photographs: reader to reader
p 54:
Moving heavy loads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Kneebone
p 54:
To amuse the reader.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Smith
p 55:
Blackening metal.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Folb
p 55:
Boring heads.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Foyle
p 55:
Clamping bolts.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Rhodes
p 55:
Drilling square holes.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Dewsbury
p 55:
Glass cutter.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Powell
p 55:
Small boring tools.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Hogarth
p 55:
Soluble oil.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove
p 55:
Tee nuts and studs.
[Scribe a Line]
author: Spenlove